Domino 8.0 Administrator
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8?
    Administration - new features
    Administration Process - new features
    Client installation and new client features
    Clusters - new features
    Calendar and scheduling - new features
    Databases - new features
    Domino and DB2 - new features
    Domino Directory - new features
    Domino Domain Monitoring - new features
    Domino Web Access - new features
    Messaging - new features
    Policies - new features
    Security - new features
    Server - new features
    Server commands - new
    Web server - new features
  Domino Server Installation
    Guidepost for deploying Domino
      Functions of Domino servers
      Hierarchical naming for servers and users
      Domino domains
      Partitioned servers
      Certifier IDs and certificates
        Example of how certifier IDs mirror the hierarchical name scheme
      Domino server services
      Table of Domino naming requirements
      Building the Domino environment
    Installing and setting up Domino servers
      Entering system commands
      Using the Domino server with a trial evaluation license
      Domino server installation
        Installing Domino on Windows systems
        Installing Domino on UNIX systems
        Installing Domino on Linux on System z systems
        Using silent server installation to install Domino on Windows or UNIX systems
          Running the silent server install on Windows or UNIX Systems
        Using silent server install on Linux on System z systems
        Using the express install
      Disabling concurrent I/O and direct I/O on Domino servers on AIX
      Domino server setup program
      Domino's On-Disk Structure
      Setting up DOLS on a server
        Using Domino Off-Line Services (DOLS) and Domino Web Access
          Setting up Domino Web Access on a server
            Setting up Domino Web Access with Sametime
            Setting up Secrets and Tokens authentication for instant messaging in Domino Web Access
            Customizing STLinks files for tunneling or reverse proxy servers
            Setting up Sametime and Domino Web Access in different domains
            Troubleshooting Sametime in Domino Web Access
      Using the Domino server setup program
        Indic language support in the Domino server setup program
        Using automatic server setup on Linux on System z and on UNIX
        Using the Domino server setup program locally
        Using the Domino server setup program remotely
        Creating a server setup profile
        Using a server setup profile
        Using silent server setup
      Certification log
      Domino server registration
        Registering a server
      Optional tasks to perform after server setup
        Creating an additional organization certifier ID
        Creating an organizational unit certifier ID
        Internet site documents
          Creating an Internet site document
          Setting up security for Internet site documents
          Enabling Internet sites on a server
      Starting and shutting down the Domino server
      Starting Domino as an application or a Windows service
      Using instant messaging in the Domino Directory
      Running the Domino-Portal integration wizard
  Network Configuration
    Lotus Domino and networks
      NRPC communication
      Resolving server names to network addresses in NRPC
    Network security
      NRPC and Internet connection security
      Using a Domino passthru server as a proxy
      TCP/IP security considerations
      Mapped directory links and Domino data security
    Planning the TCP/IP network
      NRPC name-to-address resolution over TCP/IP
      Ensuring DNS resolves in TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves on Windows systems -- All TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Best practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Alternative practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- A practice to use with caution
      Changing a server's IP address
      IPv6 and Lotus Domino
        Using IPv6 address formats with Domino and Notes
        Installing the IPv6 stack
        Receiving incoming connections on IPv6 sockets or IPv4 sockets
        Examples of using NOTES.INI variables with IPv6
        Connecting a Notes client to a Domino server via IPv6
      Advanced Domino TCP/IP configurations
        Partitioned servers and IP addresses
        Ensuring DNS resolves in advanced TCP/IP configurations
    Planning the NetBIOS network
      Server name-to-address resolution over NetBIOS
    Setting up Domino servers on the network
      Setting up Notes named networks
      Fine-tuning network port setup on a server
        Disabling a network port on a server
        Enabling a network port on a server
        Adding a network port on a server
        Deleting a network port on a server
        Renaming a network port on a server
        Reordering network ports on a server
        Encrypting NRPC communication on a server port
        Compressing network data on a server port
      Server setup tasks specific to TCP/IP
        Setting up a secondary name server
        Changing the TCP/IP connection-time-out interval
        Enabling support for IPv6 on a Domino server
        Reordering multiple server ports for TCP/IP
        Binding an NRPC port to an IP address
        Binding an Internet service to an IP address
        Assigning separate IP addresses to partitions on a system with a single NIC
        Configuring a partitioned server for one IP address and port mapping
        Changing a TCP or SSL port number
      Server setup tasks specific to NetBIOS
        Defining a NetBIOS LANA number for a Notes network port
        Creating additional network ports for NetBIOS
  Notes Client Installation and Upgrade
    Planning for Notes client installation and upgrade
      Products to install and order of installation
        Notes pre-installation checklist
        Locating Lotus Notes administrative documentation
        Installing the WebSphere Portal composite application support for Notes
        Specifying the home portal account
        Customizing the location of Notes install directories
      Considerations before installing Notes on Windows
        Notes installation directories for Windows
        Windows Vista considerations for Notes install, upgrade, and uninstall
        Considerations for enabling GB18030 support on Windows XP
      Considerations before installing Notes on Linux
        Notes installation directories for Linux
      Considerations before installing Notes on Mac OS X
        Notes installation directories for Mac OS X
      Considerations before installing Notes on Citrix
    Setting up and customizing Notes installation
      Customizing the Notes install kit to add or remove Eclipse features
        Eclipse files and folders in the install kit
        Understanding the Eclipse update site
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for supplied Eclipse features
        Reducing the Notes install kit size
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for new or third-party Eclipse features
        Adding new features to the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
        Removing features from the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
      Installing and subscribing to preset feeds
      Customizing Notes install using the tuner
        Obtaining a tuner and creating a transform file
        Using transform files for Notes user install
        Examples -- Applying scriptable setup using a transform file during Notes install
      Customizing Notes using the plugin_customization.ini file
      Using the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack on Windows
        Installing the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack
        Using Language Pack Installer with Domino
      Using the Native Language (NL) packs
      Instant messaging and client installation and setup
    Installing Notes in a single user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes for a single user
    Installing Notes in a multi-user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Windows for multi-user
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Linux
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Mac OS X
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Citrix
    Adding or removing installed Notes features within a release
    Upgrading a Notes single user install to multi-user
    Automating Notes installation using a silent install
      Running a Notes silent install
      Using the install manifest "default" setting for silent feature specification
      Performing a Notes silent install on Windows
      Performing a Notes multi-user silent install
      Calling a transform file during Notes silent install
      Performing a Notes silent install on Linux
      Providing a batch file for Notes client silent install
      Providing command line utilities for Notes install
      Setting up Notes with a scriptable setup
    Installing and running Notes on a USB drive
      Installing Notes basic configuration on a USB drive
      Enabling the autorun process to start at Notes login
      Running Notes basic configuration from a USB drive
    Installing Notes in a shared network directory
    Managing client plug-in deployment
      Overview - Client feature deployment
      Installing a new feature using the Notes install kit
      Deploying client plug-ins with widgets and the widget catalog
        Place the feature's valid Eclipse update site, containing the signed features and plugins, in a central location
        Install or upgrade the Domino server and Notes client, create the widgets catalog, and set widgets policy or preferences
        Create an NSF-based update site and import the Eclipse update site
        Create the extension.xml that the widget will use to call the feature's update site
        Create the extension.xml that the widget will use to call the feature's update site
        Display the Widgets sidebar and verify or set catalog access
        Create a catalog deployment widget in the catalog and attach its extension.xml file
        Create a catalog deployment widget in the catalog and attach its extension.xml file
        Test the widget by dragging it from the catalog view to your My Widgets sidebar
        Communicate to users how to obtain the widget or inform them that they will be automatically provisioned with the widget and its feature
      Creating a new feature
      Signing custom or third-party features and plug-ins for install and update
        Using the plugin_customization.ini file to verify trust
        Using Domino policy to verify trust
      Creating and using an NSF-based update site
      Controlling feature install and update with update sites
        Specifying available update sites
          Add an update site to the update site list
          Edit an existing update site in the update site list
          Delete an existing update site from the update site list
          Specify that feature update be performed from the feature's update site (default)
          Specify that feature install can occur from a default update site, CA XML or Update Manager
          Specify that feature update can occur from a default update site or FEATURE.XML
          Specify that feature install or update can occur from the whitelist only
          Specify different site controls for feature install and update
      Configuring component update for composite applications
      Enabling user-initiated update with EUM
      Creating and using a traditional third-party installer
    Upgrading Notes clients
      Before you upgrade the Notes client
    Using Upgrade-by-mail
      Before you use Upgrade-by-mail
      Backing up Notes client files
      Creating the upgrade notification for Upgrade-by-mail
      Installing Lotus Notes with Upgrade-by-mail
      Upgrading the mail file template with Upgrade-by-mail
    Using Notes Smart Upgrade
      How Smart Upgrade performs an upgrade
      Smart Upgrade server failover to another clustered server
      Creating a Smart Upgrade database
      Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports database
        Creating a Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports database
      Controlling the number of concurrent Smart Upgrade downloads
      Creating a database link to the Smart Upgrade Database
      Adding update kits to the Smart Upgrade database
      Running a silent upgrade using optional arguments
      Creating a Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade desktop policy settings document
        Creating a master policy document for Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
        Assigning the Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade master policy to users and groups
      Using Smart Upgrade to run a series of client upgrades
      Notes users and Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Maintaining Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Using the Smart Upgrade Run-As wizard
    Uninstalling Notes
      Uninstalling Notes from a Windows client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Linux client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Mac OS X client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Citrix client
      Uninstalling Notes silently
      Cleaning a previous or partial Notes installation from your client
  Configuring and using Widgets and Live Text
    Widgets and Live Text overview
      Understanding Widgets and Live Text user types
      Default out-of-box Widgets and Live Text behavior
      Installing the Widgets feature
    Creating the widget catalog
      Catalog options and access
    Creating a client management widget in the widget catalog
    Controlling Widgets and Live Text access using Domino policy
    Controlling Widgets access using Eclipse preferences
    Power users -- Creating and publishing widgets
      Setting Widgets preferences
      Browsing the catalog
      Creating a new widget category
      Updating widgets from the catalog
      Using the widget configuration wizards -- process
      Requiring authentication when creating a Web-based widget
      Wiring an action to configure a widget
      Configuring a widget using the wizards
        Configuring a widget using the Getting Started method
        Configuring a new Notes widget
        Configuring a new Web page widget
        Configuring a new Google Gadget widget
          Google Gadget widget fields and language internationalization
        Configuring a new Feed widget
      Configuring a new action, content type, or recognizer
        Configure a new action
        Configure a content type
        Configure a recognizer
          Sample recognizer Java regular expressions
      Using the Recognize All Content option
      Using the Widget Management view
        Acting on components and actions in the Widget Management view
        Acting on content types in the Widget Management view
        Acting on recognizers in the Widget Management view
      Importing and exporting widgets
        Import from an XML extension file
        Export widgets to an XML extension file
      Acting on widgets in the My Widgets sidebar panel
      Opening a widget in a dashboard
      Publishing to the catalog and controlling access with categories
        Publish to the catalog
        Assigning a widget category
      Changing a published widget and updating the catalog
      Removing a component and actions
      Setting or changing component properties
      Sharing widgets through e-mail
      Opening a widget
    End users -- Using Widgets and Live Text actions
      Setting Live Text preferences and controlling Live Text display
      Acting on Live Text
      Building and using a dashboard
      Authenticating when required by a widget
      Adding a widget to the sidebar
      Acting on a widget panel in the sidebar
      Installing a widget from an e-mail attachment
  User and Server Configuration
    Planning server-to-server connections
      Remote (modem) access and server topology
      How a server connects to another server
      Replication and server topology
      Examples of server topology
      Creating a LAN connection
      Forcing a server connection to use a specific protocol
      Setting up external domain lookups
      Internet connections
        Creating a server-to-server Internet connection through a proxy server
      Passthru servers and hunt groups
        Planning the use of passthru servers
        Example of a passthru server topology
        Setting up a server as a passthru server
        Setting up a server as a passthru destination
        Creating a passthru connection
        Connecting a server to a hunt group
      Planning for modem use
        Modems and modem command files
        Creating a Notes Direct Dialup connection
        Creating a Network Dialup connection
        Encrypting Network Dialup Connection documents
        Coordinating dialup ISP connections between servers
        Coordinating Notes Direct Dialup connections between servers
        Configuring a communication port
        Modifying modem command files and acquire scripts
        Using acquire and login scripts
        Writing and editing acquire and login scripts
        Commands for acquire and connect scripts
      Connecting Notes clients to servers
    Policies
      Organizational and explicit policies
      Policy hierarchy and the effective policy
      Planning and assigning policies
        Assigning an explicit policy
      Using the How to Apply settings
      Using policies to assign NOTES.INI or Location document settings to Notes client users
      Creating policies
        Creating an activities policy settings document
        Creating a desktop policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Traveler policy settings document
        Creating a mail policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Symphony settings document
        Creating a registration policy settings document
        Creating a setup policy settings document
        Mail archiving and policies
          Using the mail archive log
          Creating an archive policy settings document
          Creating criteria for mail archiving
        Creating a security policy settings document
        Creating a policy document
        Creating a child policy document
      Managing policies
        Editing policies
        Deleting policies
        Using the Policy Synopsis tool to determine the effective policy
        Viewing policy relationships
          Using the policy viewer
        Preventing replication of policies to pre-Domino release 4.67a servers
    Setting up Notes users
      User registration
        Customizing user registration
        Registering users
        Using default user settings when registering users
        Using Basic Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Using Advanced Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Registering users with the Web Administrator
        Using Basic user registration with the Web Administrator
        Using Advanced user registration with the Web Administrator
        Registering users from a text file
        Adding an alternate language and name to a user ID
      Domino roaming user
        Registering a roaming user
          Registering roaming users on DB2-enabled Domino servers
        Using replication with a roaming server
          Replication and Notes roaming user
      Custom welcome page deployment
    Managing users
      Changing Notes user names with the Administration Process
      Renaming a Notes user's common or alternate name
      Deleting a user
      Changing a roaming user to nonroaming
      Changing a nonroaming user to roaming
      Changing a user's Internet address
      Determining a user's Notes client version
      Upgrading a user name from flat to hierarchical
      Moving a user name in the name hierarchy
      Renaming a Web user
      Moving a user's mail file and roaming files from the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Opening a user's mail file
      Using Inbox maintenance to manage mail file size
        Specifying Inbox Maintenance settings in the Server document
        Using a server command to run the Inbox Maintenance agent
      Finding a user name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Broadcasting messages to Notes client users
      Recertifying a user ID
      Recertifying a certifier ID or a user ID
      Recertifying or renaming user IDs by organization
      Allowing multiple users to use the same data directory
      License Tracking
      Deploying the "My Work" Welcome page for Notes
    Using groups
      Creating and modifying groups
        Creating a group
        Modifying groups with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
      Managing groups
        Assiging a policy to a group
        Editing a group
        Deleting a group with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
        Finding a group name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
        Finding a group member
        Using the Manage Groups tool to manage groups
        Renaming a group
    Replicas
      How replication works
      Guidelines for setting server access to databases
      Setting up a database ACL for server-to-server replication
      Creating replicas using the Administration Process
      Table of replication settings
        Limiting the contents of a replica
        Limiting what a replica sends
        Assigning miscellaneous replication settings
        Specifying replication settings for one replica
        Specifying replication settings for multiple replicas from one source replica
        Examples of specifying replication settings for multiple replicas
      Scheduling times for replication
      Scheduling server-to-server replication
      Customizing server-to-server replication
        Specifying replication direction
        Replicating only specific databases
        Replicating databases by priority
        Limiting replication time
        Using multiple replicators
        Refusing replication requests
        Forcing immediate replication
        Disabling database replication
        Forcing a server database to replicate
      Viewing replication schedules and topology maps
      Database.nsf.replicate statistics
    Domain Search
      Server configurations for Domain Search
      Planning the Domain Index
        The Domain Catalog
          Creating the Domain Catalog
          Selecting the databases to include in the Domain Index
          Selecting the file systems to include in the Domain Index
        Assigning database categories for the Domain Search form
        Estimating the size of the Domain Index
        Excluding attachments from the Domain Index
        Domain Search security
      Creating and updating the Domain Index
        Tuning Domain Indexer performance
        Changing the location of Domain Index files
        Deleting databases from the Domain Index
        Backing up the Domain Index and Catalog
      Customizing Domain Search forms
      Setting up Notes users for Domain Search
      Setting up Web users for Domain Search
      Using content maps with Domain Search
    Calendars and scheduling
      Setting up scheduling
      Setting up the Resource Reservations database
      Creating Site Profile and Resource documents
      Editing and deleting Resource documents
      Setting user access rights to edit and delete reservations
      Creating Holiday documents
      Collecting detailed information from user calendars
      Importing and exporting calendars from iCalendar
      Designating the Out of Office service type
  Domino and DB2
    Understanding Domino and DB2
    Domino and DB2 supported platforms and configurations
      Supported platforms and hardware and software requirements
      Supported configurations in Domino and DB2
        Example of a local Domino and DB2 configuration
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses separate servers
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses partitions
    Domino and DB2 user accounts that are needed for Domino and DB2
    Installation and setup procedures
      Installing Domino and DB2 on Microsoft Windows platforms
        Setting up the Domino server environment for use with Domino and DB2
        Creating the DB2 installation account
        Installing and Setting up DB2 on Microsoft Windows
        Creating the DB2 administrator and administration server account
        Enabling the Domino server to communicate with the DB2 server
        Using a remote DB2 server with server enablement
        Granting SETSESSIONUSER privilege to the Domino server user
        Manually creating the Domino server user account and the DB2DOM group
        Determining whether you have a SYSCTRL group
        Designating the DB2DOM group a system control group and adding the Domino server user to the system control group
        Creating a server ID for the DB2 Access server
        Installing the DB2 Access server on the DB2 server
        Enabling the DB2 Access Server
        Testing the DB2 Access server configuration
        Mapping the DB2 ID to a Notes ID in the Domino server's Domino Directory
        Setting and enabling a default DB2 user ID for use with query views
      Installing Domino and DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Installing DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Create the DB2 primary groups
        Creating the DB2 user accounts and adding the users to groups
        IBM AIX and Linux post-installation validation procedure
  Maintaining the Domino and DB2 Environment
    DB2 groups
      Managing DB2 groups and classes
      Locking a DB2 group
      Unlocking a DB2 group
      Renaming a DB2 class
      Associating a DB2 group with a class
      Moving a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 group
      Compacting DB2 groups
      Moving a DB2 container to another disk
    Administering the Domino and DB2 environment
      Validating DB2 user names
      Editing the Domino server user's DB2 ID properties
      Changing or deleting the default DB2 user name for use with query views
      Setting a DB2 server ID
      Setting and modifying DB2 values in the Server document
      Changing the Domino server's DB2 account
      Copying a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 enabled Domino server
      NOTES.INI variables set by the DB2 Server Enablement Tool
      Configuration variables modified during DB2 server enablement
      Setting DB2 Log File Size
      Adjusting buffer pool size
      Replicating an NSF to DB2
      Recreating links to DB2 enabled Notes databases
      Manually restoring a DB2 enabled Notes database
      Domino and DB2 XA transaction services
      Using the Domino Web Administrator client with Domino and DB2
      Databases created with Domino
      Compact database options are enabled for Domino and DB2
    Administering the DB2 Access server
      Editing the DB2 Access server Connection document
      Testing the DB2 Access configuration
      Removing a DB2 Access server
    Working with views in Domino and DB2
      Using federated data with query views
      Setting the maximum number of rows in SQL queries
      Building views of large databases
      Views categorized by numeric datatypes
    Improving Domino and DB2 Performance
      Controlling the NSF data in DB2
      Generating a database monitor snapshot
      Modifying the database sort heap and locklist parameter values
      Setting the size of the buffer pool to improve performance
      Using indexing to improve DB2 performance
      Using SQL Assist to create an SQL statement
      Using the alternate page cleaning setting to improve performance
      Using the autoconfigure command to automatically set database configuration parameters
  Administration Tools
    The Domino Administrator
      Installing the Domino Administrator
      Setting up the Domino Administrator
      Starting the Domino Administrator
      Navigating Domino Administrator
      Selecting a server to administer in the Domino Administrator
      Setting Domino Administration preferences
        Setting Basics preferences
        Setting Files preferences
        Setting Monitoring preferences
        Setting Registration preferences
        Setting Statistics preferences
      Tools and preferences for debugging in the Domino Administrator
      Domino Administrator tabs
        People and Groups tab in the Domino Administrator
        Files tab in the Domino Administrator
        Server tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Messaging tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Replication tab in the Domino Administrator
        Configuration tab in the Domino Administrator
        Domino Administrator tools
    Web Administrator
      Setting up the Web Administrator
        Setting up access to the Web Administrator database
        Giving additional administrators access to the Web Administrator
        Administrator roles in the Web Administrator
      Starting the Web Administrator
      Using the Web Administrator
        Setting Files preferences for the Web Administrator
        Registering users and servers with the Web Administrator
        Managing policies with the Web Administrator
        Using the Web Administrator consoles
        Using the Web Administrator with service providers
        Message tracking in the Web Administrator
        Editing the NOTES.INI file and cleanup script in the Web Administrator
        Signing out of the Web Administrator
      Configuring Domino and Portal Server federated administration
        Enabling the Portal server for federated administration
        Removing Domino and Portal server federated administration
      Setting up and using Web Administration Server Bookmarks
        Adding servers to the Web Administration Server bookmarks
        Removing a server from Web Administration Server Bookmarks
    The Server Controller and the Domino Console
      Starting and stopping the Server Controller
      Starting and stopping the Domino Console
    The Administration Process
      Specifying the administration server for the Domino Directory
      Setting up the Administration Process
        Specifying an administration server for databases
        Verifying that the Administration Process is set up correctly
      Administration Process support of secondary Domino Directories
      Processing administration requests across domains
        Creating a Cross-domain Configuration document
      Setting up ACLs for the Administration Process
      Modifying the Action field in the ACL dialog box
      The Administration Requests database
        Administration Process requests that require the administrator's approval
        Request status Icons in the Administration Request database
        Controlling the size of the Administration Requests Database
        Suspending administration request processing
        Controlling user access to the Administration Requests database
      Managing Administration Process requests
        Accepting or rejecting name change requests
        Approving an administration process request
        Forcing an administration process request to run
        Checking for errors in ADMIN4.NSF
        Reprocessing a failed administration process request
      Customizing the Administration Process
        Scheduling Administration Request processing
        Redefining time interval defaults for administration requests
        Changing the number of threads used by the Administration Process
        Defining special purpose threads for specific administration requests
        Creating an $AdminP view
        Enhancing the Administration Process through the Extension Manager
        Using an extended administration server
      Statistics generated during administration request processing
        Adminstration Process Statistics
      Administration request messages
    Setting up Domino Active Directory synchronization
      Enabling the Notes synchronization options
      Specifying Notes settings
      Mapping Active Directory fields and groups with Domino Directory fields and groups
      Mapping Active Directory containers to Notes certifiers and policies
      Synchronizing users and groups
      Registering new users in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
        Registering existing Active Directory users and groups in Notes
        Registering new groups in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
      Renaming Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Deleting Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Disabling Active Directory synchronization prior to uninstalling the Domino Administrator
  Directory Services
    Planning directory services
      Using directory servers in a Domino domain
      Planning LDAP features
        Planning the LDAP service
        Planning LDAP accounts on Notes clients
        The ldapsearch utility
      Planning directory access control
      Planning new entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning the management of entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning directory services for Notes clients
      Planning directory services in a multiple-directory environment
        Planning directory catalogs
        Planning directory assistance
        Comparison of directory catalogs and directory assistance
        Directory search order
          Directory search order for Internet client authentication
          Directory search order for group names in database ACLs
          Directory search order for LDAP searches
          Directory search order for a name in a Notes address field
        Distinguished Name syntax in multiple-directory environments
      Planning internationalized directory services
      Planning directory customization
      Directory services terms
    The Domino Directory
      Setting up the Domino Directory for a domain
      Using a central directory architecture in a Domino domain
        Planning a central directory architecture for a domain
        Managing Domino Directories in a central directory architecture
          Changing the directory type of a Domino Directory
          Controlling how a server finds a remote primary Domino Directory to use
          Preventing the use of a Domino Directory replica as a remote primary
          Showing the Domino Directory replicas that can function as remote primaries
      Controlling access to the Domino Directory
        Setting overall access levels in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using administration roles in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using the Administrators field to control access to individual documents in the Domino Directory
      Corporate hierarchies
        Categorizing a user by corporate hierarchy
      Setting up Notes clients to use a directory server
      Customizing the Directory Profile
      Scheduling replication of the Domino Directory
    The LDAP service
      How the LDAP service works
        The LDAP service and directory tree verification
        How the LDAP service forms a value for the mail attribute
        The LDAP service and secondary directories
      Setting up the LDAP service
      Starting and stopping the LDAP service
      Customizing the LDAP service configuration
        Changing the LDAP service port and port security configuration
        Full-text indexing directories served by the LDAP service
        Configuring anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Anonymous LDAP search access and upgrades from previous releases
          Using the domain Configuration Settings document to customize anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Converting the default anonymous access settings to database ACL and extended ACL settings
        Using LDAP to modify a directory served by the LDAP service
          Enabling or disabling LDAP write access to a directory served by the LDAP service
        Configuring how the LDAP service responds to multiple name matches when processing write and compare operations
          Examples of the "Rules to follow..." setting and LDAP add operations
        Customizing search processing to improve LDAP service performance
        Enabling LDAP alternate language searches
        Requiring distinguished logon names for LDAP name-and-password security
        Configuring character encoding for LDAP V2 clients
        Configuring the number of referrals the LDAP service can return
        Configuring alias dereferencing for search requests
      Setting up clients to use the LDAP service
      Using LDAP to search a Domain index
      Monitoring the LDAP service
        Showing the current LDAP service configuration settings
        Showing statistics related to LDAP service port activity
      RFCs supported by the LDAP service
    LDAP schema
      The Domino LDAP schema
        Object class hierarchy for dominoPerson object class
        Object class hierarchy for dominoGroup object class
        dominoUNID operational attribute
        dominoAccessGroups
        displayName operational attribute
      The schema daemon
      Domino LDAP Schema database
        Views in the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to view the schema
      Methods for extending the schema
      Guidelines for extending the schema
      Extending the schema using the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to add an attribute to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add an object class to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add a syntax to the schema
        Approving draft schema elements in the Schema database
        Checking the status of approved schema elements in the Schema database
      Deleting schema elements from the Schema database
      Schema-checking
        Enabling or disabling schema-checking
      Searching the root DSE and schema entry
      LDAP root DSE attributes
    ldapsearch utility
      Table of ldapsearch parameters
      Using search filters with ldapsearch
        Table of operators used in ldapsearch search filters
      Using ldapsearch to return operational attributes
      Examples of using ldapsearch
    Directory assistance
      How directory assistance works
      Directory assistance services
        Directory assistance and client authentication
        Directory assistance and group lookups for database authorization
        Directory assistance and Notes mail addressing
        Directory assistance for the LDAP service
      Directory assistance concepts
        Directory assistance and naming rules
          How naming rules relate to directory search orders
          Naming rules and the LDAP service
        Directory assistance and domain names
        Directory assistance and failover for a directory
          Directory assistance and failover for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Directory assistance and failover for a remote LDAP directory
        Directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance in conjunction with a condensed Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance for the primary Domino Directory
          Using directory assistance to control which remote replicas of a primary Domino Directory servers with Configuration Directories can use
          Using directory assistance to prevent the LDAP service from searching the primary Domino Directory
          Limiting directories to authentication-only lookups
        Number of directory assistance databases
      Setting up directory assistance
        Creating and replicating a directory assistance database
        Setting up servers to use a directory assistance database
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Shortcut for specifying local replicas of a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog in a Directory Assistance document
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring SSL in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Specifying a name and password for Domino servers in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring search filters in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring alias dereferencing in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Using Notes distinguished names in a remote LDAP directory
          Special considerations for change detection
      Directory assistance examples
        Example of directory assistance for one secondary Domino Directory
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog and a remote LDAP directory
      Monitoring directory assistance
    Directory catalogs
      Condensed Directory Catalogs
        Benefits of condensed Directory Catalogs on clients (Mobile Directory Catalogs)
      Directory catalogs on servers compared to directory assistance for individual Domino Directories
      Extended Directory Catalogs
      Overview of directory catalog setup
      Planning directory catalogs
      Directory catalogs and client authentication
        Scenarios for using directory catalogs for client authentication
      Directory catalogs and Notes mail encryption
      Picking the server(s) to run the Dircat task
      Specifying the Domino Directories for the Dircat task to aggregate
      Controlling which information is aggregated into a directory catalog
        Types of documents the Dircat task can aggregate
        Removing duplicate user entries from a directory catalog
        Choosing the types of groups to aggregate in a directory catalog
        Using a selection formula in a directory catalog configuration document
        Choosing which fields to aggregate in a directory catalog
      Full-text indexing directory catalogs
      Planning issues specific to Extended Directory Catalogs
        Extended Directory Catalog size
        Extended Directory Catalogs and directory assistance
        Extended Directory Catalogs and group lookups for database authorization
        Integrating an Extended Directory Catalog into a primary Domino Directory
      Planning issues specific to condensed Directory Catalogs
        Deciding how to sort entries in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting the view sort order
        Sorting in non-U.S. English locales
        Supporting Soundex searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        Using performance settings in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Replicating a condensed Directory Catalog
      Multiple directory catalogs
      Overview of setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
      Overview of setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
        Setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
      The Dircat task
        Running the Dircat task
      Opening the configuration document for a directory catalog
      Monitoring directory catalogs
    Extended ACL
      How other database security features restrict extended ACL access settings
      Elements of an extended ACL
      Extended ACL access settings
        Default access compared to form-specific access
        Displaying LDAP attributes and object classes when setting form-specific access
        Precedence rules used to resolve access conflicts at a target
      Extended ACL subject
      Extended ACL target
        Target scope
          Adding a subject twice to a target category with different target scopes
      Extended ACL examples
        Extended ACL: example 1
        Extended ACL: example 2
      Extended ACL guidelines
      Setting up and managing an extended ACL
        Enabling extended access
        Setting a subject's access to an extended ACL target
        Setting a subject's form-specific access to an extended ACL target
        Showing a subject's effective access to an extended ACL target
        Modifying or removing a subject's access settings at an extended ACL target
        Using the history log to monitor changes to an extended ACL
        Disabling extended access
  Mail
    Messaging overview
      Supported routing, format, and access protocols
      The Domino mail server and mail routing
      How mail routes in a Domino system
      Domino mail files
      Mail clients
      Mail security
      Working with other mail systems in your organization
      Mail performance and monitoring
      The Domino Directory and mail routing
      Overview of routing mail using Notes routing
      Overview of routing mail using SMTP
      The Domain Name System (DNS) and SMTP mail routing
      Examples of using multiple MX records
      Converting TNEF file attachments to Notes file attachments
      Upgrading mail files with the mail conversion utility
    Planning a mail routing topology
      Connection topologies for mail routing
      The Domino mail router
        Mailbox event notification
        Starting, stopping, and restarting the mail router
        Recalculating the server's routing table
        Routing mail on demand to a specific server
      Clients accessing the Domino server
      Sample mail routing configurations
        Example of using one server for all Internet messages
        Example of using separate servers for inbound and outbound Internet mail
        Example of using two servers to balance Internet mail load
        Example of using SMTP to route mail within the local Internet domain
        Example of mail routing between a third-party server and Domino in the same Internet domain
        Example of using a smart host
        Example of using all servers to route outbound mail and one to route inbound mail
      Creating a Configuration Settings document
      Routing internal mail
        Setting up Notes routing
        Creating an Adjacent domain document
        Setting up routing to non-adjacent Domino domains
        Setting up routing to external application gateways
        Sending mail outside the local Internet domain
        Transferring outbound Internet mail to an SMTP server over Notes routing
        Creating an SMTP Connection document
      Configuring Domino to send and receive mail over SMTP
        Preparing to send and receive mail to the Internet
        Setting up SMTP routing to external Internet domains
        Setting up SMTP routing within the local Internet domain
        Enabling a server to receive mail sent over SMTP routing
        Setting up how addresses are resolved on inbound and outbound mail
        Setting up a forwarding address
        Setting up a smart host
        Setting up a server to receive mail for multiple Internet domains
        Specifying how Domino looks up the recipients of incoming SMTP messages
        Specifying how Domino looks up SMTP hosts when sending outbound mail
        Enabling the Router to look up the sender's Internet address from the Person document
        How Domino formats the sender's Internet address in outbound messages
        Changing the default format for constructing the sender's Internet address on outbound mail
        How Domino uses Global domain documents during inbound and outbound SMTP routing
        Configuring Domino to send mail to a relay host or firewall
        Enabling SMTP outbound authentication to relay hosts
        Routing mail over transient connections
        Updating the SMTP configuration
    Customizing mail
      Requirements for a working mail system
      Controlling messaging
      Improving mail performance
        Creating multiple MAIL.BOX databases
        Determining how many MAIL.BOX databases to place on a server
        Disabling type-ahead addressing
        Changing the logging level for mail
      Controlling message delivery
        Setting delivery controls
        Using quotas to manage the size of user mail files
          Setting mail file quotas
          Detecting when a mail file exceeds its quota
          Notifying users who exceed their mail file's quota or warning threshold
          Withholding mail from users who exceed their quota
          Setting quota controls for the Router
      Specifying a reverse-path setting for forwarded messages
      Setting server mail rules
      Setting up message recall
        Using the mail policy settings document to define message recall settings
        Using the Server Configuration document to define message recall settings
      Customizing message transfer
        Restricting mail routing based on message size
        Routing mail by priority
        Generating delay notifications for deferred low-priority mail
        Restricting users from sending mail to groups listed in the Domino Directory
        Defining when to send transfer and delivery Delay reports
          Specifying the failure message for transfer and delivery delay notifications
        Setting transfer limits
          Enabling multiple concurrent transfer threads between Domino domains
          Setting the message time-out value
        Setting advanced transfer and delivery controls
          Managing undeliverable mail in MAIL.BOX
          Customizing the text of mail failure messages
      Customizing Notes routing
        Scheduling Notes routing
          Example: Scheduling immediate 24 x 7 routing
        Changing the routing cost for a connection
        Restricting mail routing based on Domino domains, organizations, and organizational units
      Customizing SMTP Routing
        Stopping and starting the Domino SMTP service
        Changing SMTP port settings
          Changing the inbound SMTP port settings
          Changing outbound SMTP port settings
          Securing SMTP sessions using the STARTTLS extension
        Restricting SMTP inbound routing
          Restricting inbound SMTP connections
          How Domino uses reverse DNS lookups to control inbound SMTP sessions
          Preventing unauthorized SMTP hosts from using Domino as a relay
            Open relays
            Setting inbound relay controls
            Specifying enforcement of inbound relay controls
            How inbound anti-relay settings control message transfer to external Internet domains
          Enabling DNS blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling DNS whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Restricting who can send Internet mail to your users
          Restricting users from receiving Internet mail
          Defining the maximum error limit before a connection is terminated
          Resolving directory lookups containing ambiguous names or group names
          Supporting inbound SMTP extensions
        Restricting outbound mail routing
          Restricting users from sending Internet mail
          Supporting outbound SMTP extensions
      Setting up and using message disclaimers
      Mail journaling
        Setting up the Mail Journaling database
        Managing the Mail Journaling database
        Specifying messages to journal
        Retrieving messages from the Mail Journaling database
        Using mail journaling to determine intended message recipients
      Setting inbound and outbound MIME and character set options
        Enabling Domino to process return receipts for SMTP messages
        Setting the primary and secondary character set groups
        Language codes supported in Notes and Domino
        Specifying inbound and outbound MIME conversion options
        Configuring how Domino converts inbound MIME messages to Notes rich-text
        Setting font and message options for international languages
        Setting advanced inbound MIME options
        Setting advanced outbound MIME options
        Examples: How Domino handles Macintosh attachments in inbound messages
        Configuring outbound Internet mail to use RFC 822 address format (phrase parts)
        Mapping MIME types to file extensions
      HTML rendering for mail
    The POP3 service
      Setting up the POP3 service
        Starting and stopping the POP3 service
        Enabling and configuring the POP3 service port
      Setting up POP3 users
        Setting up the Person document for a POP3 user
        Creating a mail file for a POP3 user
        Configuring POP3 client software
    The IMAP service
      How Domino modifies mail files to support IMAP
      Setting up the IMAP service
      Starting and stopping the IMAP task
      Customizing the IMAP service
        Enabling and configuring the IMAP service port
        Setting IMAP session limits
        Setting the IMAP service to automatically enable mail files at login
        Configuring the IMAP service to allow shared access to mail files
        Enabling the IMAP service to automatically display all accessible mail folders
        Configuring IMAP Public folders
        Configuring IMAP Other Users' folders
        Configuring IMAP internal thread use
        Specifying the default IMAP service greetings
      Setting up IMAP users
        Setting up the Person document for an IMAP user
        Creating a mail file for an IMAP user
        Preparing a mail file for IMAP access
          Running Compact to update the ODS version of a mail file
          Running Fixup to prepare a mail file for IMAP use
          Running the mail conversion utility to enable a mail file for IMAP
          Convert utility options
          How the conversion utility handles unread marks
          Preserving folder references during upgrade of IMAP mail files
          Using the conversion utility to add IMAP summary attributes to messages
        Re-enabling a corrupted IMAP mail file
        Configuring IMAP client software
    Domino Web Access
      Domino Web Access lite mode
        Configuration settings supported in lite mode
        Preferences supported in lite mode
        NOTES.INI settings supported in lite mode
        Remove mode buttons from full mode
        Using type-ahead in lite mode
      Domino Web Access ultralite mode
      Registering Lotus Domino Web Access users
        Enabling the mail usage indicator
      Providing a log-on URL for Domino Web Access users
      Secure mail for Lotus Domino Web Access
      Using realm documents in Domino Web Access
      Using Policies with Domino Web Access
        Creating security policy settings for Domino Web Access users
      Renaming a Domino Web Access user
      Monitoring Domino Web Access activity
      Customizing the look of Domino Web Access
      Using Domino Web Access agents
      Configuring Domino Web Access for users
        Editing the Configuration Settings document for Domino Web Access
        Adding a disclaimer to outgoing messages
        Using Browser Cache Management
        Configuring alternate name support in Domino Web Access
        Reusing child windows
        Using Domino Web Access Redirect to access mail in Domino Web Access
        Making document links work
        Making calendar details available to all users
        Enabling RSS feeds for Domino Web Access
        Setting a maximum attachment size
        Allowing users to take the Domino directory offline
        Disabling the Active Content Filter
        Setting the level of automatic cache clearing
        Redirecting users to a Web page after logout
        Specifying the number of names to return
        Using GZIP to improve Domino Web Access performance
        Using NOTES.INI settings in a mixed environment
    Domino Access for Microsoft Outlook
      Setting up users for installation
      Installing IBM Lotus Domino Access for Microsoft Outlook
      Administrator installation
      End user installation using the Create MAPI Profile shortcut
      End user installation using silent install
      Working with IBM Lotus Domino Access for Microsoft Outlook
      Troubleshooting Lotus Domino Access
    Tools for mail monitoring
      Setting up mail monitoring
      Setting up the Reports database
      Controlling the Mail Tracking Collector
      Configuring the server for message tracking
      Tracking a mail message
      Generating a mail usage report
      Viewing mail usage reports
  Web Servers
    The Domino Web server
      Setting up a Domino server as a Web server
        Starting and stopping the Domino Web server
        Modifying Web server Internet port and protocol settings
        Setting up protocol security for the Web server
        Restricting access by IP address on the Web server
        Hosting Java applets
        Generating references to the Web server
        Managing Java servlets on a Web server
        Setting up WebDAV
          Enabling WebDAV
        The browser.cnf file
      Hosting Web sites
        Converting from Web Server Configurations to Internet Sites view
        Hosting multiple Web sites on a partitioned server
        Configuring HTML, CGI, icon, and Java files for Web Site documents
        Configuring DSAPI, HTTP methods, and WebDAV in Web Site documents
        Domino Web Engine settings for Web Site documents
        Setting up session authentication for Web Site documents
        Specifying GIF or JPEG conversion in Web Site documents
        Specifying the number of lines to display in a view
        Limiting the number of documents displayed during a Web Site search
        Finding links with the Redirect URL command
        Restricting the amount of data users can send to a Domino database
        Specifying the character set to use when retrieving Web pages
        Storing Web user preferences in cookies
        Setting up language preferences
        Table of character sets for Web server pages
        Web Site rules and global Web settings
          Creating a Web Site Rule document
          Configuring a Web Site rule to run PHP
          Creating a Global Web Settings document
        Protecting files on a server from Web client access
        Creating a Web Site authentication realm document
      Custom Web server messages
        Creating the Domino Configuration database
        Mapping custom Web server messages
        Example of custom Web server messages
      Improving Web server performance
        Managing the memory cache on the Web server
        Specifying network time-outs on the Web server
        Running Web agents
        Specifying the number of threads used by the Web server
        Improving file-download performance for Web clients
        Improving performance for upload of file attachments
      HTML generation options
    The Web Navigator
      Setting up a Web Navigator server
        Starting and stopping the Web Navigator program
        Using a proxy server to connect the Web Navigator to the Internet
        Setting up users to use the Web Navigator
      Customizing the Web Navigator
        Allowing multiple users to retrieve pages concurrently
        Controlling access to Web sites
        Controlling access to Internet services
        Setting up the Web Navigator to retrieve pages on sites secured by SSL
        Sending mail from a Web page to the Internet
      The Web Navigator database
      Customizing the Web Navigator database
        Displaying who retrieved a page in the Web Navigator database
        Customizing the default appearance of pages in the Web Navigator database
        Saving and viewing HTML sources in the Web Navigator database
        Renaming and moving the Web Navigator database
        Setting agent preferences for the Web Navigator
        Using the Purge agent to manage the size of the Web Navigator database
        Using the Refresh agent to update pages in the Web Navigator database
        Using the Averaging agent to calculate page ratings in the Web Navigator database
    Setting up Domino to work with other Web servers
      Setting up Domino to work with IBM HTTP Servers
      Setting up Domino to work with Microsoft IIS servers
        To install the WebSphere plug-in on an IIS server
        To configure the WebSphere plug-in
        To configure the Domino server to work with Microsoft IIS
        Setting up security for Microsoft IIS
        Details of Microsoft IIS security options
  Security
    Overview of Domino security
      The Domino security model
      The Domino security team
      Security planning checklists
        Server security
        Application security
        Application design element security
        Notes and Domino ID security
        Workstation data security
      Security policies
      Setting up an Internet certificate authority
    Server access for Notes users, Internet users, and Domino servers
      Setting up Notes user, Domino server, and Internet user access to a Domino server
      Customizing access to a Domino server
        Denying Notes users access to all servers in a domain
        Restricting administrator access
        Comparing public key values
        Setting up anonymous server access for Notes users and Domino servers
        Controlling access to a specific server port
        Controlling creation of databases, replicas, and templates
        Controlling the use of headline monitors
        Controlling access to a passthru server or passthru destination
        Controlling agents that run on a server
        Controlling server access by browser clients that use Java and JavaScript
        Controlling Web browser access to files
        Restricting access to a server's data directory
        Physically securing the Domino server
      Validation and authentication for Notes and Domino
    The database access control list
      Default ACL entries
      Acceptable entries in the ACL
      Configuring a database ACL
      Access levels in the ACL
        Viewing ACL entries by access level
      Access level privileges in the ACL
      User types in the ACL
      Roles in the ACL
      Managing database ACLs
      Using the Administration Process to update ACLs
      Setting up the Administration Process for database ACLs
      Managing database ACLs with the Web Administrator
      Editing entries in multiple ACLs
      Viewing all database ACLs on a server
      Using the ACL log
      Enforcing a consistent access control list
      Updating Readers and Authors fields
      Setting up database access for Internet users
      Preventing users from accessing forms and views in a Web application
      Maximum Internet name-and-password access
      Requiring an SSL connection to a database
    Domino server and Notes user IDs
      Certificates
        Viewing the certificates on an ID
      Password-protection for Notes and Domino IDs
      The password quality scale
      Verifying user passwords during authentication
      Setting up password verification
      Custom password policies
      Using 128-bit ID file encryption
      Assigning multiple passwords to server and certifier IDs
      ID recovery
        Setting up ID recovery
        Preparing IDs for recovery
        Recovering an ID
        Changing administrator information for ID recovery
      Public key security
        Creating a new Notes public key and adding it to the Domino Directory
        Adding a Notes public key to the Domino Directory
      User and server key rollover
      Certificate authority key rollover
        Assigning a new key pair to a certifer
        Rolling over cross-certificates
      Using cross-certificates to access servers and send secure S/MIME messages
      Adding cross-certificates to the Domino Directory or Personal Address Book
        Examples of cross-certification
        Adding a Notes or Internet cross-certificate on demand
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate by phone
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by postal service
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by Notes mail
        Creating a cross-certificate from a user's Person document
        Creating a cross-certificate from a certifier document
        Displaying cross-certificates
    The execution control list
      ECL security access options
      Administration ECLs
        Default ECL settings
        Creating administration ECLs
        Editing administration ECLs
        Collecting information for a new administration ECL
        Administration ECL key
      Deploying and updating workstation ECLs
    Domino server-based certification authority
      Setting up a server-based Domino certification authority
      Administering a Domino CA
      Migrating a certifier to the CA process
      Adding a certifier to the CA process
      Viewing certifiers running under the CA process
      Creating a certifier for a server-based CA
        Key usage extensions and extended key usage
      Creating the Certificate Requests database
      Setting up SSL on a server-based CA server
      Signing server certificates using the Certificate Requests database
      Modifying a server-based CA
      Viewing certificate requests
      Revoking a certificate
      Backing up and recovering a certifier
      Disabling a certifier
      Processing client certificate requests from IBM Workplace users
    SSL security
      Setting up SSL on a Domino server
        Setting up the Server Certificate Admin application
        Creating a server key ring file
        Requesting an SSL server certificate
        Merging a CA certificate as a trusted root
        Default Domino SSL trusted roots
        Signing server certificates
        Merging a server certificate into the key ring file
        SSL port configuration
        Configuring a port for SSL
        Requiring an SSL connection to a server
      Setting up database access for SSL clients
      Managing server certificates and certificate requests
        Viewing SSL server certificates
        Changing the password for the server key ring file
        Marking or unmarking a CA's certificate as a trusted root
        Viewing requests for certificates
        Renewing expired certificates
      Creating a self-certified certificate to test SSL certification
      Creating an Internet cross-certificate for server-to-server SSL
      Modifying SSL cipher restrictions
      Authenticating Web SSL clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      SSL session resumption
    SSL and S/MIME for clients
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL authentication
        Obtaining a trusted root certificate for SSL authentication
        Creating an Internet cross-certificate for a CA
      Internet certificates for SSL and S/MIME
        Issuing Internet certificates in a Person document
        Signing an Internet client certificate and adding the certificate to the Domino Directory
        Exporting and importing Internet certificates
        Viewing and deleting Internet certificates
      Setting up Notes clients for S/MIME
        Creating Internet certificates for Notes S/MIME clients
        Adding an Internet certificate and cross-certificate for encrypted S/MIME messages
        Dual Internet certificates for S/MIME encryption and signatures
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL client authentication
        Setting up a Person document for an Internet user using SSL client authentication
        Publishing third-party CA client certificates in a Person record
      Setting up SSL for Notes or Domino using SMTP
      Using SSL when setting up directory assistance for LDAP directories
      OCSP for X.509 certificate revocation checking
    Encryption
      AES encryption
      Configuring encryption for ID files
      Mail encryption
        Encrypting mail
        Configuring AES for mail and document encryption
        Viewing the signing and encryption status of Notes mail
        Using X.509 certificates for mail and document encryption
        Using S/MIME format when sending encrypted mail to Blackberry users
      Electronic signatures
    Name-and-password authentication for Internet/intranet clients
      Setting up basic name-and-password authentication
      Session-based name-and-password authentication for Web clients
        Setting up session-based name-and-password authentication
        Customizing the HTML log-in form
        Overriding session authentication
      Controlling the level of authentication for Internet clients
        Examples of names allowed for Internet client authentication
        Authenticating Internet name-and-password clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      Managing Internet passwords
        Securing Internet passwords
      Multi-server session-based name-and-password authentication for Web users (single sign-on)
        Creating a Web SSO configuration document
        Enabling single sign-on and basic authentication
        Setting up the Web SSO Configuration document for more than one Domino domain
        Configuring user name mapping in the SSO LTPA token
        Caching Internet password changes for SSO
      Anonymous Internet/intranet access
        Setting up Internet/intranet clients for anonymous access
      Validation and authentication for Internet/intranet clients
  Clusters
    Cluster benefits and requirements
      What is a Domino cluster?
      Clustering requirements
    How Domino clustering works
      Clustering basics
      How failover works
        When failover occurs
        How Domino finds a replica during failover
      How workload balancing works
      The cluster components
      How replication works in a cluster
      Mail failover in a cluster
      How calendars work in a cluster
      How operating system clusters work
    Planning a cluster
      Determining how many servers to include in a cluster
      Determining the number and placement of replicas in a cluster
      Distributing databases in a cluster
      Determining whether to create a private LAN for your cluster
      Clustering over a wide area network
      Fault recovery in a cluster
      Examples of cluster configurations
        Example of clustering two servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering three servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering six servers for mail and applications
        Examples of clustering hub servers
        Example of clustering for disaster preparedness
        Example of clustering partitioned servers
        Example of clustering passthru servers
        Example of using a Domino cluster with an operating system cluster
    Setting up a cluster
      Before you create a cluster
      Creating a cluster
        The cluster creation process
      Verifying that the cluster was created correctly
        Using Cluster Analysis to check the cluster configuration
        Running Cluster Analysis
      Managing user access to databases
      Creating replicas in a cluster
      Setting up mail in a cluster
        Creating mail database replicas in a cluster during user registration
      Using standard replication in a cluster
        Scheduled replication in a cluster
        Replicating with all servers in a cluster
      Enabling the display of cluster replication status messages
      Obeying database size quotas during cluster replication
      Using directory assistance in a cluster
      Setting up roaming servers in a cluster
      Setting up cluster access for mobile users
      Using the Server Web Navigator in a cluster
      Setting up a private LAN for a cluster
    Managing and monitoring a cluster
      Monitoring a cluster
        Displaying a list of cluster members and their availability
        Enabling statistic reporting in the Monitoring Results database
        Viewing Cluster Manager events and statistics
        Viewing cluster replication events and statistics
        Using Tell commands to display cluster replication information
        Monitoring all the servers in a cluster at the same time
      Balancing the workload in a cluster
        Limiting the workload of a server
        The server availability index
        Choosing the server availability threshold
          Setting the server availability threshold
        Setting the maximum number of users on a server
        Redistributing replicas
        Using Activity Trends and Server Health Monitoring in a cluster
      Improving server availability in a cluster
      Managing failover in a cluster
      Streaming cluster replication
      Managing replication in a cluster
      Configuring and controlling cluster replication
        Using multiple Cluster Replicators
        Disabling cluster replication for an entire server
        Disabling cluster replication for specific databases
        Pausing cluster replication
        Resuming cluster replication
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to retry failed replications immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to update the Cluster Database Directory information immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to log immediately
      Creating configuration settings for all servers in a cluster
      Managing database availability in a cluster
        Making a database unavailable for user access
        Making an "out of service" database available again
        Deleting databases from a cluster
      Adding a server to a cluster
        What occurs when you add a server to a cluster
      Removing a server from a cluster
        What occurs when you remove a server from a cluster
      Moving a server from one cluster to another
      Viewing information in the Cluster Database Directory
        Creating a new Cluster Database Directory
    Clustering Domino servers that run Internet protocols
      How the Internet Cluster Manager works
      Generating URLs that refer to the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Planning to use the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Example of a single ICM outside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs outside the cluster
        Example of a single ICM inside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs inside the cluster
        Example of one ICM outside the cluster and one ICM inside the cluster
      Configuring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Setting up a separate IP address for the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Starting the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Failover and workload balancing
      Security in a cluster
      Managing and monitoring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Compatibility of the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM) with previous releases of Domino
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for HTTP and POP3 failover
      Setting up cluster failover for IMAP
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for LDAP failover
    Cluster statistics
      Cluster Manager statistics
      Cluster Replicator statistics
      Internet Cluster Manager statistics
  Domino Off-Line Services
    Overview of DOLS administrator tasks
    How DOLS works
    Creating a DOLS Offline Security Policy document
    Increasing security for DOLS subscriptions
    Increasing the server's output timeout for DOLS downloads
    Configuring the DOLS subscription
    Setting up agents for the DOLS subscription
    Optional tasks for DOLS administrators
      Adding a directory catalog to a DOLS subscription
      Viewing DOLS download information
      Reducing DOLS download time with selective replication
      Web Control instructions for DOLS users
    DOLS troubleshooting and error messages
  Service Provider
    Planning the xSP server environment
      Example of planning a hosted environment
      Ways to set up a service provider environment
      Securing the service provider environment
      Using Domino features in a hosted server environment
      Planning the IP Address configurations in a hosted environment
      Planning the distribution of hosted organization data
      Deciding which protocols and services to offer in the xSP environment
      Using activity logging for billing at hosted organizations
      Deciding which applications to offer multiple hosted organizations
    Setting up the service provider environment
      Installing the first server or additional servers for hosted environments
      Setting up a hosted organization
      Setting up the Domino certificate authority for hosted organizations
      Using policies in a hosted environment
      What happens when you register a hosted organization?
      Example of registering a hosted organization
      Registering a hosted organization
      Binding the IP addresses of the hosted organization to the xSP server
      Creating loopback addresses in a hosted environment
      Using Internet and Web Site documents in a hosted environment
      Configuring Internet sites with Web Site and Internet Site documents
      Global Web Settings documents and the service provider environment
      Editing a Global Web Settings document
      Configuring activity logging for billing hosted organizations
      Viewing logged activity data in a hosted environment
    Maintaining hosted organizations
      Adding a hosted organization to an additional server to provide new Web applications
      Deleting a hosted organization
      Temporarily disabling services for a hosted organization
      Enabling anonymous access to a hosted organization's database
      Preventing users from viewing ADMIN4.NSF in a hosted environment
      Moving a hosted organization to another server
      Removing a hosted organization from a backup or load-balancing server
      Restoring a hosted environment after a server crash
      How the Domino service provider software responds to a DNS outage
      Using a browser to access a hosted organization's Web site
      Using the Resource Reservations database in a hosted environment
      Viewing hosted organizations
      Managing Users at a hosted organization
      Using the Web Administrator to manage users at a hosted organization
      Addressing messages to users at a hosted organization
  Database Management
    Database design, management, and administration
      Creating a database
      Rolling out a database
      Copying a new database to a server
      Creating a Mail-In Database document for a new database
      Signing a database or template
      About composite applications
    Organizing databases on a server
      Creating and deleting directory folders
      Creating, updating, and deleting directory and database links
      About access to a server's data directory
    Full-text indexes for single databases
      Security and full-text indexes for single databases
      Restricted field names in full-text indexing
      Creating and updating full-text indexes for single databases
        Setting a schedule for Updall in a Program document
      Changing update frequency for a database's full-text index
      Manually updating full-text indexes for single databases
      Deleting full-text indexes for single databases
    Database libraries
      Creating a database library and assigning librarians
      Publishing databases in a library
    Database catalogs
      Setting up a server's database catalog
    Database maintenance
      The Files tab in the Domino Administrator
        Choosing the types of files you see in the Files tab
        Choosing the folder contents you see in the Files tab
        Customizing the columns in the Files tab
        Managing databases with the Files tab
        Managing folders and links with the Files tab
        Displaying disk space information with the Files tab
      Monitoring replication of a database
        The database replication history
        Displaying and clearing the replication history
        Viewing replication events in the log file
        Replication or save conflicts
          Consolidating replication or save conflicts
      Monitoring database activity
        Viewing database activity statistics generated by the Statlog task
        Managing database activity recording in databases
      Replicating unread marks
      Updating database indexes and views
        Indexer tasks: Update and Updall
        Updall options
          Running the Updall task
        Keyboard shortcuts that update or rebuild views
        Running multiple Update tasks
        Changing the temporary folder used for view rebuilds
        Managing view indexes
      Synchronizing databases with master templates
      Fixing corrupted databases
        Using Fixup
        Fixup options
          Running the Fixup task
      Moving databases
        Moving databases using the Administration Process
        Moving a database without using the Administration Process
      Using load convert to convert non-mail databases
      Deleting databases
      Database analysis
      Running a database analysis
      Redirecting client references to databases
      Creating a database redirect
      Preventing incorrect system time changes
  Monitoring
    Monitoring the Domino system
      Monitoring Configuration database
      Monitoring server shutdown
      Monitoring processes running in the Domino server environment
      Monitoring events on the Domino system
      Event generators
        Creating a database event generator
        Creating a Domino server event generator
        Creating a mail-routing event generator
        Creating a statistic event generator
        Creating a task status event generator
        Creating a TCP server event generator
        Starting and stopping the ISpy task
        Disabling an event generator
        Using event generator and event handler wizards
        Viewing event generators
      Event handlers
        Event handler notification methods
          Using an API to create an event notification method
          Forwarding an event to the Tivoli Enterprise Console
          Passing event parameters using the Run Program notification method
          Setting, modifying or deleting the Java server controller user's ID properties
          Creating a Connection document for use with a Java controller command
        Event types used to specify event criteria
        Creating an event handler
        Disabling an event handler
        Creating log filters
        Viewing event handlers and log filters
      Viewing an event report
      Viewing event messages, causes, and solutions
      Customizing the appearance of the Domino server console and Domino Administrator console
        Using the Domino Administrator server console to monitor events
      Statistics and the Domino system
        Statistic Collector task
        Setting Administration Preferences for monitoring and statistics
        Creating a Server Statistic Collection document
        Server statistics and replication status
      Platform statistics
        Viewing platform statistics
        Controlling platform statistics reporting
        Evaluating platform statistics
        Viewing information about platform statistics
        Disabling platform statistics
      Using the Domino Administrator to monitor statistics
        Viewing statistics reports
        Viewing default statistic thresholds
        Viewing descriptions of statistics
        Creating a new statistic
        Exporting statistics to a spreadsheet
      Using mail-in statistics
      Charting statistics
        Creating statistic profiles
        Displaying and manipulating statistic charts
        Modifying statistic profiles
    Server Health Monitor
      Table of Server Health Monitor statistics
      Table of Server Health Monitor ratings
        Setting up the Server Health Monitor
        Starting the Server Health Monitor
      Using the Server Health Monitor
        Selecting server components to include in health reports
        Setting up statistic alarms for the Server Health Monitor
        Modifying threshold values for the Server Health Monitor
      Server Health reports
        Displaying Server Health reports
        Changing the purge interval for historical health reports
        Improving the performance of the Server Health Monitor
      Working with Server Health Monitor statistics
        Monitoring server health in the Domino server monitor
      Viewing server health with the Server Health Monitor
        Excluding a server from the Server Health Monitor report documents
        Charting Server Health Monitor statistics
    Domino Domain Monitoring (DDM)
      Domino domain monitoring
      DDM probes
        Scheduling DDM probes
        Administration probe
          Creating Administration probes
        Application Code probes
          Creating Application Code probes
        Database probes
          Creating Database probes
        Directory Probes
          Creating Directory probes
        Messaging probes
          Creating Messaging probes
        Operating System probes
          Creating Operating System probes
        Replication probes
          Creating Replication probes
        Security probes
          Creating Security probes
        Server probes
          Creating Server probes
        Web probes
          Creating Web probes
      Maintaining DDM Probes
        Enabling and disabling DDM probes
        Editing a DDM Probe document
        Deleting a DDM Probe document
        Reporting DDM operating system probe events to Tivoli Enterprise Console
        Viewing DDM Probe documents
      DDM server collection hierarchy
      Managing the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Creating a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Changing a DDM collection server
        Deleting a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Adding subordinate servers to the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Removing servers from the DDM server collection hierarchy
      Domino Domain Monitor database (DDM.NSF)
      Specifying ACL settings and roles in the DDM database
      Viewing events in the Domino Domain Monitor database
      Event-related documents
        Using the Server and Addin Task Event document
          Setting the event severity and suppression time settings
          Disabling Lotus entries
          Modifying Basic settings for an event
          Creating custom entries
          Modifying custom entries
          Deleting custom entries
          Adding or Editing Stock Entries
          Creating a Server and Addin Task Event document
        Merging modified Stock entries into upgraded stock entries
        Merging modified Stock entries into Modular documents
        Using Modular documents
          Creating a Modular document
          Editing Modular documents
          Disabling a modular document
      Maintaining the Domino Domain Monitor database
        Assigning events in the DDM database to an administrator
        Changing the state of an event in DDM
        Controlling the content and size of the DDM database
        Opening DDM.NSF at Domino Administrator client startup
        Viewing correlated events in DDM
        Reassigning an event in the DDM database to an administrator
        Resolving an event
      Using IBM Lotus instant messaging in the Domino domain monitor database
      Filtering events in DDM
        Filtering DDM events
        Modifying a DDM filter
        Deleting a DDM filter
    The Domino SNMP Agent
      Domino SNMP Agent architecture
      About the Domino MIB
      System requirements
      Special considerations for partitioned servers
      Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Microsoft Windows
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for AIX
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Linux
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Solaris
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for z/OS
        Completing the configuration of the Domino SNMP Agent
        Manually starting and stopping the Domino SNMP Agent
        Using NET-SNMP with the Domino SNMP Agent
      Using the Domino MIB with your SNMP management station
        Configuring traps for HP OpenView
        Configuring traps for Domino events
        Configuring traps for NetView for AIX
      Troubleshooting the Domino SNMP Agent
    Managing servers
      Changing the server administrator
      Setting and managing passwords for the server console
      Decommissioning a Domain Search server
      Decommissioning a server
      Deleting a server name
      Finding a server name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Recertifying a server ID
      Uninstalling a Domino partitioned server
      Upgrading a server name to hierarchical
      Reinstalling or moving a Domino server from one computer to another
      Transaction logging
        How transaction logging works
        Planning for transaction logging
        Setting up a Domino server for transaction logging
        Changing transaction logging settings
        Disabling transaction logging for a specific database
        View logging
        Using transaction logging for recovery
        Fault recovery
        Enabling fault recovery
        Specifying a cleanup script for fault recovery
      Setting up a Fault Reports database
      Installing and running NSD as a Microsoft Windows service
      Collecting diagnostic information after a server or client crash
        Writing status bar history to a log file
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on clients
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on the server
        Enabling the Fault Analyzer task on the server
      Using the IBM_TECHNICAL_SUPPORT directory
      The Domino server log (LOG.NSF)
        Controlling the size of the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Recording additional information in the log file
        Viewing the log file (LOG.NSF)
        Searching the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Analyzing Domino log files using an older Domino server
      The Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Setting up the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Viewing the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Logging Domino Web server requests
        Domino Web server logging to text files
          Setting up Domino Web server logging to text files
      Using the IBM_TECHNICAL_SUPPORT directory
      Activity Logging
        The information in the log file
          Activity logging records
          Agent activity logging
          HTTP activity logging
          IMAP activity logging
          LDAP activity logging
          Mail activity logging
          Notes session activity logging
          Notes database activity logging
          Notes passthru activity logging
          POP3 activity logging
          Replication activity logging
          SMTP activity logging
          Example of creating activity logging records
        Configuring activity logging
          Limiting the amount of attribute information logged for LDAP Add and LDAP Modify activity
        Viewing activity logging data
    Overview of server maintenance
      Server maintenance checklist
      Backing up the Domino server
  Performance
    Activity Trends
      Setting up Activity Trends
        Enabling activity logging and setting up Activity Trends
      Understanding how Activity Trends collects data
      Activity Trends server and statistics profiles
        Creating an Activity Trends server profile
        Trends server profile
        Deleting an Activity Trends server profile
        Modifying an Activity Trends statistics profile
        Viewing Activity Trends charts
      Resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Setting up resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Specifying database and server locations for resource balancing
        Setting charting options for resource balancing
      Primary and secondary goals for resource balancing
        Setting primary and secondary resource-balancing goals
        Specifying which databases can move during resource balancing
      Understanding resource-balancing behavior
        Customizing resource-balancing behavior
      Analyzing resource-balancing distributions
      Creating a proposal for balanced resources
        Comparing current and projected resource balances
      Evaluating server activity for resource balancing
      Understanding current and projected profile charts
      Using resource balancing in Activity Trends to decommission a server
        Editing server properties for resource balancing
        Filtering servers used during resource balancing
        Pinning additional databases during resource balancing
        Displaying additional statistics during resource balancing
        Changing the layout of the Activity Trends view
      Submitting a resource-balancing plan to the Domino Change Manager
      Domino Change Manager
        Setting up Domino Change Manager
        Specifying maximum concurrent tasks for Domino Change Manager
      Using the Tell ChangeMan command at the Domino console
      ACLs for the Domino Change Control database
      Default ACL settings for the Domino Change Control database
      Setting ACLs for mail database moves during resource balancing
      Resource-balancing plans
      Database move sequences
        Choosing how database moves are executed
        Viewing database moves
        Preparing a plan document for resource balancing
        Creating an approval profile for resource balancing
        Viewing the status of resource-balancing plans
      Setting up plan documents for resource balancing
      Working with Domino Change Manager constraints
        Creating constraints in the Domino Change Manager
        Creating constraint sets in the Domino Change Manager
        Working with plan variables
        Editing and creating plan variables
        Creating plan notification messages
    Server.Load
      Server.Load agents
      Server.Load metrics and messaging statistics
        HTTP messaging statistics
        Monitoring Server.Load metrics
      Setting up clients and servers for Server.Load
      Built-in and custom Server.Load scripts
        Tips for running a Server.Load test
        Server.Load test parameters
        Running a custom Server.Load script
        Modifying a built-in Server.Load script
        Saving Server.Load settings
        Testing a Server.Load command
        Changing a Server.Load script variable
        Setting a Server.Load stop condition
      Running the built-in Server.Load workloads
        Cluster Mail Initialization workload
        Cluster Mail workload
        R5IMAP Initialization workload
        R5IMAP workload
        R6IMAP Initialization workload
        R6IMAP workload
        iNotes Initialization workload
        R5iNotes workload
        R6iNotes workload
        NRPC Mail Initialization workload
        R5 Simple Mail Routing workload
        R6 Mail Routing workload
        N8Mail Initialization workload
        N8Mail and N7Mail workloads
        SMTP and POP3 Initialization workload
        SMTP and POP3 workload
        The Sametime workloads
          Sametime 7.0 Initialization workload
          Sametime 7.0 Instant Messaging Workload
          Sametime 7.5 Instant Messaging workload
        Idle workload
        R5 Shared Database workload
        Web Idle workload
        Web Mail Initialization workload
        Web Mail workload
        Workload Data Collection and Workload Data Rollup scripts
          Using the Workload Data Rollup script to roll up collected data
          Generating output of per-command response times in Server.Load
          Running the Workload Data Rollup script
    Setting advanced database properties
      Database properties that optimize database performance
        Setting database properties that optimize database performance
      Soft deletions
      Using database design compression
      Using document body compression
      The database cache
        Monitoring the database cache
        Managing the database cache
        Controlling database size
      Tools for monitoring database size
      Monitoring database size
      Compacting databases
        Ways to compact databases
      Determining the file format of a database
      Compact options
        Running Compact using the Files tab
        Running Compact using the Task - Start tool
        Running Compact using a console command
        Running Compact using a Program document
      Database size quotas
        Setting database size quotas
      Deleting inactive documents
        Running the document archiving tool
        Viewing a document Archiving Log
        Using an agent to delete and archive documents
        Examples of using an agent to delete and archive documents
      Allowing more fields in a database
    Improving Domino server performance
      Tools for measuring server performance
      Improving basic server performance and capacity
        NOTES.INI settings that affect Domino server performance
        Database properties that affect system performance
      Improving partitioned server performance and capacity
      Improving Agent Manager performance
      Updating the design of an enabled agent
      Improving server performance using the configuration collector
      Improving database and Domino Directory performance
      Tips for tuning mail performance
      Improving Windows server performance
      Improving UNIX server performance
      Sources for improving server performance
  Accessibility features for Domino Administrator
    Enabling and using extended accelerator keys
    Keyboard shortcuts
    Keyboard shortcuts for the Domino Administrator user interface
    Keyboard shortcuts for databases
    Keyboard shortcuts for dialog boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for properties boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for documents
    Keyboard shortcuts to select and move text in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to move the cursor in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to change text and paragraph properties in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts when working in views
  Troubleshooting
    Troubleshooting tools
      Searching the Lotus Support Services Web site (www.lotus.com/support)
      Contacting Lotus Support Services
    Troubleshooting the Domino system
      Administration Process -- Troubleshooting
        Administration Process -- Problems and error messages
        How to troubleshoot the Administration Process
      Administrator Client -- Troubleshooting
        Output data incomplete when running Administrator client on a remote console
      Agent Manager and agents -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting Agent Manager and agents
        Agent manager and agents -- Problems and error messages
        Agent Manager isn't working as expected
        An agent isn't running as expected
        An agent doesn't run to completion
        An agent isn't running at the expected times
        The Escrow agent isn't working
        Users can't create agents
      Clusters - Troubleshooting
        Some database changes are not replicating quickly to other servers.
        Client requests do not fail over for certain databases even though the replicas are listed in the Cluster Database Directory
        Although I marked a database Out of Service, users can still open it
        The Cluster Database Directory includes two copies of the database documents for all the databases on a particular server
        The value of the Replica.Cluster.Retry.Waiting statistic is greater than zero
        "Cluster Replicator was unable to configure using Cluster Database Directory cldbdir.nsf: File does not exist"
        Private folders do not replicate from one clustered database to another
        "HTTP Server Initialization error. Could not bind port 80. Port may be in use."
        The Server Web Navigator does not fail over
        Clients receive the message "Server Not Responding" instead of failing over
      Database performance -- Troubleshooting
        Users cannot access the database
        Users experience a delay when accessing the database
        Resolving conflicts when names are assigned to more than one access level
        Using Groups and Roles to determine what controls user access
        Using Find Note to analyze a document reported in the log file
      Domino and DB2 configuration -- Troubleshooting
        Tools and methods for troubleshooting the Domino and DB2 configuration
          Running the Extract and Reload NSFDB2 Tool
          Verifying DB2 parameters
          Verifying that the DB2 server is running
        Resolving problems with user accounts and passwords on Domino with DB2
          Password or account problems with OS account used to start DB2 services
          Password or account problem with DB2 account used by Domino to communicate with DB2
          Cannot access DB2 enabled Notes database when working with DAVs
        DB2 Error Messages -- Troubleshooting
          Resolving errors when using SELECT
          Resolving error "An RM error occurred. Unable to initialize DB2 services"
          Resolving error "SQL30020N with Reason Code "0x124C"("0214")"
          Resolving error SQL0964C "The transaction log for the database is full"
          Resolving error "SQL0956C Not enough storage is available in the application heap to process the statement"
          Resolving error "SQL09568C The file system is full. SQLSTATE=57011
          Resolving error 0803N
          Resolving error "failed to extend tablespace"
          Resolving error caused by starting DB2-enabled server twice
          Database cannot be created
          ICL must be an NSF not a DB2-backed database
        Creating a service dependency for Domino and DB2
        Use caution when deleting DB2 objects
        NSFDB2 databases require Domino 6.X or more recent
        Domino does not connect to its DB2 database or has difficulty connecting
      Domino Web Access -- Troubleshooting
      Directories -- Troubleshooting
        Directory assistance -- Troubleshooting
          Internet user authentication using a secondary Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog fails
          Internet user authentication using an LDAP directory fails
          Database authorization using groups in a secondary directory fails
          Searches in a secondary Domino Directory configured in directory assistance fail
          "Directory assistance could not access Public Address Book on Server x, error is Server Not Responding"
        Directory catalogs -- Troubleshooting
          Names are missing from the directory catalog
          Users can't use type-ahead addressing to look up names in a condensed Directory Catalog
          Domino isn't searching a directory catalog on a server
          Internet user name-and-password authentication using a condensed Directory Catalog fails
          LDAP searches of a condensed Directory Catalog aren't working
          A condensed Directory Catalog is not full-text indexed or the full-text index is corrupted
          User Setup Profile doesn't push Mobile Directory Catalogs to users
          Router is finding the same name in multiple directories even though the "Exhaustive lookup" setting is disabled
          Users can't do full-text searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        LDAP service -- Troubleshooting
          Name and password authentication fails for LDAP clients connecting to the LDAP service
          LDAP searches are slow
          Anonymous LDAP users can't search certain fields
          "LDAP Server: Initialization failure: The full text index needs to be rebuilt"
          LDAP searches don't return a cn attribute
          LDAP error "Insufficient Access" returned on an LDAP Add operation
          LDAP clients can't connect to the LDAP service over SSL when the server uses a self-signed Domino server certificate
          LDAP service and remote search operations
        Extended ACL -- Troubleshooting
          The access specified for subject is different than the subject's actual access
          The Target box doesn't show documents
          I can't change a subject's access to a target
          Notes and Web users are getting unexpected results when accessing the directory
          "Extended access controls are enabled in this domain. You must modify the Domino Directory on a version 6 or later Domino server."
          Allowing users to see column values when extended ACLs are used
          Maximum Internet name and password settings with Extended Access
          NAMELookups to Remote Directories with Extended ACLs
      Mail routing -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting mail routing
        Mail routing -- Problems and error messages
        User can't receive any mail, including mail sent by users whose mail files are on the same server
        "File is in use by another process"
        "NAMES.NSF does not contain a required view" appears when sending mail to users on the same mail server
        "No route found to Domain x from Server y"
        "Router: Possibly no DOMAIN set; use SET CONFIG DOMAIN=name to set it; or replace the Name and Address Book design."
        "Server Error: File Does Not Exist"
        "User name is not unique" in a Delivery Failure Report
        "User not listed in the Public Address Book" appears with returned mail
        Users unexpectedly required to include @domainname after each address
        How to troubleshoot mail routing
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect mail
        Checking the sender's and/or recipient's workstation for errors that affect mail
        Checking the server for errors that affect mail
        Checking the shared mail setup
      Meeting and resource scheduling -- Troubleshooting
        Meeting and resource scheduling -- Problems and error messages
        Free time information isn't available
        "Can't Find User in Name and Address Book"
        "Cannot perform this action locally"
        "No resource/room found for time and/or capacity requirements"
        Troubleshooting Schedule Manager errors reported in the log
      Modems and remote connections -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting modems and remote connections
        How to troubleshoot modems and remote connections
        Modems and remote connections -- Problems and error messages
        Data isn't transferring between two servers using a null modem
        The dialup server cycles through port speeds without initializing the modem
        Valid commands in the modem command file are ignored
      Platform statistics -- Troubleshooting
        Platform statistics are not fully initialized
        Setting up platform statistics on Windows systems
        System configuration issue for platform statistics on Windows systems
      Network connections over NRPC -- Troubleshooting
        Troubleshooting TCP/IP problems for NRPC
          Tools for troubleshooting TCP/IP
          TCP/IP error messages -- Server only
          TCP/IP error messages -- Client or server
          How to troubleshoot TCP/IP problems in NRPC
            Checking NRPC connectivity in TCP/IP
            Checking TCP/IP name resolution in NRPC
            Checking a TCP/IP network pathway
          TCP/IP frame types
      Network dialup connections -- Troubleshooting
        Testing network connections using the ping utility
        Tracing a network connection
      Partitioned servers -- Troubleshooting
        "Server exiting: partition number xx is already in use"
        "Server not responding" connecting to a partitioned server
      Passthru connections -- Troubleshooting
      Remote Server Console -- Troubleshooting
        Administrator client on the remote live console -- output data appears incomplete
      Replication -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting replication
        Replication -- Problems and error messages
        Replication isn't occurring between two servers
        Scheduled replication isn't occurring between two servers
        One database isn't replicating between two servers
        Database replica does not contain all the documents it should
        Database replica is not receiving design changes
        Changes to the database title do not replicate
        Database replicas are different sizes
        The database stops replicating and the option Enforce a consistent ACL is selected
        The database replica has not received ACL changes
        The new replica contains the ACL of the source server but you did not copy the ACL
        You see the message "Database is not fully initialized yet"
        Deletions are not replicating
        Unexpected deletions occur in a replica
        Deleted documents reappear
      Roaming Users -- Troubleshooting
        Using NOTES.INI settings to troubleshoot roaming user configurations
      Server-based certification authority -- Troubleshooting
      Server access -- Troubleshooting
        The administrator can't enter commands at the server
        Users can't see a new server in the list of servers
        "Server not responding"
        "You are not authorized to access the server" or similar problems
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect server access
        Checking the server ID for a problem that affects server access
        Replacing the server ID
        Copying the public key
      Server crashes -- Troubleshooting
        How to troubleshoot server crashes
        Server crashes -- Problems and error messages
        Corrupt database causes a server to crash
        Corrupt view causes a server to crash
        Server crashes while updating a database index
        The Router task causes the server to crash
        Domino OS/2 server crashes
        NSD log files
      Server Health Monitoring -- Troubleshooting
      Smart Upgrade -- Troubleshooting
        Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports are not being created
        Using the Smart Upgrade Log file for troubleshooting
      Transaction logging -- Troubleshooting
      Web server, Web Navigator, and the Web Administrator -- Troubleshooting
        Web server -- Problems and error messages
        Users are prompted multiple times for their name and password
        Users can't access a Domino Web server via the Internet
        Users can't see a list of files on a Web server or access a database
        Browser receives error message "Single Sign-on not Configured" when accessing an SSO enabled server
        Debugging session-based authentication problems
        "Error 403 - Directory Browsing error -- Access forbidden"
        Web Navigator - Problems and error messages
        Users can't send mail to the Internet from a mailto URL
        "TCP/IP host unknown" and "Remote system not responding"
        "URL Access Denied" message trying to open certain Web pages
        "The Web Navigator Retrieval process is not running"
        Web Administrator -- Problems and error messages
        Unable to log in to the Web Administrator
        New policies do not appear as an option when registering users
      Server.Load -- Troubleshooting
  Reference
    Domino server commands
      Domino and DB2 server commands
      Using a console to send commands to a server
        Capturing server command output in a file
      Entering commands at the console at the server
      Sending Controller and shell commands from a remote console
      Sending commands from the Domino Administrator console
        Adding commands to the Commands menu
        Adding a group of servers to the Send menu
      Sending commands from a Web Administrator console
      Using the Domino Character Console to access the server console
    Domino server tasks
      Running server tasks
    Editing the NOTES.INI file
      Assigning Notes.INI settings through user policies
      NOTES.INI Settings
        AdminPInterval
        AdminPModifyPersonDocumentsAt
        AMgr_DocUpdateAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_DocUpdateEventDelay
        AMgr_NewMailAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_NewMailEventDelay
        AMgr_WeekendDays
        BillingAddinOutput
        BillingAddinRuntime
        BillingAddinWakeup
        BillingClass
        BillingSuppressTime
        Clrepl_Obeys_Quotas
        Cluster_Replicators
        Cluster_TCPIPAddress
        Country_Language
        Default_Index_Lifetime_Days
        Disable_Cluster_Replicator
        KillProcess
        Log_AgentManager
        Log_MailRouting
        Log_Replication
        Log_Sessions
        Log_Tasks
        Log_View_Events
        Mail_Log_To_MiscEvents
        MailClusterFailover
        MailDisablePriority
        MailLowPriorityTime
        MailMaxThreads
        MailTimeout
        Memory_Quota
        Name_Change_Expiration_Days
        NetWareNDSName
        No_Force_Activity_Logging
        NSF_Buffer_Pool_Size
        NWNDSPassword
        NWNDSUserID
        PhoneLog
        Platform_CSID
        Repl_Error_Tolerance
        Repl_Push_Retries
        Replicators
        ReportUseMail
        Schema_Daemon_Resynctime
        Server_Availability_Threshold
        Server_Cluster_Default_Port
        Server_MaxSessions
        Server_MaxUsers
        ServerPullReplication
        Server_Restricted
        Server_Session_Timeout
        Server_Show_Performance
        Shared_Mail
        Show_Task_Detail
        TCPIP_TCPIPAddress
        Update_No_Fulltext
        Updaters
        Update_Suppression_Limit
        Update_Suppression_Time
    System and application templates
    The Domino Directory template
      Rules for customizing the Domino Directory
      Customizing the Domino Directory template
      Creating a copy of the Domino Directory template
      Customizing a visible view in the Domino Directory
      Using the Domino Directory to extend the LDAP schema
        Using the Domino Directory to create a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating a form to define a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating and inserting a $xxxInheritableSchema subform
          Creating and inserting an $xxxExtensibleSchema subform
        Configuring a new LDAP structural object class to inherit
        Using the Domino Directory to create an LDAP auxiliary object class
        Using the Domino Directory to define an LDAP attribute for a new object class
      Applying template customizations to the Domino Directory database
      Upgrading to a new Domino Directory template
    Administration process requests
      Administration Process Requests -- One Domain
      Cross Domain Administration Requests
      Time-based execution requests
    Server.Load commands
      Server.Load script conventions
      @Else command
      @EndIf command
      @If command
      Add command
      BeginCrit command
      BeginLoop command
      BeginLoop2 command
      Break command
      Cal command
      ChangeTo command
      Close command
      Console command
      DbDelete command
      Delete command
      Drop command
      EndCrit command
      Entries command
      ErrorDelay command
      FindByKey command
      FindByName command
      GetAll command
      Help command
      @If command
      ImailCheckForNewMail command
      ImailCloseMailbox command
      ImailFetchEntry command
      ImailFetchOld command
      ImailGetLastEntries command
      ImailGetNewMail command
      ImailHelp command
      ImailListMailboxes command
      ImailLogin command
      ImailLogout command
      ImailOpenMailbox command
      ImailPostMessage command
      ImailSetSeen command
      Index command
      LDAPLookup command
      Lookup command
      NABRetrievePOP3Mail command
      NABUpdate command
      Navigate command
      NewMail command
      NewReplicateDB command
      NoteAdd command
      Open command
      Pause command
      Populate command
      Quit command
      Read command
      Replicate command
      RetrievePOP3Mail command
      Rewind command
      Rewind2 command
      RSVPInvitation command
      SendMessage command and SendMessage profile command
      SendSMTPMessage command
      SessionsClose command
      SessionsOpen command
      SetContextStatus command
      SetCalProfile command
      Stamp command
      Unread command
      Update command
      WebGet command
    Server.Load scripts
      Using the Sample Server.Load scripts
      Idle Workload script
      R5 IMAP Workload script
      R5 Simple Mail Routing script
      R5 Shared Database script
      SMTP and POP3 Workload script
      Web Idle Workload script
      Web Mail Workload script
    Using a Domino 5 certificate authority
      Creating the Domino Certificate Authority application
      Creating a CA key ring file and certificate
      Setting up a Domino 5 certificate authority
      Configuring the Domino Certificate Authority application profile
      Setting up SSL on the CA server
      Displaying the CA key ring file
      Exporting the CA key ring file
      Signing server certificates
      Viewing requests for certificates
      Web Server Configuration documents
      Converting from Web Server Configurations to Internet Sites view
      Creating a Web realm (Domino 5.0x)
      Creating file protection for virtual servers
    Shared mail overview
      Using multiple active shared mail databases
      How using shared mail affects a user's mail file quota
      How Domino maintains the security of a shared mail database
      How shared mail works
      Setting up shared mail databases
        Using shared mail for delivery only or for transfer and delivery
        Specifying the location and size of a shared mail directory
        Managing object store growth
        Creating shared mail directories outside of the Domino Data directory
      Managing a shared mail database
        Reconfiguring shared mail settings
        Generating and viewing shared mail statistics
        Linking unshared messages in a mail file to the object store
        Excluding a mail file from using shared mail
        Replicating mail files that use shared mail
        Purging obsolete shared mail messages
        Restoring a shared mail database
        Deleting a shared mail database
      Disabling shared mail
  Search the Web to obtain more help
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8?
    Administration - new features
    Administration Process - new features
    Client installation and new client features
    Clusters - new features
    Calendar and scheduling - new features
    Databases - new features
    Domino and DB2 - new features
    Domino Directory - new features
    Domino Domain Monitoring - new features
    Domino Web Access - new features
    Messaging - new features
    Policies - new features
    Security - new features
    Server - new features
    Server commands - new
    Web server - new features
  Domino Server Installation
    Guidepost for deploying Domino
      Functions of Domino servers
      Hierarchical naming for servers and users
      Domino domains
      Partitioned servers
      Certifier IDs and certificates
        Example of how certifier IDs mirror the hierarchical name scheme
      Domino server services
      Table of Domino naming requirements
      Building the Domino environment
    Installing and setting up Domino servers
      Entering system commands
      Using the Domino server with a trial evaluation license
      Domino server installation
        Installing Domino on Windows systems
        Installing Domino on UNIX systems
        Installing Domino on Linux on System z systems
        Using silent server installation to install Domino on Windows or UNIX systems
          Running the silent server install on Windows or UNIX Systems
        Using silent server install on Linux on System z systems
        Using the express install
      Disabling concurrent I/O and direct I/O on Domino servers on AIX
      Domino server setup program
      Domino's On-Disk Structure
      Setting up DOLS on a server
        Using Domino Off-Line Services (DOLS) and Domino Web Access
          Setting up Domino Web Access on a server
            Setting up Domino Web Access with Sametime
            Setting up Secrets and Tokens authentication for instant messaging in Domino Web Access
            Customizing STLinks files for tunneling or reverse proxy servers
            Setting up Sametime and Domino Web Access in different domains
            Troubleshooting Sametime in Domino Web Access
      Using the Domino server setup program
        Indic language support in the Domino server setup program
        Using automatic server setup on Linux on System z and on UNIX
        Using the Domino server setup program locally
        Using the Domino server setup program remotely
        Creating a server setup profile
        Using a server setup profile
        Using silent server setup
      Certification log
      Domino server registration
        Registering a server
      Optional tasks to perform after server setup
        Creating an additional organization certifier ID
        Creating an organizational unit certifier ID
        Internet site documents
          Creating an Internet site document
          Setting up security for Internet site documents
          Enabling Internet sites on a server
      Starting and shutting down the Domino server
      Starting Domino as an application or a Windows service
      Using instant messaging in the Domino Directory
      Running the Domino-Portal integration wizard
  Network Configuration
    Lotus Domino and networks
      NRPC communication
      Resolving server names to network addresses in NRPC
    Network security
      NRPC and Internet connection security
      Using a Domino passthru server as a proxy
      TCP/IP security considerations
      Mapped directory links and Domino data security
    Planning the TCP/IP network
      NRPC name-to-address resolution over TCP/IP
      Ensuring DNS resolves in TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves on Windows systems -- All TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Best practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Alternative practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- A practice to use with caution
      Changing a server's IP address
      IPv6 and Lotus Domino
        Using IPv6 address formats with Domino and Notes
        Installing the IPv6 stack
        Receiving incoming connections on IPv6 sockets or IPv4 sockets
        Examples of using NOTES.INI variables with IPv6
        Connecting a Notes client to a Domino server via IPv6
      Advanced Domino TCP/IP configurations
        Partitioned servers and IP addresses
        Ensuring DNS resolves in advanced TCP/IP configurations
    Planning the NetBIOS network
      Server name-to-address resolution over NetBIOS
    Setting up Domino servers on the network
      Setting up Notes named networks
      Fine-tuning network port setup on a server
        Disabling a network port on a server
        Enabling a network port on a server
        Adding a network port on a server
        Deleting a network port on a server
        Renaming a network port on a server
        Reordering network ports on a server
        Encrypting NRPC communication on a server port
        Compressing network data on a server port
      Server setup tasks specific to TCP/IP
        Setting up a secondary name server
        Changing the TCP/IP connection-time-out interval
        Enabling support for IPv6 on a Domino server
        Reordering multiple server ports for TCP/IP
        Binding an NRPC port to an IP address
        Binding an Internet service to an IP address
        Assigning separate IP addresses to partitions on a system with a single NIC
        Configuring a partitioned server for one IP address and port mapping
        Changing a TCP or SSL port number
      Server setup tasks specific to NetBIOS
        Defining a NetBIOS LANA number for a Notes network port
        Creating additional network ports for NetBIOS
  Notes Client Installation and Upgrade
    Planning for Notes client installation and upgrade
      Products to install and order of installation
        Notes pre-installation checklist
        Locating Lotus Notes administrative documentation
        Installing the WebSphere Portal composite application support for Notes
        Specifying the home portal account
        Customizing the location of Notes install directories
      Considerations before installing Notes on Windows
        Notes installation directories for Windows
        Windows Vista considerations for Notes install, upgrade, and uninstall
        Considerations for enabling GB18030 support on Windows XP
      Considerations before installing Notes on Linux
        Notes installation directories for Linux
      Considerations before installing Notes on Mac OS X
        Notes installation directories for Mac OS X
      Considerations before installing Notes on Citrix
    Setting up and customizing Notes installation
      Customizing the Notes install kit to add or remove Eclipse features
        Eclipse files and folders in the install kit
        Understanding the Eclipse update site
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for supplied Eclipse features
        Reducing the Notes install kit size
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for new or third-party Eclipse features
        Adding new features to the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
        Removing features from the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
      Installing and subscribing to preset feeds
      Customizing Notes install using the tuner
        Obtaining a tuner and creating a transform file
        Using transform files for Notes user install
        Examples -- Applying scriptable setup using a transform file during Notes install
      Customizing Notes using the plugin_customization.ini file
      Using the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack on Windows
        Installing the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack
        Using Language Pack Installer with Domino
      Using the Native Language (NL) packs
      Instant messaging and client installation and setup
    Installing Notes in a single user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes for a single user
    Installing Notes in a multi-user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Windows for multi-user
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Linux
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Mac OS X
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Citrix
    Adding or removing installed Notes features within a release
    Upgrading a Notes single user install to multi-user
    Automating Notes installation using a silent install
      Running a Notes silent install
      Using the install manifest "default" setting for silent feature specification
      Performing a Notes silent install on Windows
      Performing a Notes multi-user silent install
      Calling a transform file during Notes silent install
      Performing a Notes silent install on Linux
      Providing a batch file for Notes client silent install
      Providing command line utilities for Notes install
      Setting up Notes with a scriptable setup
    Installing and running Notes on a USB drive
      Installing Notes basic configuration on a USB drive
      Enabling the autorun process to start at Notes login
      Running Notes basic configuration from a USB drive
    Installing Notes in a shared network directory
    Managing client plug-in deployment
      Overview - Client feature deployment
      Installing a new feature using the Notes install kit
      Deploying client plug-ins with widgets and the widget catalog
        Place the feature's valid Eclipse update site, containing the signed features and plugins, in a central location
        Install or upgrade the Domino server and Notes client, create the widgets catalog, and set widgets policy or preferences
        Create an NSF-based update site and import the Eclipse update site
        Create the extension.xml that the widget will use to call the feature's update site
        Create the extension.xml that the widget will use to call the feature's update site
        Display the Widgets sidebar and verify or set catalog access
        Create a catalog deployment widget in the catalog and attach its extension.xml file
        Create a catalog deployment widget in the catalog and attach its extension.xml file
        Test the widget by dragging it from the catalog view to your My Widgets sidebar
        Communicate to users how to obtain the widget or inform them that they will be automatically provisioned with the widget and its feature
      Creating a new feature
      Signing custom or third-party features and plug-ins for install and update
        Using the plugin_customization.ini file to verify trust
        Using Domino policy to verify trust
      Creating and using an NSF-based update site
      Controlling feature install and update with update sites
        Specifying available update sites
          Add an update site to the update site list
          Edit an existing update site in the update site list
          Delete an existing update site from the update site list
          Specify that feature update be performed from the feature's update site (default)
          Specify that feature install can occur from a default update site, CA XML or Update Manager
          Specify that feature update can occur from a default update site or FEATURE.XML
          Specify that feature install or update can occur from the whitelist only
          Specify different site controls for feature install and update
      Configuring component update for composite applications
      Enabling user-initiated update with EUM
      Creating and using a traditional third-party installer
    Upgrading Notes clients
      Before you upgrade the Notes client
    Using Upgrade-by-mail
      Before you use Upgrade-by-mail
      Backing up Notes client files
      Creating the upgrade notification for Upgrade-by-mail
      Installing Lotus Notes with Upgrade-by-mail
      Upgrading the mail file template with Upgrade-by-mail
    Using Notes Smart Upgrade
      How Smart Upgrade performs an upgrade
      Smart Upgrade server failover to another clustered server
      Creating a Smart Upgrade database
      Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports database
        Creating a Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports database
      Controlling the number of concurrent Smart Upgrade downloads
      Creating a database link to the Smart Upgrade Database
      Adding update kits to the Smart Upgrade database
      Running a silent upgrade using optional arguments
      Creating a Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade desktop policy settings document
        Creating a master policy document for Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
        Assigning the Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade master policy to users and groups
      Using Smart Upgrade to run a series of client upgrades
      Notes users and Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Maintaining Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Using the Smart Upgrade Run-As wizard
    Uninstalling Notes
      Uninstalling Notes from a Windows client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Linux client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Mac OS X client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Citrix client
      Uninstalling Notes silently
      Cleaning a previous or partial Notes installation from your client
  Configuring and using Widgets and Live Text
    Widgets and Live Text overview
      Understanding Widgets and Live Text user types
      Default out-of-box Widgets and Live Text behavior
      Installing the Widgets feature
    Creating the widget catalog
      Catalog options and access
    Creating a client management widget in the widget catalog
    Controlling Widgets and Live Text access using Domino policy
    Controlling Widgets access using Eclipse preferences
    Power users -- Creating and publishing widgets
      Setting Widgets preferences
      Browsing the catalog
      Creating a new widget category
      Updating widgets from the catalog
      Using the widget configuration wizards -- process
      Requiring authentication when creating a Web-based widget
      Wiring an action to configure a widget
      Configuring a widget using the wizards
        Configuring a widget using the Getting Started method
        Configuring a new Notes widget
        Configuring a new Web page widget
        Configuring a new Google Gadget widget
          Google Gadget widget fields and language internationalization
        Configuring a new Feed widget
      Configuring a new action, content type, or recognizer
        Configure a new action
        Configure a content type
        Configure a recognizer
          Sample recognizer Java regular expressions
      Using the Recognize All Content option
      Using the Widget Management view
        Acting on components and actions in the Widget Management view
        Acting on content types in the Widget Management view
        Acting on recognizers in the Widget Management view
      Importing and exporting widgets
        Import from an XML extension file
        Export widgets to an XML extension file
      Acting on widgets in the My Widgets sidebar panel
      Opening a widget in a dashboard
      Publishing to the catalog and controlling access with categories
        Publish to the catalog
        Assigning a widget category
      Changing a published widget and updating the catalog
      Removing a component and actions
      Setting or changing component properties
      Sharing widgets through e-mail
      Opening a widget
    End users -- Using Widgets and Live Text actions
      Setting Live Text preferences and controlling Live Text display
      Acting on Live Text
      Building and using a dashboard
      Authenticating when required by a widget
      Adding a widget to the sidebar
      Acting on a widget panel in the sidebar
      Installing a widget from an e-mail attachment
  User and Server Configuration
    Planning server-to-server connections
      Remote (modem) access and server topology
      How a server connects to another server
      Replication and server topology
      Examples of server topology
      Creating a LAN connection
      Forcing a server connection to use a specific protocol
      Setting up external domain lookups
      Internet connections
        Creating a server-to-server Internet connection through a proxy server
      Passthru servers and hunt groups
        Planning the use of passthru servers
        Example of a passthru server topology
        Setting up a server as a passthru server
        Setting up a server as a passthru destination
        Creating a passthru connection
        Connecting a server to a hunt group
      Planning for modem use
        Modems and modem command files
        Creating a Notes Direct Dialup connection
        Creating a Network Dialup connection
        Encrypting Network Dialup Connection documents
        Coordinating dialup ISP connections between servers
        Coordinating Notes Direct Dialup connections between servers
        Configuring a communication port
        Modifying modem command files and acquire scripts
        Using acquire and login scripts
        Writing and editing acquire and login scripts
        Commands for acquire and connect scripts
      Connecting Notes clients to servers
    Policies
      Organizational and explicit policies
      Policy hierarchy and the effective policy
      Planning and assigning policies
        Assigning an explicit policy
      Using the How to Apply settings
      Using policies to assign NOTES.INI or Location document settings to Notes client users
      Creating policies
        Creating an activities policy settings document
        Creating a desktop policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Traveler policy settings document
        Creating a mail policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Symphony settings document
        Creating a registration policy settings document
        Creating a setup policy settings document
        Mail archiving and policies
          Using the mail archive log
          Creating an archive policy settings document
          Creating criteria for mail archiving
        Creating a security policy settings document
        Creating a policy document
        Creating a child policy document
      Managing policies
        Editing policies
        Deleting policies
        Using the Policy Synopsis tool to determine the effective policy
        Viewing policy relationships
          Using the policy viewer
        Preventing replication of policies to pre-Domino release 4.67a servers
    Setting up Notes users
      User registration
        Customizing user registration
        Registering users
        Using default user settings when registering users
        Using Basic Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Using Advanced Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Registering users with the Web Administrator
        Using Basic user registration with the Web Administrator
        Using Advanced user registration with the Web Administrator
        Registering users from a text file
        Adding an alternate language and name to a user ID
      Domino roaming user
        Registering a roaming user
          Registering roaming users on DB2-enabled Domino servers
        Using replication with a roaming server
          Replication and Notes roaming user
      Custom welcome page deployment
    Managing users
      Changing Notes user names with the Administration Process
      Renaming a Notes user's common or alternate name
      Deleting a user
      Changing a roaming user to nonroaming
      Changing a nonroaming user to roaming
      Changing a user's Internet address
      Determining a user's Notes client version
      Upgrading a user name from flat to hierarchical
      Moving a user name in the name hierarchy
      Renaming a Web user
      Moving a user's mail file and roaming files from the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Opening a user's mail file
      Using Inbox maintenance to manage mail file size
        Specifying Inbox Maintenance settings in the Server document
        Using a server command to run the Inbox Maintenance agent
      Finding a user name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Broadcasting messages to Notes client users
      Recertifying a user ID
      Recertifying a certifier ID or a user ID
      Recertifying or renaming user IDs by organization
      Allowing multiple users to use the same data directory
      License Tracking
      Deploying the "My Work" Welcome page for Notes
    Using groups
      Creating and modifying groups
        Creating a group
        Modifying groups with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
      Managing groups
        Assiging a policy to a group
        Editing a group
        Deleting a group with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
        Finding a group name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
        Finding a group member
        Using the Manage Groups tool to manage groups
        Renaming a group
    Replicas
      How replication works
      Guidelines for setting server access to databases
      Setting up a database ACL for server-to-server replication
      Creating replicas using the Administration Process
      Table of replication settings
        Limiting the contents of a replica
        Limiting what a replica sends
        Assigning miscellaneous replication settings
        Specifying replication settings for one replica
        Specifying replication settings for multiple replicas from one source replica
        Examples of specifying replication settings for multiple replicas
      Scheduling times for replication
      Scheduling server-to-server replication
      Customizing server-to-server replication
        Specifying replication direction
        Replicating only specific databases
        Replicating databases by priority
        Limiting replication time
        Using multiple replicators
        Refusing replication requests
        Forcing immediate replication
        Disabling database replication
        Forcing a server database to replicate
      Viewing replication schedules and topology maps
      Database.nsf.replicate statistics
    Domain Search
      Server configurations for Domain Search
      Planning the Domain Index
        The Domain Catalog
          Creating the Domain Catalog
          Selecting the databases to include in the Domain Index
          Selecting the file systems to include in the Domain Index
        Assigning database categories for the Domain Search form
        Estimating the size of the Domain Index
        Excluding attachments from the Domain Index
        Domain Search security
      Creating and updating the Domain Index
        Tuning Domain Indexer performance
        Changing the location of Domain Index files
        Deleting databases from the Domain Index
        Backing up the Domain Index and Catalog
      Customizing Domain Search forms
      Setting up Notes users for Domain Search
      Setting up Web users for Domain Search
      Using content maps with Domain Search
    Calendars and scheduling
      Setting up scheduling
      Setting up the Resource Reservations database
      Creating Site Profile and Resource documents
      Editing and deleting Resource documents
      Setting user access rights to edit and delete reservations
      Creating Holiday documents
      Collecting detailed information from user calendars
      Importing and exporting calendars from iCalendar
      Designating the Out of Office service type
  Domino and DB2
    Understanding Domino and DB2
    Domino and DB2 supported platforms and configurations
      Supported platforms and hardware and software requirements
      Supported configurations in Domino and DB2
        Example of a local Domino and DB2 configuration
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses separate servers
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses partitions
    Domino and DB2 user accounts that are needed for Domino and DB2
    Installation and setup procedures
      Installing Domino and DB2 on Microsoft Windows platforms
        Setting up the Domino server environment for use with Domino and DB2
        Creating the DB2 installation account
        Installing and Setting up DB2 on Microsoft Windows
        Creating the DB2 administrator and administration server account
        Enabling the Domino server to communicate with the DB2 server
        Using a remote DB2 server with server enablement
        Granting SETSESSIONUSER privilege to the Domino server user
        Manually creating the Domino server user account and the DB2DOM group
        Determining whether you have a SYSCTRL group
        Designating the DB2DOM group a system control group and adding the Domino server user to the system control group
        Creating a server ID for the DB2 Access server
        Installing the DB2 Access server on the DB2 server
        Enabling the DB2 Access Server
        Testing the DB2 Access server configuration
        Mapping the DB2 ID to a Notes ID in the Domino server's Domino Directory
        Setting and enabling a default DB2 user ID for use with query views
      Installing Domino and DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Installing DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Create the DB2 primary groups
        Creating the DB2 user accounts and adding the users to groups
        IBM AIX and Linux post-installation validation procedure
  Maintaining the Domino and DB2 Environment
    DB2 groups
      Managing DB2 groups and classes
      Locking a DB2 group
      Unlocking a DB2 group
      Renaming a DB2 class
      Associating a DB2 group with a class
      Moving a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 group
      Compacting DB2 groups
      Moving a DB2 container to another disk
    Administering the Domino and DB2 environment
      Validating DB2 user names
      Editing the Domino server user's DB2 ID properties
      Changing or deleting the default DB2 user name for use with query views
      Setting a DB2 server ID
      Setting and modifying DB2 values in the Server document
      Changing the Domino server's DB2 account
      Copying a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 enabled Domino server
      NOTES.INI variables set by the DB2 Server Enablement Tool
      Configuration variables modified during DB2 server enablement
      Setting DB2 Log File Size
      Adjusting buffer pool size
      Replicating an NSF to DB2
      Recreating links to DB2 enabled Notes databases
      Manually restoring a DB2 enabled Notes database
      Domino and DB2 XA transaction services
      Using the Domino Web Administrator client with Domino and DB2
      Databases created with Domino
      Compact database options are enabled for Domino and DB2
    Administering the DB2 Access server
      Editing the DB2 Access server Connection document
      Testing the DB2 Access configuration
      Removing a DB2 Access server
    Working with views in Domino and DB2
      Using federated data with query views
      Setting the maximum number of rows in SQL queries
      Building views of large databases
      Views categorized by numeric datatypes
    Improving Domino and DB2 Performance
      Controlling the NSF data in DB2
      Generating a database monitor snapshot
      Modifying the database sort heap and locklist parameter values
      Setting the size of the buffer pool to improve performance
      Using indexing to improve DB2 performance
      Using SQL Assist to create an SQL statement
      Using the alternate page cleaning setting to improve performance
      Using the autoconfigure command to automatically set database configuration parameters
  Administration Tools
    The Domino Administrator
      Installing the Domino Administrator
      Setting up the Domino Administrator
      Starting the Domino Administrator
      Navigating Domino Administrator
      Selecting a server to administer in the Domino Administrator
      Setting Domino Administration preferences
        Setting Basics preferences
        Setting Files preferences
        Setting Monitoring preferences
        Setting Registration preferences
        Setting Statistics preferences
      Tools and preferences for debugging in the Domino Administrator
      Domino Administrator tabs
        People and Groups tab in the Domino Administrator
        Files tab in the Domino Administrator
        Server tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Messaging tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Replication tab in the Domino Administrator
        Configuration tab in the Domino Administrator
        Domino Administrator tools
    Web Administrator
      Setting up the Web Administrator
        Setting up access to the Web Administrator database
        Giving additional administrators access to the Web Administrator
        Administrator roles in the Web Administrator
      Starting the Web Administrator
      Using the Web Administrator
        Setting Files preferences for the Web Administrator
        Registering users and servers with the Web Administrator
        Managing policies with the Web Administrator
        Using the Web Administrator consoles
        Using the Web Administrator with service providers
        Message tracking in the Web Administrator
        Editing the NOTES.INI file and cleanup script in the Web Administrator
        Signing out of the Web Administrator
      Configuring Domino and Portal Server federated administration
        Enabling the Portal server for federated administration
        Removing Domino and Portal server federated administration
      Setting up and using Web Administration Server Bookmarks
        Adding servers to the Web Administration Server bookmarks
        Removing a server from Web Administration Server Bookmarks
    The Server Controller and the Domino Console
      Starting and stopping the Server Controller
      Starting and stopping the Domino Console
    The Administration Process
      Specifying the administration server for the Domino Directory
      Setting up the Administration Process
        Specifying an administration server for databases
        Verifying that the Administration Process is set up correctly
      Administration Process support of secondary Domino Directories
      Processing administration requests across domains
        Creating a Cross-domain Configuration document
      Setting up ACLs for the Administration Process
      Modifying the Action field in the ACL dialog box
      The Administration Requests database
        Administration Process requests that require the administrator's approval
        Request status Icons in the Administration Request database
        Controlling the size of the Administration Requests Database
        Suspending administration request processing
        Controlling user access to the Administration Requests database
      Managing Administration Process requests
        Accepting or rejecting name change requests
        Approving an administration process request
        Forcing an administration process request to run
        Checking for errors in ADMIN4.NSF
        Reprocessing a failed administration process request
      Customizing the Administration Process
        Scheduling Administration Request processing
        Redefining time interval defaults for administration requests
        Changing the number of threads used by the Administration Process
        Defining special purpose threads for specific administration requests
        Creating an $AdminP view
        Enhancing the Administration Process through the Extension Manager
        Using an extended administration server
      Statistics generated during administration request processing
        Adminstration Process Statistics
      Administration request messages
    Setting up Domino Active Directory synchronization
      Enabling the Notes synchronization options
      Specifying Notes settings
      Mapping Active Directory fields and groups with Domino Directory fields and groups
      Mapping Active Directory containers to Notes certifiers and policies
      Synchronizing users and groups
      Registering new users in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
        Registering existing Active Directory users and groups in Notes
        Registering new groups in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
      Renaming Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Deleting Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Disabling Active Directory synchronization prior to uninstalling the Domino Administrator
  Directory Services
    Planning directory services
      Using directory servers in a Domino domain
      Planning LDAP features
        Planning the LDAP service
        Planning LDAP accounts on Notes clients
        The ldapsearch utility
      Planning directory access control
      Planning new entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning the management of entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning directory services for Notes clients
      Planning directory services in a multiple-directory environment
        Planning directory catalogs
        Planning directory assistance
        Comparison of directory catalogs and directory assistance
        Directory search order
          Directory search order for Internet client authentication
          Directory search order for group names in database ACLs
          Directory search order for LDAP searches
          Directory search order for a name in a Notes address field
        Distinguished Name syntax in multiple-directory environments
      Planning internationalized directory services
      Planning directory customization
      Directory services terms
    The Domino Directory
      Setting up the Domino Directory for a domain
      Using a central directory architecture in a Domino domain
        Planning a central directory architecture for a domain
        Managing Domino Directories in a central directory architecture
          Changing the directory type of a Domino Directory
          Controlling how a server finds a remote primary Domino Directory to use
          Preventing the use of a Domino Directory replica as a remote primary
          Showing the Domino Directory replicas that can function as remote primaries
      Controlling access to the Domino Directory
        Setting overall access levels in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using administration roles in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using the Administrators field to control access to individual documents in the Domino Directory
      Corporate hierarchies
        Categorizing a user by corporate hierarchy
      Setting up Notes clients to use a directory server
      Customizing the Directory Profile
      Scheduling replication of the Domino Directory
    The LDAP service
      How the LDAP service works
        The LDAP service and directory tree verification
        How the LDAP service forms a value for the mail attribute
        The LDAP service and secondary directories
      Setting up the LDAP service
      Starting and stopping the LDAP service
      Customizing the LDAP service configuration
        Changing the LDAP service port and port security configuration
        Full-text indexing directories served by the LDAP service
        Configuring anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Anonymous LDAP search access and upgrades from previous releases
          Using the domain Configuration Settings document to customize anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Converting the default anonymous access settings to database ACL and extended ACL settings
        Using LDAP to modify a directory served by the LDAP service
          Enabling or disabling LDAP write access to a directory served by the LDAP service
        Configuring how the LDAP service responds to multiple name matches when processing write and compare operations
          Examples of the "Rules to follow..." setting and LDAP add operations
        Customizing search processing to improve LDAP service performance
        Enabling LDAP alternate language searches
        Requiring distinguished logon names for LDAP name-and-password security
        Configuring character encoding for LDAP V2 clients
        Configuring the number of referrals the LDAP service can return
        Configuring alias dereferencing for search requests
      Setting up clients to use the LDAP service
      Using LDAP to search a Domain index
      Monitoring the LDAP service
        Showing the current LDAP service configuration settings
        Showing statistics related to LDAP service port activity
      RFCs supported by the LDAP service
    LDAP schema
      The Domino LDAP schema
        Object class hierarchy for dominoPerson object class
        Object class hierarchy for dominoGroup object class
        dominoUNID operational attribute
        dominoAccessGroups
        displayName operational attribute
      The schema daemon
      Domino LDAP Schema database
        Views in the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to view the schema
      Methods for extending the schema
      Guidelines for extending the schema
      Extending the schema using the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to add an attribute to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add an object class to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add a syntax to the schema
        Approving draft schema elements in the Schema database
        Checking the status of approved schema elements in the Schema database
      Deleting schema elements from the Schema database
      Schema-checking
        Enabling or disabling schema-checking
      Searching the root DSE and schema entry
      LDAP root DSE attributes
    ldapsearch utility
      Table of ldapsearch parameters
      Using search filters with ldapsearch
        Table of operators used in ldapsearch search filters
      Using ldapsearch to return operational attributes
      Examples of using ldapsearch
    Directory assistance
      How directory assistance works
      Directory assistance services
        Directory assistance and client authentication
        Directory assistance and group lookups for database authorization
        Directory assistance and Notes mail addressing
        Directory assistance for the LDAP service
      Directory assistance concepts
        Directory assistance and naming rules
          How naming rules relate to directory search orders
          Naming rules and the LDAP service
        Directory assistance and domain names
        Directory assistance and failover for a directory
          Directory assistance and failover for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Directory assistance and failover for a remote LDAP directory
        Directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance in conjunction with a condensed Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance for the primary Domino Directory
          Using directory assistance to control which remote replicas of a primary Domino Directory servers with Configuration Directories can use
          Using directory assistance to prevent the LDAP service from searching the primary Domino Directory
          Limiting directories to authentication-only lookups
        Number of directory assistance databases
      Setting up directory assistance
        Creating and replicating a directory assistance database
        Setting up servers to use a directory assistance database
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Shortcut for specifying local replicas of a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog in a Directory Assistance document
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring SSL in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Specifying a name and password for Domino servers in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring search filters in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring alias dereferencing in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Using Notes distinguished names in a remote LDAP directory
          Special considerations for change detection
      Directory assistance examples
        Example of directory assistance for one secondary Domino Directory
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog and a remote LDAP directory
      Monitoring directory assistance
    Directory catalogs
      Condensed Directory Catalogs
        Benefits of condensed Directory Catalogs on clients (Mobile Directory Catalogs)
      Directory catalogs on servers compared to directory assistance for individual Domino Directories
      Extended Directory Catalogs
      Overview of directory catalog setup
      Planning directory catalogs
      Directory catalogs and client authentication
        Scenarios for using directory catalogs for client authentication
      Directory catalogs and Notes mail encryption
      Picking the server(s) to run the Dircat task
      Specifying the Domino Directories for the Dircat task to aggregate
      Controlling which information is aggregated into a directory catalog
        Types of documents the Dircat task can aggregate
        Removing duplicate user entries from a directory catalog
        Choosing the types of groups to aggregate in a directory catalog
        Using a selection formula in a directory catalog configuration document
        Choosing which fields to aggregate in a directory catalog
      Full-text indexing directory catalogs
      Planning issues specific to Extended Directory Catalogs
        Extended Directory Catalog size
        Extended Directory Catalogs and directory assistance
        Extended Directory Catalogs and group lookups for database authorization
        Integrating an Extended Directory Catalog into a primary Domino Directory
      Planning issues specific to condensed Directory Catalogs
        Deciding how to sort entries in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting the view sort order
        Sorting in non-U.S. English locales
        Supporting Soundex searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        Using performance settings in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Replicating a condensed Directory Catalog
      Multiple directory catalogs
      Overview of setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
      Overview of setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
        Setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
      The Dircat task
        Running the Dircat task
      Opening the configuration document for a directory catalog
      Monitoring directory catalogs
    Extended ACL
      How other database security features restrict extended ACL access settings
      Elements of an extended ACL
      Extended ACL access settings
        Default access compared to form-specific access
        Displaying LDAP attributes and object classes when setting form-specific access
        Precedence rules used to resolve access conflicts at a target
      Extended ACL subject
      Extended ACL target
        Target scope
          Adding a subject twice to a target category with different target scopes
      Extended ACL examples
        Extended ACL: example 1
        Extended ACL: example 2
      Extended ACL guidelines
      Setting up and managing an extended ACL
        Enabling extended access
        Setting a subject's access to an extended ACL target
        Setting a subject's form-specific access to an extended ACL target
        Showing a subject's effective access to an extended ACL target
        Modifying or removing a subject's access settings at an extended ACL target
        Using the history log to monitor changes to an extended ACL
        Disabling extended access
  Mail
    Messaging overview
      Supported routing, format, and access protocols
      The Domino mail server and mail routing
      How mail routes in a Domino system
      Domino mail files
      Mail clients
      Mail security
      Working with other mail systems in your organization
      Mail performance and monitoring
      The Domino Directory and mail routing
      Overview of routing mail using Notes routing
      Overview of routing mail using SMTP
      The Domain Name System (DNS) and SMTP mail routing
      Examples of using multiple MX records
      Converting TNEF file attachments to Notes file attachments
      Upgrading mail files with the mail conversion utility
    Planning a mail routing topology
      Connection topologies for mail routing
      The Domino mail router
        Mailbox event notification
        Starting, stopping, and restarting the mail router
        Recalculating the server's routing table
        Routing mail on demand to a specific server
      Clients accessing the Domino server
      Sample mail routing configurations
        Example of using one server for all Internet messages
        Example of using separate servers for inbound and outbound Internet mail
        Example of using two servers to balance Internet mail load
        Example of using SMTP to route mail within the local Internet domain
        Example of mail routing between a third-party server and Domino in the same Internet domain
        Example of using a smart host
        Example of using all servers to route outbound mail and one to route inbound mail
      Creating a Configuration Settings document
      Routing internal mail
        Setting up Notes routing
        Creating an Adjacent domain document
        Setting up routing to non-adjacent Domino domains
        Setting up routing to external application gateways
        Sending mail outside the local Internet domain
        Transferring outbound Internet mail to an SMTP server over Notes routing
        Creating an SMTP Connection document
      Configuring Domino to send and receive mail over SMTP
        Preparing to send and receive mail to the Internet
        Setting up SMTP routing to external Internet domains
        Setting up SMTP routing within the local Internet domain
        Enabling a server to receive mail sent over SMTP routing
        Setting up how addresses are resolved on inbound and outbound mail
        Setting up a forwarding address
        Setting up a smart host
        Setting up a server to receive mail for multiple Internet domains
        Specifying how Domino looks up the recipients of incoming SMTP messages
        Specifying how Domino looks up SMTP hosts when sending outbound mail
        Enabling the Router to look up the sender's Internet address from the Person document
        How Domino formats the sender's Internet address in outbound messages
        Changing the default format for constructing the sender's Internet address on outbound mail
        How Domino uses Global domain documents during inbound and outbound SMTP routing
        Configuring Domino to send mail to a relay host or firewall
        Enabling SMTP outbound authentication to relay hosts
        Routing mail over transient connections
        Updating the SMTP configuration
    Customizing mail
      Requirements for a working mail system
      Controlling messaging
      Improving mail performance
        Creating multiple MAIL.BOX databases
        Determining how many MAIL.BOX databases to place on a server
        Disabling type-ahead addressing
        Changing the logging level for mail
      Controlling message delivery
        Setting delivery controls
        Using quotas to manage the size of user mail files
          Setting mail file quotas
          Detecting when a mail file exceeds its quota
          Notifying users who exceed their mail file's quota or warning threshold
          Withholding mail from users who exceed their quota
          Setting quota controls for the Router
      Specifying a reverse-path setting for forwarded messages
      Setting server mail rules
      Setting up message recall
        Using the mail policy settings document to define message recall settings
        Using the Server Configuration document to define message recall settings
      Customizing message transfer
        Restricting mail routing based on message size
        Routing mail by priority
        Generating delay notifications for deferred low-priority mail
        Restricting users from sending mail to groups listed in the Domino Directory
        Defining when to send transfer and delivery Delay reports
          Specifying the failure message for transfer and delivery delay notifications
        Setting transfer limits
          Enabling multiple concurrent transfer threads between Domino domains
          Setting the message time-out value
        Setting advanced transfer and delivery controls
          Managing undeliverable mail in MAIL.BOX
          Customizing the text of mail failure messages
      Customizing Notes routing
        Scheduling Notes routing
          Example: Scheduling immediate 24 x 7 routing
        Changing the routing cost for a connection
        Restricting mail routing based on Domino domains, organizations, and organizational units
      Customizing SMTP Routing
        Stopping and starting the Domino SMTP service
        Changing SMTP port settings
          Changing the inbound SMTP port settings
          Changing outbound SMTP port settings
          Securing SMTP sessions using the STARTTLS extension
        Restricting SMTP inbound routing
          Restricting inbound SMTP connections
          How Domino uses reverse DNS lookups to control inbound SMTP sessions
          Preventing unauthorized SMTP hosts from using Domino as a relay
            Open relays
            Setting inbound relay controls
            Specifying enforcement of inbound relay controls
            How inbound anti-relay settings control message transfer to external Internet domains
          Enabling DNS blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling DNS whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Restricting who can send Internet mail to your users
          Restricting users from receiving Internet mail
          Defining the maximum error limit before a connection is terminated
          Resolving directory lookups containing ambiguous names or group names
          Supporting inbound SMTP extensions
        Restricting outbound mail routing
          Restricting users from sending Internet mail
          Supporting outbound SMTP extensions
      Setting up and using message disclaimers
      Mail journaling
        Setting up the Mail Journaling database
        Managing the Mail Journaling database
        Specifying messages to journal
        Retrieving messages from the Mail Journaling database
        Using mail journaling to determine intended message recipients
      Setting inbound and outbound MIME and character set options
        Enabling Domino to process return receipts for SMTP messages
        Setting the primary and secondary character set groups
        Language codes supported in Notes and Domino
        Specifying inbound and outbound MIME conversion options
        Configuring how Domino converts inbound MIME messages to Notes rich-text
        Setting font and message options for international languages
        Setting advanced inbound MIME options
        Setting advanced outbound MIME options
        Examples: How Domino handles Macintosh attachments in inbound messages
        Configuring outbound Internet mail to use RFC 822 address format (phrase parts)
        Mapping MIME types to file extensions
      HTML rendering for mail
    The POP3 service
      Setting up the POP3 service
        Starting and stopping the POP3 service
        Enabling and configuring the POP3 service port
      Setting up POP3 users
        Setting up the Person document for a POP3 user
        Creating a mail file for a POP3 user
        Configuring POP3 client software
    The IMAP service
      How Domino modifies mail files to support IMAP
      Setting up the IMAP service
      Starting and stopping the IMAP task
      Customizing the IMAP service
        Enabling and configuring the IMAP service port
        Setting IMAP session limits
        Setting the IMAP service to automatically enable mail files at login
        Configuring the IMAP service to allow shared access to mail files
        Enabling the IMAP service to automatically display all accessible mail folders
        Configuring IMAP Public folders
        Configuring IMAP Other Users' folders
        Configuring IMAP internal thread use
        Specifying the default IMAP service greetings
      Setting up IMAP users
        Setting up the Person document for an IMAP user
        Creating a mail file for an IMAP user
        Preparing a mail file for IMAP access
          Running Compact to update the ODS version of a mail file
          Running Fixup to prepare a mail file for IMAP use
          Running the mail conversion utility to enable a mail file for IMAP
          Convert utility options
          How the conversion utility handles unread marks
          Preserving folder references during upgrade of IMAP mail files
          Using the conversion utility to add IMAP summary attributes to messages
        Re-enabling a corrupted IMAP mail file
        Configuring IMAP client software
    Domino Web Access
      Domino Web Access lite mode
        Configuration settings supported in lite mode
        Preferences supported in lite mode
        NOTES.INI settings supported in lite mode
        Remove mode buttons from full mode
        Using type-ahead in lite mode
      Domino Web Access ultralite mode
      Registering Lotus Domino Web Access users
        Enabling the mail usage indicator
      Providing a log-on URL for Domino Web Access users
      Secure mail for Lotus Domino Web Access
      Using realm documents in Domino Web Access
      Using Policies with Domino Web Access
        Creating security policy settings for Domino Web Access users
      Renaming a Domino Web Access user
      Monitoring Domino Web Access activity
      Customizing the look of Domino Web Access
      Using Domino Web Access agents
      Configuring Domino Web Access for users
        Editing the Configuration Settings document for Domino Web Access
        Adding a disclaimer to outgoing messages
        Using Browser Cache Management
        Configuring alternate name support in Domino Web Access
        Reusing child windows
        Using Domino Web Access Redirect to access mail in Domino Web Access
        Making document links work
        Making calendar details available to all users
        Enabling RSS feeds for Domino Web Access
        Setting a maximum attachment size
        Allowing users to take the Domino directory offline
        Disabling the Active Content Filter
        Setting the level of automatic cache clearing
        Redirecting users to a Web page after logout
        Specifying the number of names to return
        Using GZIP to improve Domino Web Access performance
        Using NOTES.INI settings in a mixed environment
    Domino Access for Microsoft Outlook
      Setting up users for installation
      Installing IBM Lotus Domino Access for Microsoft Outlook
      Administrator installation
      End user installation using the Create MAPI Profile shortcut
      End user installation using silent install
      Working with IBM Lotus Domino Access for Microsoft Outlook
      Troubleshooting Lotus Domino Access
    Tools for mail monitoring
      Setting up mail monitoring
      Setting up the Reports database
      Controlling the Mail Tracking Collector
      Configuring the server for message tracking
      Tracking a mail message
      Generating a mail usage report
      Viewing mail usage reports
  Web Servers
    The Domino Web server
      Setting up a Domino server as a Web server
        Starting and stopping the Domino Web server
        Modifying Web server Internet port and protocol settings
        Setting up protocol security for the Web server
        Restricting access by IP address on the Web server
        Hosting Java applets
        Generating references to the Web server
        Managing Java servlets on a Web server
        Setting up WebDAV
          Enabling WebDAV
        The browser.cnf file
      Hosting Web sites
        Converting from Web Server Configurations to Internet Sites view
        Hosting multiple Web sites on a partitioned server
        Configuring HTML, CGI, icon, and Java files for Web Site documents
        Configuring DSAPI, HTTP methods, and WebDAV in Web Site documents
        Domino Web Engine settings for Web Site documents
        Setting up session authentication for Web Site documents
        Specifying GIF or JPEG conversion in Web Site documents
        Specifying the number of lines to display in a view
        Limiting the number of documents displayed during a Web Site search
        Finding links with the Redirect URL command
        Restricting the amount of data users can send to a Domino database
        Specifying the character set to use when retrieving Web pages
        Storing Web user preferences in cookies
        Setting up language preferences
        Table of character sets for Web server pages
        Web Site rules and global Web settings
          Creating a Web Site Rule document
          Configuring a Web Site rule to run PHP
          Creating a Global Web Settings document
        Protecting files on a server from Web client access
        Creating a Web Site authentication realm document
      Custom Web server messages
        Creating the Domino Configuration database
        Mapping custom Web server messages
        Example of custom Web server messages
      Improving Web server performance
        Managing the memory cache on the Web server
        Specifying network time-outs on the Web server
        Running Web agents
        Specifying the number of threads used by the Web server
        Improving file-download performance for Web clients
        Improving performance for upload of file attachments
      HTML generation options
    The Web Navigator
      Setting up a Web Navigator server
        Starting and stopping the Web Navigator program
        Using a proxy server to connect the Web Navigator to the Internet
        Setting up users to use the Web Navigator
      Customizing the Web Navigator
        Allowing multiple users to retrieve pages concurrently
        Controlling access to Web sites
        Controlling access to Internet services
        Setting up the Web Navigator to retrieve pages on sites secured by SSL
        Sending mail from a Web page to the Internet
      The Web Navigator database
      Customizing the Web Navigator database
        Displaying who retrieved a page in the Web Navigator database
        Customizing the default appearance of pages in the Web Navigator database
        Saving and viewing HTML sources in the Web Navigator database
        Renaming and moving the Web Navigator database
        Setting agent preferences for the Web Navigator
        Using the Purge agent to manage the size of the Web Navigator database
        Using the Refresh agent to update pages in the Web Navigator database
        Using the Averaging agent to calculate page ratings in the Web Navigator database
    Setting up Domino to work with other Web servers
      Setting up Domino to work with IBM HTTP Servers
      Setting up Domino to work with Microsoft IIS servers
        To install the WebSphere plug-in on an IIS server
        To configure the WebSphere plug-in
        To configure the Domino server to work with Microsoft IIS
        Setting up security for Microsoft IIS
        Details of Microsoft IIS security options
  Security
    Overview of Domino security
      The Domino security model
      The Domino security team
      Security planning checklists
        Server security
        Application security
        Application design element security
        Notes and Domino ID security
        Workstation data security
      Security policies
      Setting up an Internet certificate authority
    Server access for Notes users, Internet users, and Domino servers
      Setting up Notes user, Domino server, and Internet user access to a Domino server
      Customizing access to a Domino server
        Denying Notes users access to all servers in a domain
        Restricting administrator access
        Comparing public key values
        Setting up anonymous server access for Notes users and Domino servers
        Controlling access to a specific server port
        Controlling creation of databases, replicas, and templates
        Controlling the use of headline monitors
        Controlling access to a passthru server or passthru destination
        Controlling agents that run on a server
        Controlling server access by browser clients that use Java and JavaScript
        Controlling Web browser access to files
        Restricting access to a server's data directory
        Physically securing the Domino server
      Validation and authentication for Notes and Domino
    The database access control list
      Default ACL entries
      Acceptable entries in the ACL
      Configuring a database ACL
      Access levels in the ACL
        Viewing ACL entries by access level
      Access level privileges in the ACL
      User types in the ACL
      Roles in the ACL
      Managing database ACLs
      Using the Administration Process to update ACLs
      Setting up the Administration Process for database ACLs
      Managing database ACLs with the Web Administrator
      Editing entries in multiple ACLs
      Viewing all database ACLs on a server
      Using the ACL log
      Enforcing a consistent access control list
      Updating Readers and Authors fields
      Setting up database access for Internet users
      Preventing users from accessing forms and views in a Web application
      Maximum Internet name-and-password access
      Requiring an SSL connection to a database
    Domino server and Notes user IDs
      Certificates
        Viewing the certificates on an ID
      Password-protection for Notes and Domino IDs
      The password quality scale
      Verifying user passwords during authentication
      Setting up password verification
      Custom password policies
      Using 128-bit ID file encryption
      Assigning multiple passwords to server and certifier IDs
      ID recovery
        Setting up ID recovery
        Preparing IDs for recovery
        Recovering an ID
        Changing administrator information for ID recovery
      Public key security
        Creating a new Notes public key and adding it to the Domino Directory
        Adding a Notes public key to the Domino Directory
      User and server key rollover
      Certificate authority key rollover
        Assigning a new key pair to a certifer
        Rolling over cross-certificates
      Using cross-certificates to access servers and send secure S/MIME messages
      Adding cross-certificates to the Domino Directory or Personal Address Book
        Examples of cross-certification
        Adding a Notes or Internet cross-certificate on demand
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate by phone
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by postal service
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by Notes mail
        Creating a cross-certificate from a user's Person document
        Creating a cross-certificate from a certifier document
        Displaying cross-certificates
    The execution control list
      ECL security access options
      Administration ECLs
        Default ECL settings
        Creating administration ECLs
        Editing administration ECLs
        Collecting information for a new administration ECL
        Administration ECL key
      Deploying and updating workstation ECLs
    Domino server-based certification authority
      Setting up a server-based Domino certification authority
      Administering a Domino CA
      Migrating a certifier to the CA process
      Adding a certifier to the CA process
      Viewing certifiers running under the CA process
      Creating a certifier for a server-based CA
        Key usage extensions and extended key usage
      Creating the Certificate Requests database
      Setting up SSL on a server-based CA server
      Signing server certificates using the Certificate Requests database
      Modifying a server-based CA
      Viewing certificate requests
      Revoking a certificate
      Backing up and recovering a certifier
      Disabling a certifier
      Processing client certificate requests from IBM Workplace users
    SSL security
      Setting up SSL on a Domino server
        Setting up the Server Certificate Admin application
        Creating a server key ring file
        Requesting an SSL server certificate
        Merging a CA certificate as a trusted root
        Default Domino SSL trusted roots
        Signing server certificates
        Merging a server certificate into the key ring file
        SSL port configuration
        Configuring a port for SSL
        Requiring an SSL connection to a server
      Setting up database access for SSL clients
      Managing server certificates and certificate requests
        Viewing SSL server certificates
        Changing the password for the server key ring file
        Marking or unmarking a CA's certificate as a trusted root
        Viewing requests for certificates
        Renewing expired certificates
      Creating a self-certified certificate to test SSL certification
      Creating an Internet cross-certificate for server-to-server SSL
      Modifying SSL cipher restrictions
      Authenticating Web SSL clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      SSL session resumption
    SSL and S/MIME for clients
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL authentication
        Obtaining a trusted root certificate for SSL authentication
        Creating an Internet cross-certificate for a CA
      Internet certificates for SSL and S/MIME
        Issuing Internet certificates in a Person document
        Signing an Internet client certificate and adding the certificate to the Domino Directory
        Exporting and importing Internet certificates
        Viewing and deleting Internet certificates
      Setting up Notes clients for S/MIME
        Creating Internet certificates for Notes S/MIME clients
        Adding an Internet certificate and cross-certificate for encrypted S/MIME messages
        Dual Internet certificates for S/MIME encryption and signatures
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL client authentication
        Setting up a Person document for an Internet user using SSL client authentication
        Publishing third-party CA client certificates in a Person record
      Setting up SSL for Notes or Domino using SMTP
      Using SSL when setting up directory assistance for LDAP directories
      OCSP for X.509 certificate revocation checking
    Encryption
      AES encryption
      Configuring encryption for ID files
      Mail encryption
        Encrypting mail
        Configuring AES for mail and document encryption
        Viewing the signing and encryption status of Notes mail
        Using X.509 certificates for mail and document encryption
        Using S/MIME format when sending encrypted mail to Blackberry users
      Electronic signatures
    Name-and-password authentication for Internet/intranet clients
      Setting up basic name-and-password authentication
      Session-based name-and-password authentication for Web clients
        Setting up session-based name-and-password authentication
        Customizing the HTML log-in form
        Overriding session authentication
      Controlling the level of authentication for Internet clients
        Examples of names allowed for Internet client authentication
        Authenticating Internet name-and-password clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      Managing Internet passwords
        Securing Internet passwords
      Multi-server session-based name-and-password authentication for Web users (single sign-on)
        Creating a Web SSO configuration document
        Enabling single sign-on and basic authentication
        Setting up the Web SSO Configuration document for more than one Domino domain
        Configuring user name mapping in the SSO LTPA token
        Caching Internet password changes for SSO
      Anonymous Internet/intranet access
        Setting up Internet/intranet clients for anonymous access
      Validation and authentication for Internet/intranet clients
  Clusters
    Cluster benefits and requirements
      What is a Domino cluster?
      Clustering requirements
    How Domino clustering works
      Clustering basics
      How failover works
        When failover occurs
        How Domino finds a replica during failover
      How workload balancing works
      The cluster components
      How replication works in a cluster
      Mail failover in a cluster
      How calendars work in a cluster
      How operating system clusters work
    Planning a cluster
      Determining how many servers to include in a cluster
      Determining the number and placement of replicas in a cluster
      Distributing databases in a cluster
      Determining whether to create a private LAN for your cluster
      Clustering over a wide area network
      Fault recovery in a cluster
      Examples of cluster configurations
        Example of clustering two servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering three servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering six servers for mail and applications
        Examples of clustering hub servers
        Example of clustering for disaster preparedness
        Example of clustering partitioned servers
        Example of clustering passthru servers
        Example of using a Domino cluster with an operating system cluster
    Setting up a cluster
      Before you create a cluster
      Creating a cluster
        The cluster creation process
      Verifying that the cluster was created correctly
        Using Cluster Analysis to check the cluster configuration
        Running Cluster Analysis
      Managing user access to databases
      Creating replicas in a cluster
      Setting up mail in a cluster
        Creating mail database replicas in a cluster during user registration
      Using standard replication in a cluster
        Scheduled replication in a cluster
        Replicating with all servers in a cluster
      Enabling the display of cluster replication status messages
      Obeying database size quotas during cluster replication
      Using directory assistance in a cluster
      Setting up roaming servers in a cluster
      Setting up cluster access for mobile users
      Using the Server Web Navigator in a cluster
      Setting up a private LAN for a cluster
    Managing and monitoring a cluster
      Monitoring a cluster
        Displaying a list of cluster members and their availability
        Enabling statistic reporting in the Monitoring Results database
        Viewing Cluster Manager events and statistics
        Viewing cluster replication events and statistics
        Using Tell commands to display cluster replication information
        Monitoring all the servers in a cluster at the same time
      Balancing the workload in a cluster
        Limiting the workload of a server
        The server availability index
        Choosing the server availability threshold
          Setting the server availability threshold
        Setting the maximum number of users on a server
        Redistributing replicas
        Using Activity Trends and Server Health Monitoring in a cluster
      Improving server availability in a cluster
      Managing failover in a cluster
      Streaming cluster replication
      Managing replication in a cluster
      Configuring and controlling cluster replication
        Using multiple Cluster Replicators
        Disabling cluster replication for an entire server
        Disabling cluster replication for specific databases
        Pausing cluster replication
        Resuming cluster replication
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to retry failed replications immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to update the Cluster Database Directory information immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to log immediately
      Creating configuration settings for all servers in a cluster
      Managing database availability in a cluster
        Making a database unavailable for user access
        Making an "out of service" database available again
        Deleting databases from a cluster
      Adding a server to a cluster
        What occurs when you add a server to a cluster
      Removing a server from a cluster
        What occurs when you remove a server from a cluster
      Moving a server from one cluster to another
      Viewing information in the Cluster Database Directory
        Creating a new Cluster Database Directory
    Clustering Domino servers that run Internet protocols
      How the Internet Cluster Manager works
      Generating URLs that refer to the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Planning to use the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Example of a single ICM outside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs outside the cluster
        Example of a single ICM inside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs inside the cluster
        Example of one ICM outside the cluster and one ICM inside the cluster
      Configuring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Setting up a separate IP address for the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Starting the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Failover and workload balancing
      Security in a cluster
      Managing and monitoring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Compatibility of the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM) with previous releases of Domino
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for HTTP and POP3 failover
      Setting up cluster failover for IMAP
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for LDAP failover
    Cluster statistics
      Cluster Manager statistics
      Cluster Replicator statistics
      Internet Cluster Manager statistics
  Domino Off-Line Services
    Overview of DOLS administrator tasks
    How DOLS works
    Creating a DOLS Offline Security Policy document
    Increasing security for DOLS subscriptions
    Increasing the server's output timeout for DOLS downloads
    Configuring the DOLS subscription
    Setting up agents for the DOLS subscription
    Optional tasks for DOLS administrators
      Adding a directory catalog to a DOLS subscription
      Viewing DOLS download information
      Reducing DOLS download time with selective replication
      Web Control instructions for DOLS users
    DOLS troubleshooting and error messages
  Service Provider
    Planning the xSP server environment
      Example of planning a hosted environment
      Ways to set up a service provider environment
      Securing the service provider environment
      Using Domino features in a hosted server environment
      Planning the IP Address configurations in a hosted environment
      Planning the distribution of hosted organization data
      Deciding which protocols and services to offer in the xSP environment
      Using activity logging for billing at hosted organizations
      Deciding which applications to offer multiple hosted organizations
    Setting up the service provider environment
      Installing the first server or additional servers for hosted environments
      Setting up a hosted organization
      Setting up the Domino certificate authority for hosted organizations
      Using policies in a hosted environment
      What happens when you register a hosted organization?
      Example of registering a hosted organization
      Registering a hosted organization
      Binding the IP addresses of the hosted organization to the xSP server
      Creating loopback addresses in a hosted environment
      Using Internet and Web Site documents in a hosted environment
      Configuring Internet sites with Web Site and Internet Site documents
      Global Web Settings documents and the service provider environment
      Editing a Global Web Settings document
      Configuring activity logging for billing hosted organizations
      Viewing logged activity data in a hosted environment
    Maintaining hosted organizations
      Adding a hosted organization to an additional server to provide new Web applications
      Deleting a hosted organization
      Temporarily disabling services for a hosted organization
      Enabling anonymous access to a hosted organization's database
      Preventing users from viewing ADMIN4.NSF in a hosted environment
      Moving a hosted organization to another server
      Removing a hosted organization from a backup or load-balancing server
      Restoring a hosted environment after a server crash
      How the Domino service provider software responds to a DNS outage
      Using a browser to access a hosted organization's Web site
      Using the Resource Reservations database in a hosted environment
      Viewing hosted organizations
      Managing Users at a hosted organization
      Using the Web Administrator to manage users at a hosted organization
      Addressing messages to users at a hosted organization
  Database Management
    Database design, management, and administration
      Creating a database
      Rolling out a database
      Copying a new database to a server
      Creating a Mail-In Database document for a new database
      Signing a database or template
      About composite applications
    Organizing databases on a server
      Creating and deleting directory folders
      Creating, updating, and deleting directory and database links
      About access to a server's data directory
    Full-text indexes for single databases
      Security and full-text indexes for single databases
      Restricted field names in full-text indexing
      Creating and updating full-text indexes for single databases
        Setting a schedule for Updall in a Program document
      Changing update frequency for a database's full-text index
      Manually updating full-text indexes for single databases
      Deleting full-text indexes for single databases
    Database libraries
      Creating a database library and assigning librarians
      Publishing databases in a library
    Database catalogs
      Setting up a server's database catalog
    Database maintenance
      The Files tab in the Domino Administrator
        Choosing the types of files you see in the Files tab
        Choosing the folder contents you see in the Files tab
        Customizing the columns in the Files tab
        Managing databases with the Files tab
        Managing folders and links with the Files tab
        Displaying disk space information with the Files tab
      Monitoring replication of a database
        The database replication history
        Displaying and clearing the replication history
        Viewing replication events in the log file
        Replication or save conflicts
          Consolidating replication or save conflicts
      Monitoring database activity
        Viewing database activity statistics generated by the Statlog task
        Managing database activity recording in databases
      Replicating unread marks
      Updating database indexes and views
        Indexer tasks: Update and Updall
        Updall options
          Running the Updall task
        Keyboard shortcuts that update or rebuild views
        Running multiple Update tasks
        Changing the temporary folder used for view rebuilds
        Managing view indexes
      Synchronizing databases with master templates
      Fixing corrupted databases
        Using Fixup
        Fixup options
          Running the Fixup task
      Moving databases
        Moving databases using the Administration Process
        Moving a database without using the Administration Process
      Using load convert to convert non-mail databases
      Deleting databases
      Database analysis
      Running a database analysis
      Redirecting client references to databases
      Creating a database redirect
      Preventing incorrect system time changes
  Monitoring
    Monitoring the Domino system
      Monitoring Configuration database
      Monitoring server shutdown
      Monitoring processes running in the Domino server environment
      Monitoring events on the Domino system
      Event generators
        Creating a database event generator
        Creating a Domino server event generator
        Creating a mail-routing event generator
        Creating a statistic event generator
        Creating a task status event generator
        Creating a TCP server event generator
        Starting and stopping the ISpy task
        Disabling an event generator
        Using event generator and event handler wizards
        Viewing event generators
      Event handlers
        Event handler notification methods
          Using an API to create an event notification method
          Forwarding an event to the Tivoli Enterprise Console
          Passing event parameters using the Run Program notification method
          Setting, modifying or deleting the Java server controller user's ID properties
          Creating a Connection document for use with a Java controller command
        Event types used to specify event criteria
        Creating an event handler
        Disabling an event handler
        Creating log filters
        Viewing event handlers and log filters
      Viewing an event report
      Viewing event messages, causes, and solutions
      Customizing the appearance of the Domino server console and Domino Administrator console
        Using the Domino Administrator server console to monitor events
      Statistics and the Domino system
        Statistic Collector task
        Setting Administration Preferences for monitoring and statistics
        Creating a Server Statistic Collection document
        Server statistics and replication status
      Platform statistics
        Viewing platform statistics
        Controlling platform statistics reporting
        Evaluating platform statistics
        Viewing information about platform statistics
        Disabling platform statistics
      Using the Domino Administrator to monitor statistics
        Viewing statistics reports
        Viewing default statistic thresholds
        Viewing descriptions of statistics
        Creating a new statistic
        Exporting statistics to a spreadsheet
      Using mail-in statistics
      Charting statistics
        Creating statistic profiles
        Displaying and manipulating statistic charts
        Modifying statistic profiles
    Server Health Monitor
      Table of Server Health Monitor statistics
      Table of Server Health Monitor ratings
        Setting up the Server Health Monitor
        Starting the Server Health Monitor
      Using the Server Health Monitor
        Selecting server components to include in health reports
        Setting up statistic alarms for the Server Health Monitor
        Modifying threshold values for the Server Health Monitor
      Server Health reports
        Displaying Server Health reports
        Changing the purge interval for historical health reports
        Improving the performance of the Server Health Monitor
      Working with Server Health Monitor statistics
        Monitoring server health in the Domino server monitor
      Viewing server health with the Server Health Monitor
        Excluding a server from the Server Health Monitor report documents
        Charting Server Health Monitor statistics
    Domino Domain Monitoring (DDM)
      Domino domain monitoring
      DDM probes
        Scheduling DDM probes
        Administration probe
          Creating Administration probes
        Application Code probes
          Creating Application Code probes
        Database probes
          Creating Database probes
        Directory Probes
          Creating Directory probes
        Messaging probes
          Creating Messaging probes
        Operating System probes
          Creating Operating System probes
        Replication probes
          Creating Replication probes
        Security probes
          Creating Security probes
        Server probes
          Creating Server probes
        Web probes
          Creating Web probes
      Maintaining DDM Probes
        Enabling and disabling DDM probes
        Editing a DDM Probe document
        Deleting a DDM Probe document
        Reporting DDM operating system probe events to Tivoli Enterprise Console
        Viewing DDM Probe documents
      DDM server collection hierarchy
      Managing the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Creating a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Changing a DDM collection server
        Deleting a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Adding subordinate servers to the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Removing servers from the DDM server collection hierarchy
      Domino Domain Monitor database (DDM.NSF)
      Specifying ACL settings and roles in the DDM database
      Viewing events in the Domino Domain Monitor database
      Event-related documents
        Using the Server and Addin Task Event document
          Setting the event severity and suppression time settings
          Disabling Lotus entries
          Modifying Basic settings for an event
          Creating custom entries
          Modifying custom entries
          Deleting custom entries
          Adding or Editing Stock Entries
          Creating a Server and Addin Task Event document
        Merging modified Stock entries into upgraded stock entries
        Merging modified Stock entries into Modular documents
        Using Modular documents
          Creating a Modular document
          Editing Modular documents
          Disabling a modular document
      Maintaining the Domino Domain Monitor database
        Assigning events in the DDM database to an administrator
        Changing the state of an event in DDM
        Controlling the content and size of the DDM database
        Opening DDM.NSF at Domino Administrator client startup
        Viewing correlated events in DDM
        Reassigning an event in the DDM database to an administrator
        Resolving an event
      Using IBM Lotus instant messaging in the Domino domain monitor database
      Filtering events in DDM
        Filtering DDM events
        Modifying a DDM filter
        Deleting a DDM filter
    The Domino SNMP Agent
      Domino SNMP Agent architecture
      About the Domino MIB
      System requirements
      Special considerations for partitioned servers
      Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Microsoft Windows
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for AIX
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Linux
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Solaris
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for z/OS
        Completing the configuration of the Domino SNMP Agent
        Manually starting and stopping the Domino SNMP Agent
        Using NET-SNMP with the Domino SNMP Agent
      Using the Domino MIB with your SNMP management station
        Configuring traps for HP OpenView
        Configuring traps for Domino events
        Configuring traps for NetView for AIX
      Troubleshooting the Domino SNMP Agent
    Managing servers
      Changing the server administrator
      Setting and managing passwords for the server console
      Decommissioning a Domain Search server
      Decommissioning a server
      Deleting a server name
      Finding a server name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Recertifying a server ID
      Uninstalling a Domino partitioned server
      Upgrading a server name to hierarchical
      Reinstalling or moving a Domino server from one computer to another
      Transaction logging
        How transaction logging works
        Planning for transaction logging
        Setting up a Domino server for transaction logging
        Changing transaction logging settings
        Disabling transaction logging for a specific database
        View logging
        Using transaction logging for recovery
        Fault recovery
        Enabling fault recovery
        Specifying a cleanup script for fault recovery
      Setting up a Fault Reports database
      Installing and running NSD as a Microsoft Windows service
      Collecting diagnostic information after a server or client crash
        Writing status bar history to a log file
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on clients
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on the server
        Enabling the Fault Analyzer task on the server
      Using the IBM_TECHNICAL_SUPPORT directory
      The Domino server log (LOG.NSF)
        Controlling the size of the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Recording additional information in the log file
        Viewing the log file (LOG.NSF)
        Searching the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Analyzing Domino log files using an older Domino server
      The Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Setting up the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Viewing the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Logging Domino Web server requests
        Domino Web server logging to text files
          Setting up Domino Web server logging to text files
      Using the IBM_TECHNICAL_SUPPORT directory
      Activity Logging
        The information in the log file
          Activity logging records
          Agent activity logging
          HTTP activity logging
          IMAP activity logging
          LDAP activity logging
          Mail activity logging
          Notes session activity logging
          Notes database activity logging
          Notes passthru activity logging
          POP3 activity logging
          Replication activity logging
          SMTP activity logging
          Example of creating activity logging records
        Configuring activity logging
          Limiting the amount of attribute information logged for LDAP Add and LDAP Modify activity
        Viewing activity logging data
    Overview of server maintenance
      Server maintenance checklist
      Backing up the Domino server
  Performance
    Activity Trends
      Setting up Activity Trends
        Enabling activity logging and setting up Activity Trends
      Understanding how Activity Trends collects data
      Activity Trends server and statistics profiles
        Creating an Activity Trends server profile
        Trends server profile
        Deleting an Activity Trends server profile
        Modifying an Activity Trends statistics profile
        Viewing Activity Trends charts
      Resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Setting up resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Specifying database and server locations for resource balancing
        Setting charting options for resource balancing
      Primary and secondary goals for resource balancing
        Setting primary and secondary resource-balancing goals
        Specifying which databases can move during resource balancing
      Understanding resource-balancing behavior
        Customizing resource-balancing behavior
      Analyzing resource-balancing distributions
      Creating a proposal for balanced resources
        Comparing current and projected resource balances
      Evaluating server activity for resource balancing
      Understanding current and projected profile charts
      Using resource balancing in Activity Trends to decommission a server
        Editing server properties for resource balancing
        Filtering servers used during resource balancing
        Pinning additional databases during resource balancing
        Displaying additional statistics during resource balancing
        Changing the layout of the Activity Trends view
      Submitting a resource-balancing plan to the Domino Change Manager
      Domino Change Manager
        Setting up Domino Change Manager
        Specifying maximum concurrent tasks for Domino Change Manager
      Using the Tell ChangeMan command at the Domino console
      ACLs for the Domino Change Control database
      Default ACL settings for the Domino Change Control database
      Setting ACLs for mail database moves during resource balancing
      Resource-balancing plans
      Database move sequences
        Choosing how database moves are executed
        Viewing database moves
        Preparing a plan document for resource balancing
        Creating an approval profile for resource balancing
        Viewing the status of resource-balancing plans
      Setting up plan documents for resource balancing
      Working with Domino Change Manager constraints
        Creating constraints in the Domino Change Manager
        Creating constraint sets in the Domino Change Manager
        Working with plan variables
        Editing and creating plan variables
        Creating plan notification messages
    Server.Load
      Server.Load agents
      Server.Load metrics and messaging statistics
        HTTP messaging statistics
        Monitoring Server.Load metrics
      Setting up clients and servers for Server.Load
      Built-in and custom Server.Load scripts
        Tips for running a Server.Load test
        Server.Load test parameters
        Running a custom Server.Load script
        Modifying a built-in Server.Load script
        Saving Server.Load settings
        Testing a Server.Load command
        Changing a Server.Load script variable
        Setting a Server.Load stop condition
      Running the built-in Server.Load workloads
        Cluster Mail Initialization workload
        Cluster Mail workload
        R5IMAP Initialization workload
        R5IMAP workload
        R6IMAP Initialization workload
        R6IMAP workload
        iNotes Initialization workload
        R5iNotes workload
        R6iNotes workload
        NRPC Mail Initialization workload
        R5 Simple Mail Routing workload
        R6 Mail Routing workload
        N8Mail Initialization workload
        N8Mail and N7Mail workloads
        SMTP and POP3 Initialization workload
        SMTP and POP3 workload
        The Sametime workloads
          Sametime 7.0 Initialization workload
          Sametime 7.0 Instant Messaging Workload
          Sametime 7.5 Instant Messaging workload
        Idle workload
        R5 Shared Database workload
        Web Idle workload
        Web Mail Initialization workload
        Web Mail workload
        Workload Data Collection and Workload Data Rollup scripts
          Using the Workload Data Rollup script to roll up collected data
          Generating output of per-command response times in Server.Load
          Running the Workload Data Rollup script
    Setting advanced database properties
      Database properties that optimize database performance
        Setting database properties that optimize database performance
      Soft deletions
      Using database design compression
      Using document body compression
      The database cache
        Monitoring the database cache
        Managing the database cache
        Controlling database size
      Tools for monitoring database size
      Monitoring database size
      Compacting databases
        Ways to compact databases
      Determining the file format of a database
      Compact options
        Running Compact using the Files tab
        Running Compact using the Task - Start tool
        Running Compact using a console command
        Running Compact using a Program document
      Database size quotas
        Setting database size quotas
      Deleting inactive documents
        Running the document archiving tool
        Viewing a document Archiving Log
        Using an agent to delete and archive documents
        Examples of using an agent to delete and archive documents
      Allowing more fields in a database
    Improving Domino server performance
      Tools for measuring server performance
      Improving basic server performance and capacity
        NOTES.INI settings that affect Domino server performance
        Database properties that affect system performance
      Improving partitioned server performance and capacity
      Improving Agent Manager performance
      Updating the design of an enabled agent
      Improving server performance using the configuration collector
      Improving database and Domino Directory performance
      Tips for tuning mail performance
      Improving Windows server performance
      Improving UNIX server performance
      Sources for improving server performance
  Accessibility features for Domino Administrator
    Enabling and using extended accelerator keys
    Keyboard shortcuts
    Keyboard shortcuts for the Domino Administrator user interface
    Keyboard shortcuts for databases
    Keyboard shortcuts for dialog boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for properties boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for documents
    Keyboard shortcuts to select and move text in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to move the cursor in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to change text and paragraph properties in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts when working in views
  Troubleshooting
    Troubleshooting tools
      Searching the Lotus Support Services Web site (www.lotus.com/support)
      Contacting Lotus Support Services
    Troubleshooting the Domino system
      Administration Process -- Troubleshooting
        Administration Process -- Problems and error messages
        How to troubleshoot the Administration Process
      Administrator Client -- Troubleshooting
        Output data incomplete when running Administrator client on a remote console
      Agent Manager and agents -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting Agent Manager and agents
        Agent manager and agents -- Problems and error messages
        Agent Manager isn't working as expected
        An agent isn't running as expected
        An agent doesn't run to completion
        An agent isn't running at the expected times
        The Escrow agent isn't working
        Users can't create agents
      Clusters - Troubleshooting
        Some database changes are not replicating quickly to other servers.
        Client requests do not fail over for certain databases even though the replicas are listed in the Cluster Database Directory
        Although I marked a database Out of Service, users can still open it
        The Cluster Database Directory includes two copies of the database documents for all the databases on a particular server
        The value of the Replica.Cluster.Retry.Waiting statistic is greater than zero
        "Cluster Replicator was unable to configure using Cluster Database Directory cldbdir.nsf: File does not exist"
        Private folders do not replicate from one clustered database to another
        "HTTP Server Initialization error. Could not bind port 80. Port may be in use."
        The Server Web Navigator does not fail over
        Clients receive the message "Server Not Responding" instead of failing over
      Database performance -- Troubleshooting
        Users cannot access the database
        Users experience a delay when accessing the database
        Resolving conflicts when names are assigned to more than one access level
        Using Groups and Roles to determine what controls user access
        Using Find Note to analyze a document reported in the log file
      Domino and DB2 configuration -- Troubleshooting
        Tools and methods for troubleshooting the Domino and DB2 configuration
          Running the Extract and Reload NSFDB2 Tool
          Verifying DB2 parameters
          Verifying that the DB2 server is running
        Resolving problems with user accounts and passwords on Domino with DB2
          Password or account problems with OS account used to start DB2 services
          Password or account problem with DB2 account used by Domino to communicate with DB2
          Cannot access DB2 enabled Notes database when working with DAVs
        DB2 Error Messages -- Troubleshooting
          Resolving errors when using SELECT
          Resolving error "An RM error occurred. Unable to initialize DB2 services"
          Resolving error "SQL30020N with Reason Code "0x124C"("0214")"
          Resolving error SQL0964C "The transaction log for the database is full"
          Resolving error "SQL0956C Not enough storage is available in the application heap to process the statement"
          Resolving error "SQL09568C The file system is full. SQLSTATE=57011
          Resolving error 0803N
          Resolving error "failed to extend tablespace"
          Resolving error caused by starting DB2-enabled server twice
          Database cannot be created
          ICL must be an NSF not a DB2-backed database
        Creating a service dependency for Domino and DB2
        Use caution when deleting DB2 objects
        NSFDB2 databases require Domino 6.X or more recent
        Domino does not connect to its DB2 database or has difficulty connecting
      Domino Web Access -- Troubleshooting
      Directories -- Troubleshooting
        Directory assistance -- Troubleshooting
          Internet user authentication using a secondary Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog fails
          Internet user authentication using an LDAP directory fails
          Database authorization using groups in a secondary directory fails
          Searches in a secondary Domino Directory configured in directory assistance fail
          "Directory assistance could not access Public Address Book on Server x, error is Server Not Responding"
        Directory catalogs -- Troubleshooting
          Names are missing from the directory catalog
          Users can't use type-ahead addressing to look up names in a condensed Directory Catalog
          Domino isn't searching a directory catalog on a server
          Internet user name-and-password authentication using a condensed Directory Catalog fails
          LDAP searches of a condensed Directory Catalog aren't working
          A condensed Directory Catalog is not full-text indexed or the full-text index is corrupted
          User Setup Profile doesn't push Mobile Directory Catalogs to users
          Router is finding the same name in multiple directories even though the "Exhaustive lookup" setting is disabled
          Users can't do full-text searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        LDAP service -- Troubleshooting
          Name and password authentication fails for LDAP clients connecting to the LDAP service
          LDAP searches are slow
          Anonymous LDAP users can't search certain fields
          "LDAP Server: Initialization failure: The full text index needs to be rebuilt"
          LDAP searches don't return a cn attribute
          LDAP error "Insufficient Access" returned on an LDAP Add operation
          LDAP clients can't connect to the LDAP service over SSL when the server uses a self-signed Domino server certificate
          LDAP service and remote search operations
        Extended ACL -- Troubleshooting
          The access specified for subject is different than the subject's actual access
          The Target box doesn't show documents
          I can't change a subject's access to a target
          Notes and Web users are getting unexpected results when accessing the directory
          "Extended access controls are enabled in this domain. You must modify the Domino Directory on a version 6 or later Domino server."
          Allowing users to see column values when extended ACLs are used
          Maximum Internet name and password settings with Extended Access
          NAMELookups to Remote Directories with Extended ACLs
      Mail routing -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting mail routing
        Mail routing -- Problems and error messages
        User can't receive any mail, including mail sent by users whose mail files are on the same server
        "File is in use by another process"
        "NAMES.NSF does not contain a required view" appears when sending mail to users on the same mail server
        "No route found to Domain x from Server y"
        "Router: Possibly no DOMAIN set; use SET CONFIG DOMAIN=name to set it; or replace the Name and Address Book design."
        "Server Error: File Does Not Exist"
        "User name is not unique" in a Delivery Failure Report
        "User not listed in the Public Address Book" appears with returned mail
        Users unexpectedly required to include @domainname after each address
        How to troubleshoot mail routing
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect mail
        Checking the sender's and/or recipient's workstation for errors that affect mail
        Checking the server for errors that affect mail
        Checking the shared mail setup
      Meeting and resource scheduling -- Troubleshooting
        Meeting and resource scheduling -- Problems and error messages
        Free time information isn't available
        "Can't Find User in Name and Address Book"
        "Cannot perform this action locally"
        "No resource/room found for time and/or capacity requirements"
        Troubleshooting Schedule Manager errors reported in the log
      Modems and remote connections -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting modems and remote connections
        How to troubleshoot modems and remote connections
        Modems and remote connections -- Problems and error messages
        Data isn't transferring between two servers using a null modem
        The dialup server cycles through port speeds without initializing the modem
        Valid commands in the modem command file are ignored
      Platform statistics -- Troubleshooting
        Platform statistics are not fully initialized
        Setting up platform statistics on Windows systems
        System configuration issue for platform statistics on Windows systems
      Network connections over NRPC -- Troubleshooting
        Troubleshooting TCP/IP problems for NRPC
          Tools for troubleshooting TCP/IP
          TCP/IP error messages -- Server only
          TCP/IP error messages -- Client or server
          How to troubleshoot TCP/IP problems in NRPC
            Checking NRPC connectivity in TCP/IP
            Checking TCP/IP name resolution in NRPC
            Checking a TCP/IP network pathway
          TCP/IP frame types
      Network dialup connections -- Troubleshooting
        Testing network connections using the ping utility
        Tracing a network connection
      Partitioned servers -- Troubleshooting
        "Server exiting: partition number xx is already in use"
        "Server not responding" connecting to a partitioned server
      Passthru connections -- Troubleshooting
      Remote Server Console -- Troubleshooting
        Administrator client on the remote live console -- output data appears incomplete
      Replication -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting replication
        Replication -- Problems and error messages
        Replication isn't occurring between two servers
        Scheduled replication isn't occurring between two servers
        One database isn't replicating between two servers
        Database replica does not contain all the documents it should
        Database replica is not receiving design changes
        Changes to the database title do not replicate
        Database replicas are different sizes
        The database stops replicating and the option Enforce a consistent ACL is selected
        The database replica has not received ACL changes
        The new replica contains the ACL of the source server but you did not copy the ACL
        You see the message "Database is not fully initialized yet"
        Deletions are not replicating
        Unexpected deletions occur in a replica
        Deleted documents reappear
      Roaming Users -- Troubleshooting
        Using NOTES.INI settings to troubleshoot roaming user configurations
      Server-based certification authority -- Troubleshooting
      Server access -- Troubleshooting
        The administrator can't enter commands at the server
        Users can't see a new server in the list of servers
        "Server not responding"
        "You are not authorized to access the server" or similar problems
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect server access
        Checking the server ID for a problem that affects server access
        Replacing the server ID
        Copying the public key
      Server crashes -- Troubleshooting
        How to troubleshoot server crashes
        Server crashes -- Problems and error messages
        Corrupt database causes a server to crash
        Corrupt view causes a server to crash
        Server crashes while updating a database index
        The Router task causes the server to crash
        Domino OS/2 server crashes
        NSD log files
      Server Health Monitoring -- Troubleshooting
      Smart Upgrade -- Troubleshooting
        Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports are not being created
        Using the Smart Upgrade Log file for troubleshooting
      Transaction logging -- Troubleshooting
      Web server, Web Navigator, and the Web Administrator -- Troubleshooting
        Web server -- Problems and error messages
        Users are prompted multiple times for their name and password
        Users can't access a Domino Web server via the Internet
        Users can't see a list of files on a Web server or access a database
        Browser receives error message "Single Sign-on not Configured" when accessing an SSO enabled server
        Debugging session-based authentication problems
        "Error 403 - Directory Browsing error -- Access forbidden"
        Web Navigator - Problems and error messages
        Users can't send mail to the Internet from a mailto URL
        "TCP/IP host unknown" and "Remote system not responding"
        "URL Access Denied" message trying to open certain Web pages
        "The Web Navigator Retrieval process is not running"
        Web Administrator -- Problems and error messages
        Unable to log in to the Web Administrator
        New policies do not appear as an option when registering users
      Server.Load -- Troubleshooting
  Reference
    Domino server commands
      Domino and DB2 server commands
      Using a console to send commands to a server
        Capturing server command output in a file
      Entering commands at the console at the server
      Sending Controller and shell commands from a remote console
      Sending commands from the Domino Administrator console
        Adding commands to the Commands menu
        Adding a group of servers to the Send menu
      Sending commands from a Web Administrator console
      Using the Domino Character Console to access the server console
    Domino server tasks
      Running server tasks
    Editing the NOTES.INI file
      Assigning Notes.INI settings through user policies
      NOTES.INI Settings
        AdminPInterval
        AdminPModifyPersonDocumentsAt
        AMgr_DocUpdateAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_DocUpdateEventDelay
        AMgr_NewMailAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_NewMailEventDelay
        AMgr_WeekendDays
        BillingAddinOutput
        BillingAddinRuntime
        BillingAddinWakeup
        BillingClass
        BillingSuppressTime
        Clrepl_Obeys_Quotas
        Cluster_Replicators
        Cluster_TCPIPAddress
        Country_Language
        Default_Index_Lifetime_Days
        Disable_Cluster_Replicator
        KillProcess
        Log_AgentManager
        Log_MailRouting
        Log_Replication
        Log_Sessions
        Log_Tasks
        Log_View_Events
        Mail_Log_To_MiscEvents
        MailClusterFailover
        MailDisablePriority
        MailLowPriorityTime
        MailMaxThreads
        MailTimeout
        Memory_Quota
        Name_Change_Expiration_Days
        NetWareNDSName
        No_Force_Activity_Logging
        NSF_Buffer_Pool_Size
        NWNDSPassword
        NWNDSUserID
        PhoneLog
        Platform_CSID
        Repl_Error_Tolerance
        Repl_Push_Retries
        Replicators
        ReportUseMail
        Schema_Daemon_Resynctime
        Server_Availability_Threshold
        Server_Cluster_Default_Port
        Server_MaxSessions
        Server_MaxUsers
        ServerPullReplication
        Server_Restricted
        Server_Session_Timeout
        Server_Show_Performance
        Shared_Mail
        Show_Task_Detail
        TCPIP_TCPIPAddress
        Update_No_Fulltext
        Updaters
        Update_Suppression_Limit
        Update_Suppression_Time
    System and application templates
    The Domino Directory template
      Rules for customizing the Domino Directory
      Customizing the Domino Directory template
      Creating a copy of the Domino Directory template
      Customizing a visible view in the Domino Directory
      Using the Domino Directory to extend the LDAP schema
        Using the Domino Directory to create a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating a form to define a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating and inserting a $xxxInheritableSchema subform
          Creating and inserting an $xxxExtensibleSchema subform
        Configuring a new LDAP structural object class to inherit
        Using the Domino Directory to create an LDAP auxiliary object class
        Using the Domino Directory to define an LDAP attribute for a new object class
      Applying template customizations to the Domino Directory database
      Upgrading to a new Domino Directory template
    Administration process requests
      Administration Process Requests -- One Domain
      Cross Domain Administration Requests
      Time-based execution requests
    Server.Load commands
      Server.Load script conventions
      @Else command
      @EndIf command
      @If command
      Add command
      BeginCrit command
      BeginLoop command
      BeginLoop2 command
      Break command
      Cal command
      ChangeTo command
      Close command
      Console command
      DbDelete command
      Delete command
      Drop command
      EndCrit command
      Entries command
      ErrorDelay command
      FindByKey command
      FindByName command
      GetAll command
      Help command
      @If command
      ImailCheckForNewMail command
      ImailCloseMailbox command
      ImailFetchEntry command
      ImailFetchOld command
      ImailGetLastEntries command
      ImailGetNewMail command
      ImailHelp command
      ImailListMailboxes command
      ImailLogin command
      ImailLogout command
      ImailOpenMailbox command
      ImailPostMessage command
      ImailSetSeen command
      Index command
      LDAPLookup command
      Lookup command
      NABRetrievePOP3Mail command
      NABUpdate command
      Navigate command
      NewMail command
      NewReplicateDB command
      NoteAdd command
      Open command
      Pause command
      Populate command
      Quit command
      Read command
      Replicate command
      RetrievePOP3Mail command
      Rewind command
      Rewind2 command
      RSVPInvitation command
      SendMessage command and SendMessage profile command
      SendSMTPMessage command
      SessionsClose command
      SessionsOpen command
      SetContextStatus command
      SetCalProfile command
      Stamp command
      Unread command
      Update command
      WebGet command
    Server.Load scripts
      Using the Sample Server.Load scripts
      Idle Workload script
      R5 IMAP Workload script
      R5 Simple Mail Routing script
      R5 Shared Database script
      SMTP and POP3 Workload script
      Web Idle Workload script
      Web Mail Workload script
    Using a Domino 5 certificate authority
      Creating the Domino Certificate Authority application
      Creating a CA key ring file and certificate
      Setting up a Domino 5 certificate authority
      Configuring the Domino Certificate Authority application profile
      Setting up SSL on the CA server
      Displaying the CA key ring file
      Exporting the CA key ring file
      Signing server certificates
      Viewing requests for certificates
      Web Server Configuration documents
      Converting from Web Server Configurations to Internet Sites view
      Creating a Web realm (Domino 5.0x)
      Creating file protection for virtual servers
    Shared mail overview
      Using multiple active shared mail databases
      How using shared mail affects a user's mail file quota
      How Domino maintains the security of a shared mail database
      How shared mail works
      Setting up shared mail databases
        Using shared mail for delivery only or for transfer and delivery
        Specifying the location and size of a shared mail directory
        Managing object store growth
        Creating shared mail directories outside of the Domino Data directory
      Managing a shared mail database
        Reconfiguring shared mail settings
        Generating and viewing shared mail statistics
        Linking unshared messages in a mail file to the object store
        Excluding a mail file from using shared mail
        Replicating mail files that use shared mail
        Purging obsolete shared mail messages
        Restoring a shared mail database
        Deleting a shared mail database
      Disabling shared mail
  Search the Web to obtain more help
Domino Administrator 8.5, 8.5.1, 8.5.2, and 8.5.3
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.3?
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2?
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 and 8.5.1?
    Administration - new features
    Administration Process - new features
    Client installation - new features
    Databases - new features
    Lotus iNotes -- new features
    Groups -- new features
    Messaging -- new features
    Policies - new features
    Security - new features
    Server - new features
    Server commands - new and enhanced
    Web server - new features
  Domino Server Installation
    Guidepost for deploying Domino
      Getting started with Domino for IBM i
      Functions of Domino servers
      Hierarchical naming for servers and users
      Domino domains
      Partitioned servers
      Certifier IDs and certificates
        Example of how certifier IDs mirror the hierarchical name scheme
      Domino server services
      Table of Domino naming requirements
      Building the Domino environment
    Installing and setting up Domino servers
      Entering system commands
      Using the Domino server with a trial evaluation license
      Domino server installation
        Installing Domino on Windows systems
        Installing Domino on UNIX systems
          Modifying whether the Domino server is installed as a service or an application
        Prerequisites for installing Domino on IBM i
          IBM i QNOTES user profile requirements
          IBM i network communications error
          Installing Domino on IBM i systems
        Installing Domino on Linux on System z systems
        Using silent server installation to install Domino on Windows or UNIX systems
          Running the silent server install on Windows or UNIX Systems
        Using silent server install on Linux on System z systems
        Using the express install
      Disabling concurrent I/O and direct I/O on Domino servers on AIX
      Domino server setup program
      Domino's On-Disk Structure
      Setting up DOLS on a server
        Using Domino Off-Line Services (DOLS) and Lotus iNotes
      Setting up Lotus iNotes on a server
      Setting up Lotus iNotes with Sametime
        Setting up Secrets and Tokens authentication for instant messaging in Lotus iNotes
        Customizing STLinks files for tunneling or reverse proxy servers
        Setting up Sametime and Lotus iNotes in different domains
        Troubleshooting Sametime in Lotus iNotes
      Using the Domino server setup program
        Indic language support in the Domino server setup program
        Using automatic server setup on Linux on System z and on UNIX
        Using the Domino server setup program locally
        Using the Domino server setup program remotely
        Creating a server setup profile
        Using a server setup profile
        Using silent server setup
      Certification log
      Domino server registration
        Registering a server
      Optional tasks to perform after server setup
        Creating an additional organization certifier ID
        Creating an organizational unit certifier ID
        Understanding Internet site documents
          Creating an Internet site document
          Setting up security for Internet site documents
          Enabling Internet sites on a server
      Starting and shutting down the Domino server
      Starting Domino as an application or a Windows service
      Using instant messaging in the Domino Directory
      Running the Domino-Portal integration wizard
  Network Configuration
    Lotus Domino and networks
      Avoiding port conflicts on IBM i
      NRPC communication
      Resolving server names to network addresses in NRPC
    Network security
      NRPC and Internet connection security
      Using a Domino passthru server as a proxy
      TCP/IP security considerations
      Mapped directory links and Domino data security
    Planning the TCP/IP network
      Using Domino i with TCP/IP
      NRPC name-to-address resolution over TCP/IP
      Ensuring DNS resolves in TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves on Windows systems -- All TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Best practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Alternative practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- A practice to use with caution
      Changing a server's IP address
      IPv6 and Lotus Domino
        Using IPv6 address formats with Domino and Notes
        Installing the IPv6 stack
        Receiving incoming connections on IPv6 sockets or IPv4 sockets
        Examples of using NOTES.INI variables with IPv6
        Connecting a Notes client to a Domino server via IPv6
      Advanced Domino TCP/IP configurations
        Partitioned servers and IP addresses
        Ensuring DNS resolves in advanced TCP/IP configurations
    Planning the NetBIOS network
      Server name-to-address resolution over NetBIOS
    Setting up Domino servers on the network
      Setting up Notes named networks
      Fine-tuning network port setup on a server
        Disabling a network port on a server
        Enabling a network port on a server
        Adding a network port on a server
        Deleting a network port on a server
        Renaming a network port on a server
        Reordering network ports on a server
        Encrypting NRPC communication on a server port
        Compressing network data on a server port
      Server setup tasks specific to TCP/IP
        Setting up a secondary name server
        Changing the TCP/IP connection-time-out interval
        Enabling support for IPv6 on a Domino server
        Reordering multiple server ports for TCP/IP
        Binding an NRPC port to an IP address
        Binding an Internet service to an IP address
        Assigning separate IP addresses to partitions on a system with a single NIC
        Configuring a partitioned server for one IP address and port mapping
        Changing a TCP or SSL port number
      Server setup tasks specific to NetBIOS
        Defining a NetBIOS LANA number for a Notes network port
        Creating additional network ports for NetBIOS
  Notes Client Installation and Upgrade
    Planning for Notes client installation and upgrade
      Products to install and order of installation
        Notes pre-installation checklist
        Installing the Expeditor Notes Client Installer (NCI)
        Specifying the home portal account
        Customizing the location of Notes install directories
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Windows
        Notes installation directories for Windows
        Windows Vista considerations for Notes install, upgrade, and uninstall
        Considerations for enabling GB18030 support on Windows XP
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Linux
        Notes installation directories for Linux
        Reducing Notes startup time using GNOME for auto-start on Linux
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Mac OS X
        Notes installation directories for Mac OS X
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Citrix
      Enabling Notes Client Single Login during install or upgrade
      Setting up Notes with a scriptable setup
    Setting up and customizing Notes installation
      Customizing the Notes install kit
        Eclipse files and folders in the install kit
        Understanding the Eclipse update site
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for supplied Eclipse features
        Reducing the Notes install kit size
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for new or third-party Eclipse features
        Customizing an install kit to set certifier and trust defaults
        Adding new features to the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
        Removing features from the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
        Validating your customized Notes install kit
      Customizing Notes install for Linux RPM or DEB
      Installing and subscribing to preset feeds
      Customizing Notes install using the tuner
        Obtaining a tuner and creating a transform file
        Using transform files for Notes user install
        Examples -- Applying scriptable setup using a transform file during Notes install
      Customizing Notes using a plugin_customization.ini file
      Using the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack on Windows
        Installing the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack
        Using Language Pack Installer with Domino
      Using the Native Language (NL) packs
      Instant messaging and client installation and setup
    Installing Notes in a single user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Windows for single user
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Citrix for single user
    Installing Notes in a multi-user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Windows for multi-user
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Linux
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Mac OS X
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Citrix for multi-user
    Configuring custom data directories for multi-user install or upgrade on Windows or Citrix
    Adding or removing installed Notes features within a release
    Automating Notes installation using a silent install
      Running a Notes silent install
      Running a silent install or upgrade using optional arguments
      Using the install manifest "default" setting for silent feature specification
      Performing a Notes silent install on Windows
      Performing a Notes multi-user silent install
      Calling a transform file during Notes silent install
      Performing a Notes silent install on Mac OS X
      Providing a batch file for Notes client silent install
      Providing command line utilities for Notes install
    Installing and running Notes on a USB drive
      Installing Notes basic configuration on a USB drive
      Enabling the autorun process to start at Notes login
      Running Notes basic configuration from a USB drive
    Installing Notes in a shared network directory
    Managing client plug-in deployment
      Client feature deployment
      Installing a new feature using the Notes install kit
      Deploying client plug-ins with widgets and the widget catalog
        Place the feature's updateSite folder centrally
        Prepare the Domino server and Notes client
        Create an NSF-based update site and import the Eclipse updateSite content
        Create the widget attachment file to call the feature's update site
        Display the My Widgets sidebar panel and set catalog access
        Create the deployment widget
        Test the widget
        Communicate deployment to users
        Updating a widget-deployed client feature or plug-in
      Creating a customized add-on installer
      Creating a new feature
      Signing custom or third-party features and plug-ins for install and update
        Using Eclipse preferences to verify trust
        Using Domino policy to set or verify trust
      Creating and using an NSF-based update site
      Limiting feature install and update with update sites
        Specifying available update sites
          Add an update site to the update site list
          Edit an existing update site in the update site list
          Delete an existing update site from the update site list
          Specify that feature update be performed from the feature's update site (default)
          Specify that feature install can occur from a default update site, CA XML or Update Manager
          Specify that feature update can occur from a default update site or FEATURE.XML
          Specify that feature install or update can occur from the whitelist only
          Specify different site controls for feature install and update
      Configuring component update for composite applications
      Enabling user-initiated update with EUM
      Creating and using a traditional third-party installer
    Upgrading Notes clients
      Before you upgrade the Notes client
    Upgrading a Notes single user install to multi-user
    Using Upgrade-by-mail
      Before you use Upgrade-by-mail
      Backing up Notes client files
      Creating the upgrade notification for Upgrade-by-mail
      Installing Lotus Notes with Upgrade-by-mail
      Upgrading the mail file template with Upgrade-by-mail
    Using Notes Smart Upgrade
      How Smart Upgrade performs an upgrade
      Smart Upgrade server failover to another clustered server
      Creating a Smart Upgrade application
      Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports application
        Creating a Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports application
      Controlling the number of concurrent Smart Upgrade downloads
      Creating a link to the Smart Upgrade database
      Adding update kits to the Smart Upgrade application
      Creating a Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade desktop policy settings document
        Creating a policy document for Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
        Assigning the Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade policy to users and groups
      Using Smart Upgrade to run a series of client upgrades
      Notes users and Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Maintaining Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Using the Smart Upgrade Run-As wizard
    Uninstalling Notes
      Uninstalling Notes from a Windows client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Linux client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Mac OS X client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Citrix client
      Uninstalling Notes silently
      Cleaning a previous or partial Notes installation from your client
  Configuring Widgets and Live Text
    Widgets and Live Text overview
      Understanding Widgets and Live Text user types
      Default out-of-box Widgets and Live Text behavior
      Installing the Widgets and Live Text feature
    Creating the widget catalog
      Catalog options and access
      Browsing and updating from the catalog
    Controlling Widgets and Live Text access using Domino policy
    Controlling Widgets and Live Text access using Eclipse preferences
    Using a widget to deploy a client plug-in
    Creating a features and plugins deployment widget in the widget catalog
  User and Server Configuration
    Planning server-to-server connections
      Remote (modem) access and server topology
      How a server connects to another server
      Replication and server topology
      Examples of server topology
      Creating a LAN connection
      Forcing a server connection to use a specific protocol
      Setting up external domain lookups
      Internet connections
        Creating a server-to-server Internet connection through a proxy server
      Passthru servers and hunt groups
        Planning the use of passthru servers
        Example of a passthru server topology
        Setting up a server as a passthru server
        Setting up a server as a passthru destination
        Creating a passthru connection
      Planning for modem use
        Creating a Network Dialup connection
        Encrypting Network Dialup Connection documents
        Coordinating dialup ISP connections between servers
      Connecting Notes clients to servers
    Policies
      Organizational and explicit policies
      Policy hierarchy and the effective policy
      Planning and assigning policies
        Assigning an explicit policy
        Assigning dynamic policies to users and groups
        Setting policy precedence
        Viewing dynamic policies by precedence or by category
      Using the How to Apply settings
      Pushing notes.ini settings or location document settings
        Specifying the Protector server URL in a NOTES.INI setting
        Customizing mail quota warning text using a NOTES.INI file setting
      Pushing Eclipse preference settings
      Extending policy settings to Lotus iNotes and Notes profile documents
      Creating policies
        Creating an activities policy settings document
        Creating a desktop policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Traveler policy settings document
        Creating a roaming policy settings document
        Creating a mail policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Symphony settings document
        Creating a registration policy settings document
        Creating a setup policy settings document
        Mail archiving and policies
          Using the mail archive log
          Creating an archive policy settings document
          Creating criteria for mail archiving
        Creating a security policy settings document
        Creating a policy document
        Creating a child policy document
      Managing policies
        Editing policies
        Deleting policies
        Using the Policy Synopsis tool to determine the effective policy
        Viewing policy relationships
          Using the policy viewer
        Preventing replication of policies to pre-Domino release 4.67a servers
    Setting up Notes users
      User registration
        Customizing user registration
        Registering users
        Using default user settings when registering users
        Using Basic Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Using Advanced Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Registering users with the Web Administrator
        Using Basic user registration with the Web Administrator
        Using Advanced user registration with the Web Administrator
        Registering users from a text file
        Adding an alternate language and name to a user ID
      Roaming users
        Roadmap for registering and configuring roaming users
        Roaming user considerations
        Registering a roaming user
        Using policy settings documents to configure file server roaming
        Eclipse preferences for Domino server roaming and file server roaming
        User preferences for file server roaming
        Upgrading to and downgrading from roaming user status
        Using replication with a roaming server
          Replication and Notes roaming user
      Custom welcome page deployment
    Managing users
      Changing Notes user names with the Administration Process
      Renaming a Notes user's common or alternate name
      Deleting a user
      Maintaining Notes users
      Changing a roaming user to non-roaming
      Changing a non-roaming user to roaming
      Changing a user's Internet address
      Determining a user's Notes client version
      Upgrading a user name from flat to hierarchical
      Moving a user name in the name hierarchy
      Renaming a Web user
      Moving a user's mail file and roaming files from the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Opening a user's mail file
      Using Inbox maintenance to manage mail file size
        Specifying Inbox Maintenance settings in the Server document
        Using a server command to run the Inbox Maintenance agent
      Finding a user name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Broadcasting messages to Notes client users
      Recertifying a user ID
      Recertifying a certifier ID or a user ID
      Recertifying or renaming user IDs by organization
      Allowing multiple users to use the same data directory
      License Tracking
      Deploying the "My Work" Welcome page for Notes
    Using groups
      Using auto-populated groups
      Auto-populated group statistics
      Creating and modifying groups
        Creating a group
        Modifying groups with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
      Managing groups
        Assiging a policy to a group
        Editing a group
        Deleting a group with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
        Finding a group name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
        Finding a group member
        Using the Manage Groups tool to manage groups
        Renaming a group
    Replicas
      How replication works
      Guidelines for setting server access to databases
      Setting up a database ACL for server-to-server replication
      Creating replicas using the Administration Process
      Table of replication settings
        Limiting the contents of a replica
        Limiting what a replica sends
        Assigning miscellaneous replication settings
        Specifying replication settings for one replica
        Specifying replication settings for multiple replicas from one source replica
        Examples of specifying replication settings for multiple replicas
      Scheduling times for replication
      Scheduling server-to-server replication
      Customizing server-to-server replication
        Specifying replication direction
        Replicating only specific databases
        Replicating databases by priority
        Limiting replication time
        Using multiple replicators
        Refusing replication requests
        Forcing immediate replication
        Disabling database replication
        Forcing a server database to replicate
      Viewing replication schedules and topology maps
      Database.nsf.replicate statistics
    Domain Search
      Server configurations for Domain Search
      Planning the Domain Index
        The Domain Catalog
          Creating the Domain Catalog
          Selecting the databases to include in the Domain Index
          Selecting the file systems to include in the Domain Index
        Assigning database categories for the Domain Search form
        Estimating the size of the Domain Index
        Excluding attachments from the Domain Index
        Domain Search security
      Creating and updating the Domain Index
        Tuning Domain Indexer performance
        Changing the location of Domain Index files
        Deleting databases from the Domain Index
        Backing up the Domain Index and Catalog
      Customizing Domain Search forms
      Setting up Notes users for Domain Search
      Setting up Web users for Domain Search
      Using content maps with Domain Search
    Calendars and scheduling
      Setting up scheduling
      Setting up the Resource Reservations database
      Creating Site Profile and Resource documents
      Editing and deleting Resource documents
      Setting user access rights to edit and delete reservations
      Creating Holiday documents
      Collecting detailed information from user calendars
      Improving interoperability for users of calendars in e-mail applications other than Notes
      Importing and exporting calendars from iCalendar
      Designating the Out of Office service type
  Domino and DB2
    Understanding Domino and DB2
    Domino and DB2 supported platforms and configurations
      Supported platforms and hardware and software requirements
      Supported configurations in Domino and DB2
        Example of a local Domino and DB2 configuration
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses separate servers
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses partitions
    Domino and DB2 user accounts that are needed for Domino and DB2
    Installation and setup procedures
      Installing Domino and DB2 on Microsoft Windows platforms
        Setting up the Domino server environment for use with Domino and DB2
        Creating the DB2 installation account
        Installing and Setting up DB2 on Microsoft Windows
        Creating the DB2 administrator and administration server account
        Enabling the Domino server to communicate with the DB2 server
        Using a remote DB2 server with server enablement
        Granting SETSESSIONUSER privilege to the Domino server user
        Manually creating the Domino server user account and the DB2DOM group
        Determining whether you have a SYSCTRL group
        Designating the DB2DOM group a system control group and adding the Domino server user to the system control group
        Creating a server ID for the DB2 Access server
        Installing the DB2 Access server on the DB2 server
        Enabling the DB2 Access Server
        Testing the DB2 Access server configuration
        Mapping the DB2 ID to a Notes ID in the Domino server's Domino Directory
        Setting and enabling a default DB2 user ID for use with query views
      Installing Domino and DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Installing DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Create the DB2 primary groups
        Creating the DB2 user accounts and adding the users to groups
        IBM AIX and Linux post-installation validation procedure
  Maintaining the Domino and DB2 Environment
    DB2 groups
      Managing DB2 groups and classes
      Locking a DB2 group
      Unlocking a DB2 group
      Renaming a DB2 class
      Associating a DB2 group with a class
      Moving a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 group
      Compacting DB2 groups
      Moving a DB2 container to another disk
    Administering the Domino and DB2 environment
      Validating DB2 user names
      Editing the Domino server user's DB2 ID properties
      Changing or deleting the default DB2 user name for use with query views
      Setting a DB2 server ID
      Setting and modifying DB2 values in the Server document
      Changing the Domino server's DB2 account
      Copying a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 enabled Domino server
      NOTES.INI variables set by the DB2 Server Enablement Tool
      Configuration variables modified during DB2 server enablement
      Setting DB2 Log File Size
      Adjusting buffer pool size
      Replicating an NSF to DB2
      Recreating links to DB2 enabled Notes databases
      Manually restoring a DB2 enabled Notes database
      Domino and DB2 XA transaction services
      Using the Domino Web Administrator client with Domino and DB2
      Databases created with Domino
      Compact database options are enabled for Domino and DB2
    Administering the DB2 Access server
      Editing the DB2 Access server Connection document
      Testing the DB2 Access configuration
      Removing a DB2 Access server
    Working with views in Domino and DB2
      Using federated data with query views
      Setting the maximum number of rows in SQL queries
      Building views of large databases
      Views categorized by numeric datatypes
    Improving Domino and DB2 Performance
      Controlling the NSF data in DB2
      Generating a database monitor snapshot
      Modifying the database sort heap and locklist parameter values
      Setting the size of the buffer pool to improve performance
      Using indexing to improve DB2 performance
      Using SQL Assist to create an SQL statement
      Using the alternate page cleaning setting to improve performance
      Using the autoconfigure command to automatically set database configuration parameters
  Administration Tools
    The Domino Administrator
      Installing the Domino Administrator
      Setting up the Domino Administrator
      Starting the Domino Administrator
      Navigating Domino Administrator
      Selecting a server to administer in the Domino Administrator
      Setting Domino Administration preferences
        Setting Basics preferences
        Setting Files preferences
        Setting Monitoring preferences
        Setting Registration preferences
        Setting Statistics preferences
      Tools and preferences for debugging in the Domino Administrator
      Domino Administrator tabs
        People and Groups tab in the Domino Administrator
        Files tab in the Domino Administrator
        Server tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Messaging tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Replication tab in the Domino Administrator
        Configuration tab in the Domino Administrator
        Domino Administrator tools
    Web Administrator
      Setting up the Web Administrator
        Setting up access to the Web Administrator database
        Giving additional administrators access to the Web Administrator
        Administrator roles in the Web Administrator
      Starting the Web Administrator
      Using the Web Administrator
        Setting Files preferences for the Web Administrator
        Registering users and servers with the Web Administrator
        Managing policies with the Web Administrator
        Using the Web Administrator consoles
        Using the Web Administrator with service providers
        Message tracking in the Web Administrator
        Editing the NOTES.INI file and cleanup script in the Web Administrator
        Signing out of the Web Administrator
      Configuring Domino and Portal Server federated administration
        Enabling the Portal server for federated administration
        Removing Domino and Portal server federated administration
      Setting up and using Web Administration Server Bookmarks
        Adding servers to the Web Administration Server bookmarks
        Removing a server from Web Administration Server Bookmarks
    The Server Controller and the Domino Console
      Starting and stopping the Server Controller
      Starting and stopping the Domino Console
    The Administration Process
      Specifying the administration server for the Domino Directory
      Setting up the Administration Process
        Specifying an administration server for databases
        Verifying that the Administration Process is set up correctly
      Administration Process support of secondary Domino Directories
      Processing administration requests across domains
        Creating a Cross-domain Configuration document
      Setting up ACLs for the Administration Process
      Modifying the Action field in the ACL dialog box
      The Administration Requests database
        Administration Process requests that require the administrator's approval
        Request status Icons in the Administration Request database
        Controlling the size of the Administration Requests Database
        Suspending administration request processing
        Controlling user access to the Administration Requests database
      Managing Administration Process requests
        Accepting or rejecting name change requests
        Approving an administration process request
        Forcing an administration process request to run
        Checking for errors in ADMIN4.NSF
        Reprocessing a failed administration process request
      Customizing the Administration Process
        Scheduling Administration Request processing
        Redefining time interval defaults for administration requests
        Changing the number of threads used by the Administration Process
        Defining special purpose threads for specific administration requests
        Creating an $AdminP view
        Enhancing the Administration Process through the Extension Manager
        Using an extended administration server
      Statistics generated during administration request processing
        Adminstration Process Statistics
      Administration request messages
    Setting up Domino Active Directory synchronization
      Enabling the Notes synchronization options
      Specifying Notes settings
      Mapping Active Directory fields and groups with Domino Directory fields and groups
      Mapping Active Directory containers to Notes certifiers and policies
      Synchronizing users and groups
      Registering new users in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
        Registering existing Active Directory users and groups in Notes
        Registering new groups in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
      Renaming Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Deleting Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Disabling Active Directory synchronization prior to uninstalling the Domino Administrator
  Directory Services
    Planning directory services
      Using directory servers in a Domino domain
      Planning LDAP features
        Planning the LDAP service
        Planning LDAP accounts on Notes clients
        The ldapsearch utility
      Planning directory access control
      Planning new entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning the management of entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning directory services for Notes clients
      Planning directory services in a multiple-directory environment
        Planning directory catalogs
        Planning directory assistance
        Comparison of directory catalogs and directory assistance
        Directory search order
          Directory search order for Internet client authentication
          Directory search order for group names in database ACLs
          Directory search order for LDAP searches
          Directory search order for a name in a Notes address field
        Distinguished Name syntax in multiple-directory environments
      Planning internationalized directory services
      Planning directory customization
      Directory services terms
    The Domino Directory
      Setting up the Domino Directory for a domain
      Using a central directory architecture in a Domino domain
        Planning a central directory architecture for a domain
        Managing Domino Directories in a central directory architecture
          Changing the directory type of a Domino Directory
          Controlling how a server finds a remote primary Domino Directory to use
          Preventing the use of a Domino Directory replica as a remote primary
          Showing the Domino Directory replicas that can function as remote primaries
      Controlling access to the Domino Directory
        Setting overall access levels in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using administration roles in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using the Administrators field to control access to individual documents in the Domino Directory
      Corporate hierarchies
        Categorizing a user by corporate hierarchy
      Setting up Notes clients to use a directory server
      Customizing the Directory Profile
      Scheduling replication of the Domino Directory
    The LDAP service
      How the LDAP service works
        The LDAP service and directory tree verification
        How the LDAP service forms a value for the mail attribute
        The LDAP service and secondary directories
      Setting up the LDAP service
      Starting and stopping the LDAP service
      Customizing the LDAP service configuration
        Changing the LDAP service port and port security configuration
        Full-text indexing directories served by the LDAP service
        Configuring anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Anonymous LDAP search access and upgrades from previous releases
          Using the domain Configuration Settings document to customize anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Converting the default anonymous access settings to database ACL and extended ACL settings
        Using LDAP to modify a directory served by the LDAP service
          Enabling or disabling LDAP write access to a directory served by the LDAP service
        Configuring how the LDAP service responds to multiple name matches when processing write and compare operations
          Examples of the "Rules to follow..." setting and LDAP add operations
        Customizing search processing to improve LDAP service performance
        Enabling LDAP alternate language searches
        Requiring distinguished logon names for LDAP name-and-password security
        Configuring character encoding for LDAP V2 clients
        Configuring the number of referrals the LDAP service can return
        Configuring alias dereferencing for search requests
      Setting up clients to use the LDAP service
      Using LDAP to search a Domain index
      Monitoring the LDAP service
        Showing the current LDAP service configuration settings
        Showing statistics related to LDAP service port activity
      RFCs supported by the LDAP service
    LDAP schema
      The Domino LDAP schema
        Object class hierarchy for dominoPerson object class
        Object class hierarchy for dominoGroup object class
        dominoUNID operational attribute
        dominoAccessGroups
        displayName operational attribute
      The schema daemon
      Domino LDAP Schema database
        Views in the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to view the schema
      Methods for extending the schema
      Guidelines for extending the schema
      Extending the schema using the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to add an attribute to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add an object class to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add a syntax to the schema
        Approving draft schema elements in the Schema database
        Checking the status of approved schema elements in the Schema database
      Deleting schema elements from the Schema database
      Schema-checking
        Enabling or disabling schema-checking
      Searching the root DSE and schema entry
      LDAP root DSE attributes
    ldapsearch utility
      Table of ldapsearch parameters
      Using search filters with ldapsearch
        Table of operators used in ldapsearch search filters
      Using ldapsearch to return operational attributes
      Examples of using ldapsearch
    Directory assistance
      How directory assistance works
      Directory assistance services
        Directory assistance and client authentication
        Directory assistance and group lookups for database authorization
        Directory assistance and Notes mail addressing
        Directory assistance for the LDAP service
      Directory assistance concepts
        Directory assistance and naming rules
          How naming rules relate to directory search orders
          Naming rules and the LDAP service
        Directory assistance and domain names
        Directory assistance and failover for a directory
          Directory assistance and failover for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Directory assistance and failover for a remote LDAP directory
        Directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance in conjunction with a condensed Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance for the primary Domino Directory
          Using directory assistance to control which remote replicas of a primary Domino Directory servers with Configuration Directories can use
          Using directory assistance to prevent the LDAP service from searching the primary Domino Directory
          Limiting directories to authentication-only lookups
        Number of directory assistance databases
      Setting up directory assistance
        Creating and replicating a directory assistance database
        Setting up servers to use a directory assistance database
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Shortcut for specifying local replicas of a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog in a Directory Assistance document
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring SSL in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Specifying a name and password for Domino servers in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring search filters in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring alias dereferencing in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Using Notes distinguished names in a remote LDAP directory
          Special considerations for change detection
      Directory assistance examples
        Example of directory assistance for one secondary Domino Directory
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog and a remote LDAP directory
      Monitoring directory assistance
    Directory catalogs
      Condensed Directory Catalogs
        Benefits of condensed Directory Catalogs on clients (Mobile Directory Catalogs)
      Directory catalogs on servers compared to directory assistance for individual Domino Directories
      Extended Directory Catalogs
      Overview of directory catalog setup
      Planning directory catalogs
      Directory catalogs and client authentication
        Scenarios for using directory catalogs for client authentication
      Directory catalogs and Notes mail encryption
      Picking the server(s) to run the Dircat task
      Specifying the Domino Directories for the Dircat task to aggregate
      Controlling which information is aggregated into a directory catalog
        Types of documents the Dircat task can aggregate
        Removing duplicate user entries from a directory catalog
        Choosing the types of groups to aggregate in a directory catalog
        Using a selection formula in a directory catalog configuration document
        Choosing which fields to aggregate in a directory catalog
      Full-text indexing directory catalogs
      Planning issues specific to Extended Directory Catalogs
        Extended Directory Catalog size
        Extended Directory Catalogs and directory assistance
        Extended Directory Catalogs and group lookups for database authorization
        Integrating an Extended Directory Catalog into a primary Domino Directory
      Planning issues specific to condensed Directory Catalogs
        Deciding how to sort entries in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting the view sort order
        Sorting in non-U.S. English locales
        Supporting Soundex searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        Using performance settings in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Replicating a condensed Directory Catalog
      Multiple directory catalogs
      Overview of setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
      Overview of setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
        Setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
      The Dircat task
        Running the Dircat task
      Opening the configuration document for a directory catalog
      Monitoring directory catalogs
    Extended ACL
      How other database security features restrict extended ACL access settings
      Elements of an extended ACL
      Extended ACL access settings
        Default access compared to form-specific access
        Displaying LDAP attributes and object classes when setting form-specific access
        Precedence rules used to resolve access conflicts at a target
      Extended ACL subject
      Extended ACL target
        Target scope
          Adding a subject twice to a target category with different target scopes
      Extended ACL examples
        Extended ACL: example 1
        Extended ACL: example 2
      Extended ACL guidelines
      Setting up and managing an extended ACL
        Enabling extended access
        Setting a subject's access to an extended ACL target
        Setting a subject's form-specific access to an extended ACL target
        Showing a subject's effective access to an extended ACL target
        Modifying or removing a subject's access settings at an extended ACL target
        Using the history log to monitor changes to an extended ACL
        Disabling extended access
  Mail
    Messaging overview
      Supported routing, format, and access protocols
      The Domino mail server and mail routing
      How mail routes in a Domino system
      Domino mail files
      Mail clients
      Mail security
      Working with other mail systems in your organization
      Mail performance and monitoring
      The Domino Directory and mail routing
      Overview of routing mail using Notes routing
      Overview of routing mail using SMTP
      The Domain Name System (DNS) and SMTP mail routing
      Examples of using multiple MX records
      Converting TNEF file attachments to Notes file attachments
      Upgrading mail files with the mail conversion utility
    Planning a mail routing topology
      Connection topologies for mail routing
      The Domino mail router
        Mailbox event notification
        Starting, stopping, and restarting the mail router
        Recalculating the server's routing table
        Routing mail on demand to a specific server
      Clients accessing the Domino server
      Sample mail routing configurations
        Example of using one server for all Internet messages
        Example of using separate servers for inbound and outbound Internet mail
        Example of using two servers to balance Internet mail load
        Example of using SMTP to route mail within the local Internet domain
        Example of mail routing between a third-party server and Domino in the same Internet domain
        Example of using a smart host
        Example of using all servers to route outbound mail and one to route inbound mail
      Creating a Configuration Settings document
      Routing internal mail
        Setting up Notes routing
        Creating an Adjacent domain document
        Setting up routing to non-adjacent Domino domains
        Setting up routing to external application gateways
        Sending mail outside the local Internet domain
        Transferring outbound Internet mail to an SMTP server over Notes routing
        Creating an SMTP Connection document
      Configuring Domino to send and receive mail over SMTP
        Preparing to send and receive mail to the Internet
        Setting up SMTP routing to external Internet domains
        Setting up SMTP routing within the local Internet domain
        Enabling a server to receive mail sent over SMTP routing
        Setting up how addresses are resolved on inbound and outbound mail
        Setting up a forwarding address
        Setting up a smart host
        Setting up a server to receive mail for multiple Internet domains
        Specifying how Domino looks up the recipients of incoming SMTP messages
        Specifying how Domino looks up SMTP hosts when sending outbound mail
        Enabling the Router to look up the sender's Internet address from the Person document
        How Domino formats the sender's Internet address in outbound messages
        Changing the default format for constructing the sender's Internet address on outbound mail
        How Domino uses Global domain documents during inbound and outbound SMTP routing
        Configuring Domino to send mail to a relay host or firewall
        Enabling SMTP outbound authentication to relay hosts
        Routing mail over transient connections
        Updating the SMTP configuration
    Customizing mail
      Requirements for a working mail system
      Controlling messaging
      Improving mail performance
        Creating multiple MAIL.BOX databases
        Determining how many MAIL.BOX databases to place on a server
        Disabling type-ahead addressing
        Changing the logging level for mail
      Controlling message delivery
        Setting delivery controls
        Using quotas to manage the size of user mail files
          Setting mail file quotas
          Detecting when a mail file exceeds its quota
          Notifying users who exceed their mail file's quota or warning threshold
          Withholding mail from users who exceed their quota
          Setting quota controls for the Router
      Specifying a reverse-path setting for forwarded messages
      Setting server mail rules
      Setting up message recall
        Using the mail policy settings document to define message recall settings
        Using the Server Configuration document to define message recall settings
      Customizing message transfer
        Restricting mail routing based on message size
        Routing mail by priority
        Generating delay notifications for deferred low-priority mail
        Restricting users from sending mail to groups listed in the Domino Directory
        Defining when to send transfer and delivery Delay reports
          Specifying the failure message for transfer and delivery delay notifications
        Setting transfer limits
          Enabling multiple concurrent transfer threads between Domino domains
          Setting the message time-out value
        Setting advanced transfer and delivery controls
          Managing undeliverable mail in MAIL.BOX
          Customizing the text of mail failure messages
      Customizing Notes routing
        Scheduling Notes routing
          Example: Scheduling immediate 24 x 7 routing
        Changing the routing cost for a connection
        Restricting mail routing based on Domino domains, organizations, and organizational units
      Customizing SMTP Routing
        Stopping and starting the Domino SMTP service
        Changing SMTP port settings
          Changing the inbound SMTP port settings
          Changing outbound SMTP port settings
          Securing SMTP sessions using the STARTTLS extension
        Restricting SMTP inbound routing
          Restricting inbound SMTP connections
          How Domino uses reverse DNS lookups to control inbound SMTP sessions
          Preventing unauthorized SMTP hosts from using Domino as a relay
            Open relays
            Setting inbound relay controls
            Specifying enforcement of inbound relay controls
            How inbound anti-relay settings control message transfer to external Internet domains
          Enabling DNS blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling DNS whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Restricting who can send Internet mail to your users
          Restricting users from receiving Internet mail
          Defining the maximum error limit before a connection is terminated
          Resolving directory lookups containing ambiguous names or group names
          Supporting inbound SMTP extensions
        Restricting outbound mail routing
          Restricting users from sending Internet mail
          Supporting outbound SMTP extensions
      Setting up and using message disclaimers
      Mail journaling
        Setting up the Mail Journaling database
        Managing the Mail Journaling database
        Specifying messages to journal
        Retrieving messages from the Mail Journaling database
        Using mail journaling to determine intended message recipients
      Setting inbound and outbound MIME and character set options
        Enabling Domino to process return receipts for SMTP messages
        Setting the primary and secondary character set groups
        Language codes supported in Notes and Domino
        Specifying inbound and outbound MIME conversion options
        Configuring how Domino converts inbound MIME messages to Notes rich-text
        Setting font and message options for international languages
        Setting advanced inbound MIME options
        Setting advanced outbound MIME options
        Examples: How Domino handles Macintosh attachments in inbound messages
        Configuring outbound Internet mail to use RFC 822 address format (phrase parts)
        Mapping MIME types to file extensions
      HTML rendering for mail
    The POP3 service
      Setting up the POP3 service
        Starting and stopping the POP3 service
        Enabling and configuring the POP3 service port
      Setting up POP3 users
        Setting up the Person document for a POP3 user
        Creating a mail file for a POP3 user
        Configuring POP3 client software
    The IMAP service
      How Domino modifies mail files to support IMAP
      Setting up the IMAP service
      Starting and stopping the IMAP task
      Customizing the IMAP service
        Enabling and configuring the IMAP service port
        Setting IMAP session limits
        Setting the IMAP service to automatically enable mail files at login
        Enabling the IMAP service to automatically display all accessible mail folders
        Configuring IMAP Public folders
        Configuring IMAP Other Users' folders
        Configuring IMAP internal thread use
        Specifying the default IMAP service greetings
      Setting up IMAP users
        Setting up the Person document for an IMAP user
        Creating a mail file for an IMAP user
        Preparing a mail file for IMAP access
          Running Compact to update the ODS version of a mail file
          Running Fixup to prepare a mail file for IMAP use
          Running the mail conversion utility to enable a mail file for IMAP
          Convert utility options
          How the conversion utility handles unread marks
          Preserving folder references during upgrade of IMAP mail files
          Using the conversion utility to add IMAP summary attributes to messages
        Re-enabling a corrupted IMAP mail file
        Configuring IMAP client software
    Tools for mail monitoring
      Setting up mail monitoring
      Setting up the Reports database
      Controlling the Mail Tracking Collector
      Configuring the server for message tracking
      Tracking a mail message
      Generating a mail usage report
      Viewing mail usage reports
  Lotus iNotes
    Lotus iNotes lite mode
      Configuration settings supported in lite mode
      Preferences supported in lite mode
      NOTES.INI settings supported in lite mode
      Remove mode options from full mode
    Lotus iNotes ultra-light mode
    Registering Lotus iNotes users
      Enabling the mail usage indicator in Lotus iNotes
    Providing a log-on URL for Lotus iNotes users
    Secure mail for Lotus iNotes
    Using ID vault with Lotus iNotes
    Using realm documents in Lotus iNotes
    Using Policies with Lotus iNotes
      Creating security policy settings for Lotus iNotes users
      Creating mail policy settings for Lotus iNotes users
      Desktop policy settings supported in Lotus iNotes
      Setting up archiving using policies and configuration settings
    Renaming a Lotus iNotes user
    Monitoring Lotus iNotes activity
    Allowing passthru of HTML
    Customizing the look of Lotus iNotes
    Using widgets in Lotus iNotes
    Lotus Quickr integration with Lotus iNotes
    Using external calendars in Lotus iNotes
    Using an HTTP-proxy Servlet to restrict URLs to external servers
    Updating the forms file without server restart
    Using prefetch for documents
    Enabling scroll hints
    Using a Web-style search
    Using Lotus iNotes agents
    Configuring Lotus iNotes for users
      Editing the Configuration Settings document for Lotus iNotes
      Adding a disclaimer to outgoing messages
      Using Browser Cache Management
      Configuring alternate name support in Lotus iNotes
      Reusing child windows
      Using iNotes Redirect to access mail in Lotus iNotes
      Setting up type-ahead
      Making calendar details available to all users
      Making Lotus Notes links work in Lotus iNotes
      Setting a maximum attachment size
      Showing the unread count on folders
      Setting up automatic refresh for the Inbox
      Enabling RSS feeds for Lotus iNotes
      Allowing users to take the Domino directory offline
      Disabling the Active Content Filter
      Setting the level of automatic cache clearing
      Redirecting users to a Web page after logout
      Specifying the number of names to return
      Using GZIP to improve Lotus iNotes performance
      Using NOTES.INI settings in a mixed environment
  Web Servers
    The Domino Web server
      Setting up a Domino server as a Web server
        Starting and stopping the Domino Web server
        Modifying Web server Internet port and protocol settings
        Setting up protocol security for the Web server
        Restricting access by IP address on the Web server
        Hosting Java applets
        Generating references to the Web server
        Managing Java servlets on a Web server
        Setting up WebDAV
          Enabling WebDAV
        The browser.cnf file
      Hosting Web sites
        Converting from Web Server Configurations to Internet Sites view
        Hosting multiple Web sites on a partitioned server
        Configuring HTML, CGI, icon, and Java files for Web Site documents
        Configuring DSAPI, HTTP methods, and WebDAV in Web Site documents
        Domino Web Engine settings for Web Site documents
        Setting up session authentication for Web Site documents
        Specifying GIF or JPEG conversion in Web Site documents
        Specifying the number of lines to display in a view
        Limiting the number of documents displayed during a Web Site search
        Finding links with the Redirect URL command
        Restricting the amount of data users can send to a Domino database
        Specifying the character set to use when retrieving Web pages
        Storing Web user preferences in cookies
        Setting up language preferences
        Table of character sets for Web server pages
        Web Site rules and global Web settings
          Creating a Web Site Rule document
          Configuring a Web Site rule to run PHP
          Creating a Global Web Settings document
        Protecting files on a server from Web client access
        Creating a Web Site authentication realm document
      Custom Web server messages
        Creating the Domino Configuration database
        Mapping custom Web server messages
        Example of custom Web server messages
      Serving files compressed by GNU zip
      Using gzip compression
        Setting up Web server gzip compression on the Web Site document
        Setting file system compression settings on the Web Site document
      Improving Web server performance
        Managing the memory cache on the Web server
        Specifying network time-outs on the Web server
        Running Web agents
        Specifying the number of threads used by the Web server
        Improving file-download performance for Web clients
        Improving performance for upload of file attachments
      HTML generation options
    The Web Navigator
      Setting up a Web Navigator server
        Starting and stopping the Web Navigator program
        Using a proxy server to connect the Web Navigator to the Internet
        Setting up users to use the Web Navigator
      Customizing the Web Navigator
        Allowing multiple users to retrieve pages concurrently
        Controlling access to Web sites
        Controlling access to Internet services
        Setting up the Web Navigator to retrieve pages on sites secured by SSL
        Sending mail from a Web page to the Internet
      The Web Navigator database
      Customizing the Web Navigator database
        Displaying who retrieved a page in the Web Navigator database
        Customizing the default appearance of pages in the Web Navigator database
        Saving and viewing HTML sources in the Web Navigator database
        Renaming and moving the Web Navigator database
        Setting agent preferences for the Web Navigator
        Using the Purge agent to manage the size of the Web Navigator database
        Using the Refresh agent to update pages in the Web Navigator database
        Using the Averaging agent to calculate page ratings in the Web Navigator database
    Setting up Domino to work with other Web servers
      Setting up Domino to work with IBM HTTP Servers
      Setting up Domino to work with Microsoft IIS servers
        To install the WebSphere plug-in on an IIS server
        To configure the WebSphere plug-in
        To configure the Domino server to work with Microsoft IIS
        Setting up security for Microsoft IIS
        Details of Microsoft IIS security options
  Security
    Overview of Domino security
      The Domino security model
      The Domino security team
      Security planning checklists
        Server security
        Application security
        Application design element security
        Notes and Domino ID security
        Workstation data security
      Security policies
      Setting up an Internet certificate authority
    Server access for Notes users, Internet users, and Domino servers
      Setting up Notes user, Domino server, and Internet user access to a Domino server
      Customizing access to a Domino server
        Denying Notes users access to all servers in a domain
        Restricting administrator access
        Comparing public key values
        Setting up anonymous server access for Notes users and Domino servers
        Controlling access to a specific server port
        Controlling creation of databases, replicas, and templates
        Controlling the use of headline monitors
        Controlling access to a passthru server or passthru destination
        Controlling agents and XPages that run on a server
        Controlling server access by browser clients that use Java and JavaScript
        Controlling Web browser access to files
        Restricting access to a server's data directory
        Physically securing the Domino server
      Validation and authentication for Notes and Domino
    The database access control list
      Default ACL entries
      Acceptable entries in the ACL
      Configuring a database ACL
      Access levels in the ACL
        Viewing ACL entries by access level
      Access level privileges in the ACL
      User types in the ACL
      Roles in the ACL
      Managing database ACLs
      Using the Administration Process to update ACLs
      Setting up the Administration Process for database ACLs
      Managing database ACLs with the Web Administrator
      Editing entries in multiple ACLs
      Viewing all database ACLs on a server
      Using the ACL log
      Enforcing a consistent access control list
      Updating Readers and Authors fields
      Setting up database access for Internet users
      Preventing users from accessing forms and views in a Web application
      Maximum Internet name-and-password access
      Requiring an SSL connection to a database
    Domino server and Notes user IDs
      Certificates
        Viewing the certificates on an ID
      Password-protection for Notes and Domino IDs
      The password quality scale
      Verifying user passwords during authentication
      Setting up password verification
      Custom password policies
      Assigning multiple passwords to server and certifier IDs
      Using Notes shared login to suppress password prompts
        Enabling shared login
        Disabling shared login
        Notifying users when shared login is activated or deactivated
      Using Notes client single logon to synchronize Notes and OS passwords
      Notes ID vault
        How an ID vault works
        ID vault security
        Planning an ID vault deployment
          ID vault limitations
          ID vault trust
          ID vault password reset security
          Security for server ID files and the vault ID file
          Authorization for ID downloads
          ID vault servers
          ID vault management roles
          ID vault backup and recovery
        ID vault FAQs
        Creating and configuring an ID vault
          Creating an ID vault
          Specifying the organizations that trust an ID vault
          Assigning password reset authority
            Setting up the sample self-service application to allow ID vault users to reset their Notes passwords
          Assigning users to a vault
          Enabling programs that store IDs in databases to use a vault
          Adding or removing ID vault servers
          Adding or removing vault administrators
          Providing instructions for users who forget their passwords
          Specifying whether to require users to change passwords that have been reset
          Requiring authorization for ID downloads
          Changing the password on the vault ID file
          Creating or editing ID vault policy settings documents manually
        Deleting an ID vault
        Viewing user IDs in a vault
        Managing the user IDs in an ID vault
          Resetting the password on an ID in a vault
          Specifying the number of ID downloads allowed for a user
          Extracting an ID file from a vault
          Deleting an ID from a vault or marking an ID inactive
        Troubleshooting an ID vault configuration
        ID vault NOTES.INI settings
      ID recovery
        Setting up ID recovery
        Preparing IDs for recovery
        Recovering an ID
        Changing administrator information for ID recovery
      Public key security
        Creating a new Notes public key and adding it to the Domino Directory
        Adding a Notes public key to the Domino Directory
      User and server key rollover
      Certificate authority key rollover
        Assigning a new key pair to a certifer
        Rolling over cross-certificates
      Using cross-certificates to access servers and send secure S/MIME messages
      Adding cross-certificates to the Domino Directory or Personal Address Book
        Examples of cross-certification
        Adding a Notes or Internet cross-certificate on demand
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate by phone
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by postal service
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by Notes mail
        Creating a cross-certificate from a user's Person document
        Creating a cross-certificate from a Notes certifier
        Displaying cross-certificates
    The execution control list
      ECL security access options
      Administration ECLs
        Default ECL settings
        Creating administration ECLs
        Editing administration ECLs
        Collecting information for a new administration ECL
        Administration ECL key
      Deploying and updating workstation ECLs
    Domino server-based certification authority
      Setting up a server-based Domino certification authority
      Administering a Domino CA
      Migrating a certifier to the CA process
      Adding a certifier to the CA process
      Viewing certifiers running under the CA process
      Creating a certifier for a server-based CA
        Key usage extensions and extended key usage
      Creating the Certificate Requests database
      Setting up SSL on a server-based CA server
      Signing server certificates using the Certificate Requests database
      Modifying a server-based CA
      Viewing certificate requests
      Revoking a certificate
      Backing up and recovering a certifier
      Disabling a certifier
      Using a Domino 5 certificate authority
    SSL security
      Setting up SSL on a Domino server
        Setting up the Server Certificate Admin application
        Creating a server key ring file
        Requesting an SSL server certificate
        Merging a CA certificate as a trusted root
        Default Domino SSL trusted roots
        Signing server certificates
        Merging a server certificate into the key ring file
        SSL port configuration
        Configuring a port for SSL
        Requiring an SSL connection to a server
      Setting up database access for SSL clients
      Managing server certificates and certificate requests
        Viewing SSL server certificates
        Changing the password for the server key ring file
        Marking or unmarking a CA's certificate as a trusted root
        Viewing requests for certificates
        Renewing expired certificates
      Creating a self-certified certificate to test SSL certification
      Creating an Internet cross-certificate for server-to-server SSL
      Modifying SSL cipher restrictions
      Authenticating Web SSL clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      SSL session resumption
    SSL and S/MIME for clients
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL authentication
      Pushing trusted certificates to Lotus Notes clients
        Importing an Internet certifier into the Domino Directory
        Creating an Internet cross-certificate in the Domino Directory from a certifier document
        Pushing certificates to clients through security policy settings
        How users can obtain trusted certificates manually
          Creating an Internet cross-certificate for a CA
      Internet certificates for SSL and S/MIME
        Issuing Internet certificates in a Person document
        Signing an Internet client certificate and adding the certificate to the Domino Directory
        Exporting and importing Internet certificates
        Viewing and deleting Internet certificates
      Setting up Notes clients for S/MIME
        Creating Internet certificates for Notes S/MIME clients
        Adding an Internet certificate and cross-certificate for encrypted S/MIME messages
        Dual Internet certificates for S/MIME encryption and signatures
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL client authentication
        Setting up a Person document for an Internet user using SSL client authentication
        Publishing third-party CA client certificates in a Person record
      Setting up SSL for Notes or Domino using SMTP
      Using SSL when setting up directory assistance for LDAP directories
      OCSP for X.509 certificate revocation checking
    Encryption
      AES encryption
      Configuring encryption for ID files
      Mail encryption
        Encrypting mail
        Configuring AES for mail and document encryption
        Viewing the signing and encryption status of Notes mail
        Using X.509 certificates for mail and document encryption
        Using S/MIME format when sending encrypted mail to mobile device users
      Electronic signatures
    Name-and-password authentication for Internet/intranet clients
      Setting up basic name-and-password authentication
      Session-based name-and-password authentication for Web clients
        Setting up session-based name-and-password authentication
        Customizing the HTML log-in form
        Overriding session authentication
      Controlling the level of authentication for Internet clients
        Examples of names allowed for Internet client authentication
        Authenticating Internet name-and-password clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      Managing Internet passwords
        Securing Internet passwords
      Anonymous Internet/intranet access
        Setting up Internet/intranet clients for anonymous access
      Validation and authentication for Internet/intranet clients
    Multi-server session-based authentication (single sign-on)
      Creating a Web SSO configuration document
      Enabling single sign-on and basic authentication
      Setting up the Web SSO Configuration document for more than one Domino domain
      Configuring user name mapping in the SSO LTPA token
      Caching Internet password changes for SSO
      Setting up Windows single sign-on for Web clients
        Windows single sign-on for Web clients across multiple Active Directory domains
        Considerations if you deploy a DSAPI filter in a Windows single sign-on environment
        Preparing a Domino server for Windows single sign-on for Web clients
          Setting up separate Web sites for participating and non-participating Web clients
        Setting up the Windows service for Domino
          Deciding which accounts to assign the SPNs to
          Assigning SPNs using the domspnego utility
          Assigning SPNs without using the domspnego utility
            Manually recording DNS names to be used in SPNs
            Assigning SPNs using the setspn utility
          Examples of account choices and SPNs
          Verifying that the Domino server is logged on under the correct account
        Configuring user name mapping in a Windows single sign-on for Web clients environment
          Configuring user name mapping when you manage Domino users through Domino Directory
          Configuring user name mapping when you manage Domino users through Active Directory
        Configuring Web client browsers for Windows single sign-on
        Troubleshooting Windows single sign-on for Web clients
  Clusters
    Cluster benefits and requirements
      What is a Domino cluster?
      Clustering requirements
    How Domino clustering works
      Clustering basics
      How failover works
        When failover occurs
        How Domino finds a replica during failover
      How workload balancing works
      The cluster components
      How replication works in a cluster
      Mail failover in a cluster
      How calendars work in a cluster
      How operating system clusters work
    Planning a cluster
      Determining how many servers to include in a cluster
      Determining the number and placement of replicas in a cluster
      Distributing databases in a cluster
      Determining whether to create a private LAN for your cluster
      Clustering over a wide area network
      Fault recovery in a cluster
      Examples of cluster configurations
        Example of clustering two servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering three servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering six servers for mail and applications
        Examples of clustering hub servers
        Example of clustering for disaster preparedness
        Example of clustering partitioned servers
        Example of clustering passthru servers
        Example of using a Domino cluster with an operating system cluster
    Setting up a cluster
      Before you create a cluster
      Creating a cluster
        The cluster creation process
      Verifying that the cluster was created correctly
        Using Cluster Analysis to check the cluster configuration
        Running Cluster Analysis
      Managing user access to databases
      Creating replicas in a cluster
      Setting up mail in a cluster
        Creating mail database replicas in a cluster during user registration
      Using standard replication in a cluster
        Scheduled replication in a cluster
        Replicating with all servers in a cluster
      Enabling the display of cluster replication status messages
      Obeying database size quotas during cluster replication
      Using directory assistance in a cluster
      Setting up roaming servers in a cluster
      Setting up cluster access for mobile users
      Using the Server Web Navigator in a cluster
      Setting up a private LAN for a cluster
    Managing and monitoring a cluster
      Monitoring a cluster
        Displaying a list of cluster members and their availability
        Enabling statistic reporting in the Monitoring Results database
        Viewing Cluster Manager events and statistics
        Viewing cluster replication events and statistics
        Using Tell commands to display cluster replication information
        Monitoring all the servers in a cluster at the same time
      Balancing the workload in a cluster
        Limiting the workload of a server
        The server availability index
        Choosing the server availability threshold
          Setting the server availability threshold
        Setting the maximum number of users on a server
        Redistributing replicas
        Using Activity Trends and Server Health Monitoring in a cluster
      Improving server availability in a cluster
      Managing failover in a cluster
      Streaming cluster replication
      Managing replication in a cluster
      Configuring and controlling cluster replication
        Using multiple Cluster Replicators
        Disabling cluster replication for an entire server
        Disabling cluster replication for specific databases
        Pausing cluster replication
        Resuming cluster replication
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to retry failed replications immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to update the Cluster Database Directory information immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to log immediately
      Creating configuration settings for all servers in a cluster
      Managing database availability in a cluster
        Making a database unavailable for user access
        Making an "out of service" database available again
        Deleting databases from a cluster
      Adding a server to a cluster
        What occurs when you add a server to a cluster
      Removing a server from a cluster
        What occurs when you remove a server from a cluster
      Moving a server from one cluster to another
      Viewing information in the Cluster Database Directory
        Creating a new Cluster Database Directory
    Clustering Domino servers that run Internet protocols
      How the Internet Cluster Manager works
      Generating URLs that refer to the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Planning to use the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Example of a single ICM outside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs outside the cluster
        Example of a single ICM inside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs inside the cluster
        Example of one ICM outside the cluster and one ICM inside the cluster
      Configuring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Setting up a separate IP address for the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Starting the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Failover and workload balancing
      Security in a cluster
      Managing and monitoring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Compatibility of the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM) with previous releases of Domino
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for HTTP and POP3 failover
      Setting up cluster failover for IMAP
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for LDAP failover
    Cluster statistics
      Cluster Manager statistics
      Cluster Replicator statistics
      Internet Cluster Manager statistics
  Domino Off-Line Services
    Overview of DOLS administrator tasks
    Creating a DOLS Offline Security Policy document
    Increasing security for DOLS subscriptions
    Increasing the server's output timeout for DOLS downloads
    Configuring the DOLS subscription
    Setting up agents for the DOLS subscription
    Optional tasks for DOLS administrators
      Adding a directory catalog to a DOLS subscription
      Viewing DOLS download information
      Reducing DOLS download time with the client installation CD
      Reducing DOLS download time with selective replication
      Web Control instructions for DOLS users
    DOLS troubleshooting and error messages
  Service Provider
    Planning the xSP server environment
      Example of planning a hosted environment
      Ways to set up a service provider environment
      Securing the service provider environment
      Using Domino features in a hosted server environment
      Planning the IP Address configurations in a hosted environment
      Planning the distribution of hosted organization data
      Deciding which protocols and services to offer in the xSP environment
      Using activity logging for billing at hosted organizations
      Deciding which applications to offer multiple hosted organizations
    Setting up the service provider environment
      Installing the first server or additional servers for hosted environments
      Setting up a hosted organization
      Setting up the Domino certificate authority for hosted organizations
      Using policies in a hosted environment
      What happens when you register a hosted organization?
      Example of registering a hosted organization
      Registering a hosted organization
      Binding the IP addresses of the hosted organization to the xSP server
      Creating loopback addresses in a hosted environment
      Using Internet and Web Site documents in a hosted environment
      Configuring Internet sites with Web Site and Internet Site documents
      Global Web Settings documents and the service provider environment
      Editing a Global Web Settings document
      Configuring activity logging for billing hosted organizations
      Viewing logged activity data in a hosted environment
    Maintaining hosted organizations
      Adding a hosted organization to an additional server to provide new Web applications
      Deleting a hosted organization
      Temporarily disabling services for a hosted organization
      Enabling anonymous access to a hosted organization's database
      Preventing users from viewing ADMIN4.NSF in a hosted environment
      Moving a hosted organization to another server
      Removing a hosted organization from a backup or load-balancing server
      Restoring a hosted environment after a server crash
      How the Domino service provider software responds to a DNS outage
      Using a browser to access a hosted organization's Web site
      Using the Resource Reservations database in a hosted environment
      Viewing hosted organizations
      Managing Users at a hosted organization
      Using the Web Administrator to manage users at a hosted organization
      Addressing messages to users at a hosted organization
  Database Management
    Database design, management, and administration
      Creating a database
      Rolling out a database
      Copying a new database to a server
      Creating a Mail-In Database document for a new database
      Signing a database or template
      About composite applications
      Deleting databases
    Organizing databases on a server
      Creating and deleting directory folders
      Creating, updating, and deleting directory and database links
    Full-text indexes for single databases
      Security and full-text indexes for single databases
      Restricted field names in full-text indexing
      Creating and updating full-text indexes for single databases
        Setting a schedule for Updall in a Program document
      Changing update frequency for a database's full-text index
      Manually updating full-text indexes for single databases
      Deleting full-text indexes for single databases
    Database libraries
      Creating a database library and assigning librarians
      Publishing databases in a library
    Database catalogs
      Setting up a server's database catalog
    The Files tab in the Domino Administrator
      Choosing the types of files you see in the Files tab
      Choosing the folder contents you see in the Files tab
      Customizing the columns in the Files tab
      Managing databases with the Files tab
      Managing folders and links with the Files tab
      Displaying disk space information with the Files tab
    Monitoring replication of a database
      The database replication history
      Displaying and clearing the replication history
      Viewing replication events in the log file
      Replication or save conflicts
        Consolidating replication or save conflicts
    Monitoring database activity
      Viewing database activity statistics generated by the Statlog task
      Managing database activity recording in databases
    Replicating unread marks
    Updating database indexes and views
      Indexer tasks: Update and Updall
      Updall options
        Running the Updall task
      Keyboard shortcuts that update or rebuild views
      Running multiple Update tasks
      Changing the temporary folder used for view rebuilds
      Managing view indexes
    Synchronizing databases with master templates
    Fixing corrupted databases
      Using Fixup
      Fixup options
        Running the Fixup task
    Moving databases
      Moving databases using the Administration Process
      Moving a database without using the Administration Process
    Using load convert to convert non-mail databases
    Redirecting client references to databases
      Creating a database redirect
    Running a database analysis
      Database analysis
    Attachment consolidation
      Marking a database for attachment consolidation
      Specifying server settings for attachment consolidation
      How attachment consolidation works
      The Domino Attachment and Object Service (DAOS)
      Managing the attachment storage repository
      How using attachment consolidation affects a user's mail file quota
      Object copy optimization for DAOS
      Encrypting consolidated attachments
  Monitoring
    Monitoring the Domino system
      Monitoring Configuration database
      Monitoring server shutdown
      Monitoring processes running in the Domino server environment
      Monitoring events on the Domino system
      Event generators
        Starting and stopping the ISpy task
        Disabling an event generator
        Using event generator and event handler wizards
      Event handlers
        Event handler notification methods
          Using an API to create an event notification method
          Forwarding an event to the Tivoli Enterprise Console
          Passing event parameters using the Run Program notification method
          Setting, modifying or deleting the Java server controller user's ID properties
          Creating a Connection document for use with a Java controller command
        Event types used to specify event criteria
        Creating an event handler
        Disabling an event handler
        Creating log filters
        Viewing event handlers and log filters
      Viewing an event report
      Viewing event messages, causes, and solutions
      Customizing the appearance of the Domino server console and Domino Administrator console
        Using the Domino Administrator server console to monitor events
      Statistics and the Domino system
        Statistic Collector task
        Setting Administration Preferences for monitoring and statistics
        Creating a Server Statistic Collection document
        Server statistics and replication status
      Platform statistics
        Viewing platform statistics
        Controlling platform statistics reporting
        Evaluating platform statistics
        Viewing information about platform statistics
        Disabling platform statistics
      Using the Domino Administrator to monitor statistics
        Viewing statistics reports
        Viewing default statistic thresholds
        Viewing descriptions of statistics
        Creating a new statistic
        Exporting statistics to a spreadsheet
      Using mail-in statistics
      Charting statistics
        Creating statistic profiles
        Displaying and manipulating statistic charts
        Modifying statistic profiles
    Server Health Monitor
      Table of Server Health Monitor statistics
      Table of Server Health Monitor ratings
        Setting up the Server Health Monitor
        Starting the Server Health Monitor
      Using the Server Health Monitor
        Selecting server components to include in health reports
        Setting up statistic alarms for the Server Health Monitor
        Modifying threshold values for the Server Health Monitor
      Server Health reports
        Displaying Server Health reports
        Changing the purge interval for historical health reports
        Improving the performance of the Server Health Monitor
      Working with Server Health Monitor statistics
        Monitoring server health in the Domino server monitor
      Viewing server health with the Server Health Monitor
        Excluding a server from the Server Health Monitor report documents
        Charting Server Health Monitor statistics
    Domino Domain Monitoring (DDM)
      Domino domain monitoring
      DDM probes
        Scheduling DDM probes
        Administration probe
          Creating Administration probes
        Application Code probes
          Creating Application Code probes
        Database probes
          Creating Database probes
        Directory Probes
          Creating Directory probes
        Messaging probes
          Creating Messaging probes
        Operating System probes
          Creating Operating System probes
        Replication probes
          Creating Replication probes
        Security probes
          Creating Security probes
        Server probes
          Creating Server probes
        Web probes
          Creating Web probes
      Maintaining DDM Probes
        Enabling and disabling DDM probes
        Editing a DDM Probe document
        Deleting a DDM Probe document
        Reporting DDM operating system probe events to Tivoli Enterprise Console
        Viewing DDM Probe documents
      DDM server collection hierarchy
      Managing the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Creating a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Changing a DDM collection server
        Deleting a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Adding subordinate servers to the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Removing servers from the DDM server collection hierarchy
      Domino Domain Monitor database (DDM.NSF)
      Specifying ACL settings and roles in the DDM database
      Viewing events in the Domino Domain Monitor database
      Event-related documents
        Using the Server and Addin Task Event document
          Setting the event severity and suppression time settings
          Disabling Lotus entries
          Modifying Basic settings for an event
          Creating custom entries
          Modifying custom entries
          Deleting custom entries
          Adding or Editing Stock Entries
          Creating a Server and Addin Task Event document
        Merging modified Stock entries into upgraded stock entries
        Merging modified Stock entries into Modular documents
        Using Modular documents
          Creating a Modular document
          Editing Modular documents
          Disabling a modular document
      Maintaining the Domino Domain Monitor database
        Assigning events in the DDM database to an administrator
        Changing the state of an event in DDM
        Controlling the content and size of the DDM database
        Opening DDM.NSF at Domino Administrator client startup
        Viewing correlated events in DDM
        Reassigning an event in the DDM database to an administrator
        Resolving an event
      Using IBM Lotus instant messaging in the Domino domain monitor database
      Filtering events in DDM
        Filtering DDM events
        Modifying a DDM filter
        Deleting a DDM filter
    The Domino SNMP Agent
      Domino SNMP Agent architecture
      About the Domino MIB
      System requirements for the Domino SNMP Agent
      Special considerations for partitioned servers
      Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Microsoft Windows
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for AIX
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Linux
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Solaris
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for z/OS
        Completing the configuration of the Domino SNMP Agent
        Manually starting and stopping the Domino SNMP Agent
        Using NET-SNMP with the Domino SNMP Agent
      Using the Domino MIB with your SNMP management station
        Configuring traps for HP OpenView
        Configuring traps for Domino events
        Configuring traps for NetView for AIX
      Troubleshooting the Domino SNMP Agent
    Managing servers
      Changing the server administrator
      Setting and managing passwords for the server console
      Decommissioning a Domain Search server
      Decommissioning a server
      Deleting a server name
      Finding a server name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Recertifying a server ID
      Uninstalling a Domino partitioned server
      Upgrading a server name to hierarchical
      Reinstalling or moving a Domino server from one computer to another
      Transaction logging
        How transaction logging works
        Planning for transaction logging
        Setting up a Domino server for transaction logging
        Changing transaction logging settings
        Disabling transaction logging for a specific database
        View logging
        Using transaction logging for recovery
        Fault recovery
        Enabling fault recovery
        Specifying a cleanup script for fault recovery
      Setting up a Fault Reports database
      Installing and running NSD as a Microsoft Windows service
      Client and server diagnostics
      Collecting diagnostic information after a server or client crash
        Writing status bar history to a log file
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on clients
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on the server
        Enabling the Fault Analyzer task on the server
      Using the IBM_TECHNICAL_SUPPORT directory
      The Domino server log (LOG.NSF)
        Controlling the size of the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Recording additional information in the log file
        Viewing the log file (LOG.NSF)
        Searching the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Analyzing Domino log files using an older Domino server
        Searching the log file for ID vault events
      The Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Setting up the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Viewing the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Logging Domino Web server requests
        Domino Web server logging to text files
          Setting up Domino Web server logging to text files
      Using console log mirroring
      Using the Domino Configuration Tuner to evaluate server settings
      Activity Logging
        The information in the log file
          Activity logging records
          Agent activity logging
          HTTP activity logging
          IMAP activity logging
          LDAP activity logging
          Mail activity logging
          Notes session activity logging
          Notes database activity logging
          Notes passthru activity logging
          POP3 activity logging
          Replication activity logging
          SMTP activity logging
          Example of creating activity logging records
        Configuring activity logging
          Limiting the amount of attribute information logged for LDAP Add and LDAP Modify activity
        Viewing activity logging data
    Overview of server maintenance
      Server maintenance checklist
      Backing up the Domino server
      Backing up servers that participate in attachment consolidation (DAOS)
  Performance
    Activity Trends
      Setting up Activity Trends
        Enabling activity logging and setting up Activity Trends
      Understanding how Activity Trends collects data
      Activity Trends server and statistics profiles
        Creating an Activity Trends server profile
        Trends server profile
        Deleting an Activity Trends server profile
        Modifying an Activity Trends statistics profile
        Viewing Activity Trends charts
      Resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Setting up resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Specifying database and server locations for resource balancing
        Setting charting options for resource balancing
      Primary and secondary goals for resource balancing
        Setting primary and secondary resource-balancing goals
        Specifying which databases can move during resource balancing
      Understanding resource-balancing behavior
        Customizing resource-balancing behavior
      Analyzing resource-balancing distributions
      Creating a proposal for balanced resources
        Comparing current and projected resource balances
      Evaluating server activity for resource balancing
      Understanding current and projected profile charts
      Using resource balancing in Activity Trends to decommission a server
        Editing server properties for resource balancing
        Filtering servers used during resource balancing
        Pinning additional databases during resource balancing
        Displaying additional statistics during resource balancing
        Changing the layout of the Activity Trends view
      Submitting a resource-balancing plan to the Domino Change Manager
      Domino Change Manager
        Setting up Domino Change Manager
        Specifying maximum concurrent tasks for Domino Change Manager
      Using the Tell ChangeMan command at the Domino console
      ACLs for the Domino Change Control database
      Default ACL settings for the Domino Change Control database
      Setting ACLs for mail database moves during resource balancing
      Resource-balancing plans
      Database move sequences
        Choosing how database moves are executed
        Viewing database moves
        Preparing a plan document for resource balancing
        Creating an approval profile for resource balancing
        Viewing the status of resource-balancing plans
      Setting up plan documents for resource balancing
      Working with Domino Change Manager constraints
        Creating constraints in the Domino Change Manager
        Creating constraint sets in the Domino Change Manager
        Working with plan variables
        Editing and creating plan variables
        Creating plan notification messages
    Server.Load
      Server.Load agents
      Server.Load metrics and messaging statistics
        HTTP messaging statistics
        Monitoring Server.Load metrics
      Setting up clients and servers for Server.Load
      Built-in and custom Server.Load scripts
        Tips for running a Server.Load test
        Server.Load test parameters
        Running a custom Server.Load script
        Modifying a built-in Server.Load script
        Saving Server.Load settings
        Testing a Server.Load command
        Changing a Server.Load script variable
        Setting a Server.Load stop condition
      Running the built-in Server.Load workloads
        Cluster Mail Initialization workload
        Cluster Mail workload
        R5IMAP Initialization workload
        R5IMAP workload
        R6IMAP Initialization workload
        R6IMAP workload
        iNotes Initialization workload
        R5iNotes workload
        R6iNotes workload
        NRPC Mail Initialization workload
        R5 Simple Mail Routing workload
        R6 Mail Routing workload
        N8Mail Initialization workload
        N8Mail and N7Mail workloads
        SMTP and POP3 Initialization workload
        SMTP and POP3 workload
        The Sametime workloads
          Sametime 7.0 Initialization workload
          Sametime 7.0 Instant Messaging Workload
          Sametime 7.5 Instant Messaging workload
        Idle workload
        R5 Shared Database workload
        Web Idle workload
        Web Mail Initialization workload
        Web Mail workload
        Workload Data Collection and Workload Data Rollup scripts
          Using the Workload Data Rollup script to roll up collected data
          Generating output of per-command response times in Server.Load
          Running the Workload Data Rollup script
    Setting advanced database properties
      Database properties that optimize database performance
        Setting database properties that optimize database performance
      Soft deletions
      Using database design compression
      Using document body compression
      The database cache
        Monitoring the database cache
        Managing the database cache
        Controlling database size
      Tools for monitoring database size
      Monitoring database size
      Compacting databases
        Ways to compact databases
      Determining the file format of a database
      Compact options
        Running Compact using the Files tab
        Running Compact using the Task - Start tool
        Running Compact using a console command
        Running Compact using a Program document
      Database size quotas
        Setting database size quotas
      Deleting inactive documents
        Running the document archiving tool
        Viewing a document Archiving Log
        Using an agent to delete and archive documents
        Examples of using an agent to delete and archive documents
      Allowing more fields in a database
    Improving Domino server performance
      Tools for measuring server performance
      Improving basic server performance and capacity
        NOTES.INI settings that affect Domino server performance
        Database properties that affect system performance
      Improving partitioned server performance and capacity
      Improving Agent Manager performance
      Updating the design of an enabled agent
      Improving server performance using the configuration collector
      Improving database and Domino Directory performance
      Tips for tuning mail performance
      Improving Windows server performance
      Improving UNIX server performance
      Sources for improving server performance
  Accessibility features for Domino Administrator
    Enabling and using extended accelerator keys
    Keyboard shortcuts
    Keyboard shortcuts for the Domino Administrator user interface
    Keyboard shortcuts for databases
    Keyboard shortcuts for dialog boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for properties boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for documents
    Keyboard shortcuts to select and move text in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to move the cursor in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to change text and paragraph properties in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts when working in views
  Troubleshooting
    Troubleshooting tools
      Searching the Lotus Support Services Web site
      Contacting Lotus Support Services
    Troubleshooting the Domino system
      Administration Process -- Troubleshooting
        Administration Process -- Problems and error messages
        How to troubleshoot the Administration Process
      Administrator Client -- Troubleshooting
        Output data incomplete when running Administrator client on a remote console
      Agent Manager and agents -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting Agent Manager and agents
        Agent manager and agents -- Problems and error messages
        Agent Manager isn't working as expected
        An agent isn't running as expected
        An agent doesn't run to completion
        An agent isn't running at the expected times
        The Escrow agent isn't working
        Users can't create agents
      Attachment consolidation (DAOS) -- Troubleshooting
        The DAOS catalog does not exist
        The DAOS catalog cannot be created. DAOS cannot operate normally.
        The DAOS catalog cannot be updated
        The database <database> attempted to access a missing file: <.NLO file>
        The database <database> was unable to open or read the file <.NLO file>
        The database <database> was unable to write to file <NLO file>
        The database <database> appears to have changed at an OS level
        DAOS was unable to rebuild the list of external files while trying to resynchronize
        DAOS was unable to scan the database <database> to gather its DAOS tickets while trying to resynchronize
        The database <database> has caused DAOS to postpone deletions until it can resynchronize
        The DAOS catalog cannot be opened. DAOS cannot operate normally.
        The DAOS catalog cannot be resynchronized. DAOS deletions will be postponed
      Clusters - Troubleshooting
        Some database changes are not replicating quickly to other servers.
        Client requests do not fail over for certain databases even though the replicas are listed in the Cluster Database Directory
        Although I marked a database Out of Service, users can still open it
        The Cluster Database Directory includes two copies of the database documents for all the databases on a particular server
        The value of the Replica.Cluster.Retry.Waiting statistic is greater than zero
        "Cluster Replicator was unable to configure using Cluster Database Directory cldbdir.nsf: File does not exist"
        Private folders do not replicate from one clustered database to another
        "HTTP Server Initialization error. Could not bind port 80. Port may be in use."
        The Server Web Navigator does not fail over
        Clients receive the message "Server Not Responding" instead of failing over
      Database performance -- Troubleshooting
        Users cannot access the database
        Users experience a delay when accessing the database
        Resolving conflicts when names are assigned to more than one access level
        Using Groups and Roles to determine what controls user access
        Using Find Note to analyze a document reported in the log file
      Domino and DB2 configuration -- Troubleshooting
        Tools and methods for troubleshooting the Domino and DB2 configuration
          Running the Extract and Reload NSFDB2 Tool
          Verifying DB2 parameters
          Verifying that the DB2 server is running
        Resolving problems with user accounts and passwords on Domino with DB2
          Password or account problems with OS account used to start DB2 services
          Password or account problem with DB2 account used by Domino to communicate with DB2
          Cannot access DB2 enabled Notes database when working with DAVs
        DB2 Error Messages -- Troubleshooting
          Resolving errors when using SELECT
          Resolving error "An RM error occurred. Unable to initialize DB2 services"
          Resolving error "SQL30020N with Reason Code "0x124C"("0214")"
          Resolving error SQL0964C "The transaction log for the database is full"
          Resolving error "SQL0956C Not enough storage is available in the application heap to process the statement"
          Resolving error "SQL09568C The file system is full. SQLSTATE=57011
          Resolving error 0803N
          Resolving error "failed to extend tablespace"
          Resolving error caused by starting DB2-enabled server twice
          Database cannot be created
          ICL must be an NSF not a DB2-backed database
        Creating a service dependency for Domino and DB2
        Use caution when deleting DB2 objects
        NSFDB2 databases require Domino 6.X or more recent
        Domino does not connect to its DB2 database or has difficulty connecting
      Domino Web Access -- Troubleshooting
      Directories -- Troubleshooting
        Directory assistance -- Troubleshooting
          Internet user authentication using a secondary Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog fails
          Internet user authentication using an LDAP directory fails
          Database authorization using groups in a secondary directory fails
          Searches in a secondary Domino Directory configured in directory assistance fail
          "Directory assistance could not access Public Address Book on Server x, error is Server Not Responding"
        Directory catalogs -- Troubleshooting
          Names are missing from the directory catalog
          Users can't use type-ahead addressing to look up names in a condensed Directory Catalog
          Domino isn't searching a directory catalog on a server
          Internet user name-and-password authentication using a condensed Directory Catalog fails
          LDAP searches of a condensed Directory Catalog aren't working
          A condensed Directory Catalog is not full-text indexed or the full-text index is corrupted
          User Setup Profile doesn't push Mobile Directory Catalogs to users
          Router is finding the same name in multiple directories even though the "Exhaustive lookup" setting is disabled
          Users can't do full-text searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        LDAP service -- Troubleshooting
          Name and password authentication fails for LDAP clients connecting to the LDAP service
          LDAP searches are slow
          Anonymous LDAP users can't search certain fields
          "LDAP Server: Initialization failure: The full text index needs to be rebuilt"
          LDAP searches don't return a cn attribute
          LDAP error "Insufficient Access" returned on an LDAP Add operation
          LDAP clients can't connect to the LDAP service over SSL when the server uses a self-signed Domino server certificate
          LDAP service and remote search operations
        Extended ACL -- Troubleshooting
          The access specified for subject is different than the subject's actual access
          The Target box doesn't show documents
          I can't change a subject's access to a target
          Notes and Web users are getting unexpected results when accessing the directory
          "Extended access controls are enabled in this domain. You must modify the Domino Directory on a version 6 or later Domino server."
          Allowing users to see column values when extended ACLs are used
          Maximum Internet name and password settings with Extended Access
          NAMELookups to Remote Directories with Extended ACLs
      Mail routing -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting mail routing
        Mail routing -- Problems and error messages
        User can't receive any mail, including mail sent by users whose mail files are on the same server
        "File is in use by another process"
        "NAMES.NSF does not contain a required view" appears when sending mail to users on the same mail server
        "No route found to Domain x from Server y"
        "Router: Possibly no DOMAIN set; use SET CONFIG DOMAIN=name to set it; or replace the Name and Address Book design."
        "Server Error: File Does Not Exist"
        "User name is not unique" in a Delivery Failure Report
        "User not listed in the Public Address Book" appears with returned mail
        Users unexpectedly required to include @domainname after each address
        How to troubleshoot mail routing
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect mail
        Checking the sender's and/or recipient's workstation for errors that affect mail
        Checking the server for errors that affect mail
      Meeting and resource scheduling -- Troubleshooting
        Meeting and resource scheduling -- Problems and error messages
        Free time information isn't available
        "Can't Find User in Name and Address Book"
        "Cannot perform this action locally"
        "No resource/room found for time and/or capacity requirements"
        Troubleshooting Schedule Manager errors reported in the log
      Platform statistics -- Troubleshooting
        Platform statistics are not fully initialized
        Setting up platform statistics on Windows systems
        System configuration issue for platform statistics on Windows systems
      Network connections over NRPC -- Troubleshooting
        Troubleshooting TCP/IP problems for NRPC
          Tools for troubleshooting TCP/IP
          TCP/IP error messages -- Server only
          TCP/IP error messages -- Client or server
          How to troubleshoot TCP/IP problems in NRPC
            Checking NRPC connectivity in TCP/IP
            Checking TCP/IP name resolution in NRPC
            Checking a TCP/IP network pathway
          TCP/IP frame types
      Network dialup connections -- Troubleshooting
        Testing network connections using the ping utility
        Tracing a network connection
      Partitioned servers -- Troubleshooting
        "Server exiting: partition number xx is already in use"
        "Server not responding" connecting to a partitioned server
      Passthru connections -- Troubleshooting
      Remote Server Console -- Troubleshooting
        Administrator client on the remote live console -- output data appears incomplete
      Replication -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting replication
        Replication -- Problems and error messages
        Replication isn't occurring between two servers
        Scheduled replication isn't occurring between two servers
        One database isn't replicating between two servers
        Database replica does not contain all the documents it should
        Database replica is not receiving design changes
        Changes to the database title do not replicate
        Database replicas are different sizes
        The database stops replicating and the option Enforce a consistent ACL is selected
        The database replica has not received ACL changes
        The new replica contains the ACL of the source server but you did not copy the ACL
        You see the message "Database is not fully initialized yet"
        Deletions are not replicating
        Unexpected deletions occur in a replica
        Deleted documents reappear
      Roaming Users -- Troubleshooting
        Using NOTES.INI settings to troubleshoot roaming user configurations
      Server-based certification authority -- Troubleshooting
      Server access -- Troubleshooting
        The administrator can't enter commands at the server
        Users can't see a new server in the list of servers
        Server not responding
        "You are not authorized to access the server" or similar problems
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect server access
        Checking the server ID for a problem that affects server access
        Replacing the server ID
        Copying the public key
      Server crashes -- Troubleshooting
        How to troubleshoot server crashes
        Server crashes -- Problems and error messages
        Corrupt database causes a server to crash
        Corrupt view causes a server to crash
        Server crashes while updating a database index
        The Router task causes the server to crash
        NSD log files
      Server Health Monitoring -- Troubleshooting
      Smart Upgrade -- Troubleshooting
        Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports are not being created
        Using the Smart Upgrade Log file for troubleshooting
      Transaction logging -- Troubleshooting
      Web server, Web Navigator, and the Web Administrator -- Troubleshooting
        Web server -- Problems and error messages
        Users are prompted multiple times for their name and password
        Users can't access a Domino Web server via the Internet
        Users can't see a list of files on a Web server or access a database
        Browser receives error message "Single Sign-on not Configured" when accessing an SSO enabled server
        Debugging session-based authentication problems
        "Error 403 - Directory Browsing error -- Access forbidden"
        Web Navigator - Problems and error messages
        Users can't send mail to the Internet from a mailto URL
        "TCP/IP host unknown" and "Remote system not responding"
        "URL Access Denied" message trying to open certain Web pages
        "The Web Navigator Retrieval process is not running"
        Web Administrator -- Problems and error messages
        Unable to log in to the Web Administrator
        New policies do not appear as an option when registering users
      Server.Load -- Troubleshooting
  Reference
    Domino server commands
      Domino and DB2 server commands
      Using a console to send commands to a server
        Capturing server command output in a file
      Entering commands at the console at the server
      Sending Controller and shell commands from a remote console
      Sending commands from the Domino Administrator console
        Adding commands to the Commands menu
        Adding a group of servers to the Send menu
      Sending commands from a Web Administrator console
      Using the Domino Character Console to access the server console
    Domino server tasks
      Running server tasks
    Editing the NOTES.INI file
      Assigning Notes.INI settings through user policies
      NOTES.INI Settings
        AdminPInterval
        AdminPModifyPersonDocumentsAt
        AMgr_DocUpdateAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_DocUpdateEventDelay
        AMgr_NewMailAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_NewMailEventDelay
        AMgr_WeekendDays
        BillingAddinOutput
        BillingAddinRuntime
        BillingAddinWakeup
        BillingClass
        BillingSuppressTime
        Clrepl_Obeys_Quotas
        Cluster_Replicators
        Cluster_TCPIPAddress
        Country_Language
        Default_Index_Lifetime_Days
        Disable_Cluster_Replicator
        KillProcess
        Log_AgentManager
        Log_MailRouting
        Log_Replication
        Log_Sessions
        Log_Tasks
        Log_View_Events
        Mail_Log_To_MiscEvents
        MailClusterFailover
        MailDisablePriority
        MailLowPriorityTime
        MailMaxThreads
        MailTimeout
        Memory_Quota
        Name_Change_Expiration_Days
        NetWareNDSName
        No_Force_Activity_Logging
        NSF_Buffer_Pool_Size
        NWNDSPassword
        NWNDSUserID
        Platform_CSID
        Repl_Error_Tolerance
        Repl_Push_Retries
        Replicators
        ReportUseMail
        Schema_Daemon_Resynctime
        Server_Availability_Threshold
        Server_Cluster_Default_Port
        Server_MaxSessions
        Server_MaxUsers
        ServerPullReplication
        Server_Restricted
        Server_Session_Timeout
        Server_Show_Performance
        Show_Task_Detail
        TCPIP_TCPIPAddress
        Update_No_Fulltext
        Updaters
        Update_Suppression_Limit
        Update_Suppression_Time
    IBM i server commands
      Using CL Commands With Domino for IBM i
      Typical administrative tasks and their equivalent Domino commands
    The Domino Directory template
      Rules for customizing the Domino Directory
      Customizing the Domino Directory template
      Creating a copy of the Domino Directory template
      Customizing a visible view in the Domino Directory
      Using the Domino Directory to extend the LDAP schema
        Using the Domino Directory to create a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating a form to define a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating and inserting a $xxxInheritableSchema subform
          Creating and inserting an $xxxExtensibleSchema subform
        Configuring a new LDAP structural object class to inherit
        Using the Domino Directory to create an LDAP auxiliary object class
        Using the Domino Directory to define an LDAP attribute for a new object class
      Applying template customizations to the Domino Directory database
      Upgrading to a new Domino Directory template
    Administration process requests
      Administration Process Requests -- One Domain
      Cross Domain Administration Requests
      Time-based execution requests
    Server.Load commands
      Server.Load script conventions
      @Else command
      @EndIf command
      @If command
      Add command
      BeginCrit command
      BeginLoop command
      BeginLoop2 command
      Break command
      Cal command
      ChangeTo command
      Close command
      Console command
      DbDelete command
      Delete command
      Drop command
      EndCrit command
      Entries command
      ErrorDelay command
      FindByKey command
      FindByName command
      GetAll command
      Help command
      @If command
      ImailCheckForNewMail command
      ImailCloseMailbox command
      ImailFetchEntry command
      ImailFetchOld command
      ImailGetLastEntries command
      ImailGetNewMail command
      ImailHelp command
      ImailListMailboxes command
      ImailLogin command
      ImailLogout command
      ImailOpenMailbox command
      ImailPostMessage command
      ImailSetSeen command
      Index command
      LDAPLookup command
      Lookup command
      NABRetrievePOP3Mail command
      NABUpdate command
      Navigate command
      NewMail command
      NewReplicateDB command
      NoteAdd command
      Open command
      Pause command
      Populate command
      Quit command
      Read command
      Replicate command
      RetrievePOP3Mail command
      Rewind command
      Rewind2 command
      RSVPInvitation command
      SendMessage command and SendMessage profile command
      SendSMTPMessage command
      SessionsClose command
      SessionsOpen command
      SetContextStatus command
      SetCalProfile command
      Stamp command
      Unread command
      Update command
      WebGet command
    Server.Load scripts
      Using the Sample Server.Load scripts
      Idle Workload script
      R5 IMAP Workload script
      R5 Simple Mail Routing script
      R5 Shared Database script
      SMTP and POP3 Workload script
      Web Idle Workload script
      Web Mail Workload script
  Additional documentation resources
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.3?
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8.5.2?
  What's new in IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 and 8.5.1?
    Administration - new features
    Administration Process - new features
    Client installation - new features
    Databases - new features
    Lotus iNotes -- new features
    Groups -- new features
    Messaging -- new features
    Policies - new features
    Security - new features
    Server - new features
    Server commands - new and enhanced
    Web server - new features
  Domino Server Installation
    Guidepost for deploying Domino
      Getting started with Domino for IBM i
      Functions of Domino servers
      Hierarchical naming for servers and users
      Domino domains
      Partitioned servers
      Certifier IDs and certificates
        Example of how certifier IDs mirror the hierarchical name scheme
      Domino server services
      Table of Domino naming requirements
      Building the Domino environment
    Installing and setting up Domino servers
      Entering system commands
      Using the Domino server with a trial evaluation license
      Domino server installation
        Installing Domino on Windows systems
        Installing Domino on UNIX systems
          Modifying whether the Domino server is installed as a service or an application
        Prerequisites for installing Domino on IBM i
          IBM i QNOTES user profile requirements
          IBM i network communications error
          Installing Domino on IBM i systems
        Installing Domino on Linux on System z systems
        Using silent server installation to install Domino on Windows or UNIX systems
          Running the silent server install on Windows or UNIX Systems
        Using silent server install on Linux on System z systems
        Using the express install
      Disabling concurrent I/O and direct I/O on Domino servers on AIX
      Domino server setup program
      Domino's On-Disk Structure
      Setting up DOLS on a server
        Using Domino Off-Line Services (DOLS) and Lotus iNotes
      Setting up Lotus iNotes on a server
      Setting up Lotus iNotes with Sametime
        Setting up Secrets and Tokens authentication for instant messaging in Lotus iNotes
        Customizing STLinks files for tunneling or reverse proxy servers
        Setting up Sametime and Lotus iNotes in different domains
        Troubleshooting Sametime in Lotus iNotes
      Using the Domino server setup program
        Indic language support in the Domino server setup program
        Using automatic server setup on Linux on System z and on UNIX
        Using the Domino server setup program locally
        Using the Domino server setup program remotely
        Creating a server setup profile
        Using a server setup profile
        Using silent server setup
      Certification log
      Domino server registration
        Registering a server
      Optional tasks to perform after server setup
        Creating an additional organization certifier ID
        Creating an organizational unit certifier ID
        Understanding Internet site documents
          Creating an Internet site document
          Setting up security for Internet site documents
          Enabling Internet sites on a server
      Starting and shutting down the Domino server
      Starting Domino as an application or a Windows service
      Using instant messaging in the Domino Directory
      Running the Domino-Portal integration wizard
  Network Configuration
    Lotus Domino and networks
      Avoiding port conflicts on IBM i
      NRPC communication
      Resolving server names to network addresses in NRPC
    Network security
      NRPC and Internet connection security
      Using a Domino passthru server as a proxy
      TCP/IP security considerations
      Mapped directory links and Domino data security
    Planning the TCP/IP network
      Using Domino i with TCP/IP
      NRPC name-to-address resolution over TCP/IP
      Ensuring DNS resolves in TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves on Windows systems -- All TCP protocols
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Best practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- Alternative practices
        Ensuring DNS resolves in NRPC -- A practice to use with caution
      Changing a server's IP address
      IPv6 and Lotus Domino
        Using IPv6 address formats with Domino and Notes
        Installing the IPv6 stack
        Receiving incoming connections on IPv6 sockets or IPv4 sockets
        Examples of using NOTES.INI variables with IPv6
        Connecting a Notes client to a Domino server via IPv6
      Advanced Domino TCP/IP configurations
        Partitioned servers and IP addresses
        Ensuring DNS resolves in advanced TCP/IP configurations
    Planning the NetBIOS network
      Server name-to-address resolution over NetBIOS
    Setting up Domino servers on the network
      Setting up Notes named networks
      Fine-tuning network port setup on a server
        Disabling a network port on a server
        Enabling a network port on a server
        Adding a network port on a server
        Deleting a network port on a server
        Renaming a network port on a server
        Reordering network ports on a server
        Encrypting NRPC communication on a server port
        Compressing network data on a server port
      Server setup tasks specific to TCP/IP
        Setting up a secondary name server
        Changing the TCP/IP connection-time-out interval
        Enabling support for IPv6 on a Domino server
        Reordering multiple server ports for TCP/IP
        Binding an NRPC port to an IP address
        Binding an Internet service to an IP address
        Assigning separate IP addresses to partitions on a system with a single NIC
        Configuring a partitioned server for one IP address and port mapping
        Changing a TCP or SSL port number
      Server setup tasks specific to NetBIOS
        Defining a NetBIOS LANA number for a Notes network port
        Creating additional network ports for NetBIOS
  Notes Client Installation and Upgrade
    Planning for Notes client installation and upgrade
      Products to install and order of installation
        Notes pre-installation checklist
        Installing the Expeditor Notes Client Installer (NCI)
        Specifying the home portal account
        Customizing the location of Notes install directories
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Windows
        Notes installation directories for Windows
        Windows Vista considerations for Notes install, upgrade, and uninstall
        Considerations for enabling GB18030 support on Windows XP
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Linux
        Notes installation directories for Linux
        Reducing Notes startup time using GNOME for auto-start on Linux
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Mac OS X
        Notes installation directories for Mac OS X
      Considerations for installing and deploying Notes on Citrix
      Enabling Notes Client Single Login during install or upgrade
      Setting up Notes with a scriptable setup
    Setting up and customizing Notes installation
      Customizing the Notes install kit
        Eclipse files and folders in the install kit
        Understanding the Eclipse update site
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for supplied Eclipse features
        Reducing the Notes install kit size
        Customizing the Notes install manifest for new or third-party Eclipse features
        Customizing an install kit to set certifier and trust defaults
        Adding new features to the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
        Removing features from the Notes install kit using a supplied tool
        Validating your customized Notes install kit
      Customizing Notes install for Linux RPM or DEB
      Installing and subscribing to preset feeds
      Customizing Notes install using the tuner
        Obtaining a tuner and creating a transform file
        Using transform files for Notes user install
        Examples -- Applying scriptable setup using a transform file during Notes install
      Customizing Notes using a plugin_customization.ini file
      Using the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack on Windows
        Installing the Multilingual User Interface (MUI) pack
        Using Language Pack Installer with Domino
      Using the Native Language (NL) packs
      Instant messaging and client installation and setup
    Installing Notes in a single user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Windows for single user
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Citrix for single user
    Installing Notes in a multi-user environment
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Windows for multi-user
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Linux
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Mac OS X
      Installing and upgrading Notes on Citrix for multi-user
    Configuring custom data directories for multi-user install or upgrade on Windows or Citrix
    Adding or removing installed Notes features within a release
    Automating Notes installation using a silent install
      Running a Notes silent install
      Running a silent install or upgrade using optional arguments
      Using the install manifest "default" setting for silent feature specification
      Performing a Notes silent install on Windows
      Performing a Notes multi-user silent install
      Calling a transform file during Notes silent install
      Performing a Notes silent install on Mac OS X
      Providing a batch file for Notes client silent install
      Providing command line utilities for Notes install
    Installing and running Notes on a USB drive
      Installing Notes basic configuration on a USB drive
      Enabling the autorun process to start at Notes login
      Running Notes basic configuration from a USB drive
    Installing Notes in a shared network directory
    Managing client plug-in deployment
      Client feature deployment
      Installing a new feature using the Notes install kit
      Deploying client plug-ins with widgets and the widget catalog
        Place the feature's updateSite folder centrally
        Prepare the Domino server and Notes client
        Create an NSF-based update site and import the Eclipse updateSite content
        Create the widget attachment file to call the feature's update site
        Display the My Widgets sidebar panel and set catalog access
        Create the deployment widget
        Test the widget
        Communicate deployment to users
        Updating a widget-deployed client feature or plug-in
      Creating a customized add-on installer
      Creating a new feature
      Signing custom or third-party features and plug-ins for install and update
        Using Eclipse preferences to verify trust
        Using Domino policy to set or verify trust
      Creating and using an NSF-based update site
      Limiting feature install and update with update sites
        Specifying available update sites
          Add an update site to the update site list
          Edit an existing update site in the update site list
          Delete an existing update site from the update site list
          Specify that feature update be performed from the feature's update site (default)
          Specify that feature install can occur from a default update site, CA XML or Update Manager
          Specify that feature update can occur from a default update site or FEATURE.XML
          Specify that feature install or update can occur from the whitelist only
          Specify different site controls for feature install and update
      Configuring component update for composite applications
      Enabling user-initiated update with EUM
      Creating and using a traditional third-party installer
    Upgrading Notes clients
      Before you upgrade the Notes client
    Upgrading a Notes single user install to multi-user
    Using Upgrade-by-mail
      Before you use Upgrade-by-mail
      Backing up Notes client files
      Creating the upgrade notification for Upgrade-by-mail
      Installing Lotus Notes with Upgrade-by-mail
      Upgrading the mail file template with Upgrade-by-mail
    Using Notes Smart Upgrade
      How Smart Upgrade performs an upgrade
      Smart Upgrade server failover to another clustered server
      Creating a Smart Upgrade application
      Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports application
        Creating a Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports application
      Controlling the number of concurrent Smart Upgrade downloads
      Creating a link to the Smart Upgrade database
      Adding update kits to the Smart Upgrade application
      Creating a Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade desktop policy settings document
        Creating a policy document for Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
        Assigning the Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade policy to users and groups
      Using Smart Upgrade to run a series of client upgrades
      Notes users and Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Maintaining Lotus Notes Smart Upgrade
      Using the Smart Upgrade Run-As wizard
    Uninstalling Notes
      Uninstalling Notes from a Windows client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Linux client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Mac OS X client
      Uninstalling Notes from a Citrix client
      Uninstalling Notes silently
      Cleaning a previous or partial Notes installation from your client
  Configuring Widgets and Live Text
    Widgets and Live Text overview
      Understanding Widgets and Live Text user types
      Default out-of-box Widgets and Live Text behavior
      Installing the Widgets and Live Text feature
    Creating the widget catalog
      Catalog options and access
      Browsing and updating from the catalog
    Controlling Widgets and Live Text access using Domino policy
    Controlling Widgets and Live Text access using Eclipse preferences
    Using a widget to deploy a client plug-in
    Creating a features and plugins deployment widget in the widget catalog
  User and Server Configuration
    Planning server-to-server connections
      Remote (modem) access and server topology
      How a server connects to another server
      Replication and server topology
      Examples of server topology
      Creating a LAN connection
      Forcing a server connection to use a specific protocol
      Setting up external domain lookups
      Internet connections
        Creating a server-to-server Internet connection through a proxy server
      Passthru servers and hunt groups
        Planning the use of passthru servers
        Example of a passthru server topology
        Setting up a server as a passthru server
        Setting up a server as a passthru destination
        Creating a passthru connection
      Planning for modem use
        Creating a Network Dialup connection
        Encrypting Network Dialup Connection documents
        Coordinating dialup ISP connections between servers
      Connecting Notes clients to servers
    Policies
      Organizational and explicit policies
      Policy hierarchy and the effective policy
      Planning and assigning policies
        Assigning an explicit policy
        Assigning dynamic policies to users and groups
        Setting policy precedence
        Viewing dynamic policies by precedence or by category
      Using the How to Apply settings
      Pushing notes.ini settings or location document settings
        Specifying the Protector server URL in a NOTES.INI setting
        Customizing mail quota warning text using a NOTES.INI file setting
      Pushing Eclipse preference settings
      Extending policy settings to Lotus iNotes and Notes profile documents
      Creating policies
        Creating an activities policy settings document
        Creating a desktop policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Traveler policy settings document
        Creating a roaming policy settings document
        Creating a mail policy settings document
        Creating a Lotus Symphony settings document
        Creating a registration policy settings document
        Creating a setup policy settings document
        Mail archiving and policies
          Using the mail archive log
          Creating an archive policy settings document
          Creating criteria for mail archiving
        Creating a security policy settings document
        Creating a policy document
        Creating a child policy document
      Managing policies
        Editing policies
        Deleting policies
        Using the Policy Synopsis tool to determine the effective policy
        Viewing policy relationships
          Using the policy viewer
        Preventing replication of policies to pre-Domino release 4.67a servers
    Setting up Notes users
      User registration
        Customizing user registration
        Registering users
        Using default user settings when registering users
        Using Basic Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Using Advanced Notes user registration with the Domino Administrator
        Registering users with the Web Administrator
        Using Basic user registration with the Web Administrator
        Using Advanced user registration with the Web Administrator
        Registering users from a text file
        Adding an alternate language and name to a user ID
      Roaming users
        Roadmap for registering and configuring roaming users
        Roaming user considerations
        Registering a roaming user
        Using policy settings documents to configure file server roaming
        Eclipse preferences for Domino server roaming and file server roaming
        User preferences for file server roaming
        Upgrading to and downgrading from roaming user status
        Using replication with a roaming server
          Replication and Notes roaming user
      Custom welcome page deployment
    Managing users
      Changing Notes user names with the Administration Process
      Renaming a Notes user's common or alternate name
      Deleting a user
      Maintaining Notes users
      Changing a roaming user to non-roaming
      Changing a non-roaming user to roaming
      Changing a user's Internet address
      Determining a user's Notes client version
      Upgrading a user name from flat to hierarchical
      Moving a user name in the name hierarchy
      Renaming a Web user
      Moving a user's mail file and roaming files from the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Opening a user's mail file
      Using Inbox maintenance to manage mail file size
        Specifying Inbox Maintenance settings in the Server document
        Using a server command to run the Inbox Maintenance agent
      Finding a user name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Broadcasting messages to Notes client users
      Recertifying a user ID
      Recertifying a certifier ID or a user ID
      Recertifying or renaming user IDs by organization
      Allowing multiple users to use the same data directory
      License Tracking
      Deploying the "My Work" Welcome page for Notes
    Using groups
      Using auto-populated groups
      Auto-populated group statistics
      Creating and modifying groups
        Creating a group
        Modifying groups with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
      Managing groups
        Assiging a policy to a group
        Editing a group
        Deleting a group with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
        Finding a group name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator
        Finding a group member
        Using the Manage Groups tool to manage groups
        Renaming a group
    Replicas
      How replication works
      Guidelines for setting server access to databases
      Setting up a database ACL for server-to-server replication
      Creating replicas using the Administration Process
      Table of replication settings
        Limiting the contents of a replica
        Limiting what a replica sends
        Assigning miscellaneous replication settings
        Specifying replication settings for one replica
        Specifying replication settings for multiple replicas from one source replica
        Examples of specifying replication settings for multiple replicas
      Scheduling times for replication
      Scheduling server-to-server replication
      Customizing server-to-server replication
        Specifying replication direction
        Replicating only specific databases
        Replicating databases by priority
        Limiting replication time
        Using multiple replicators
        Refusing replication requests
        Forcing immediate replication
        Disabling database replication
        Forcing a server database to replicate
      Viewing replication schedules and topology maps
      Database.nsf.replicate statistics
    Domain Search
      Server configurations for Domain Search
      Planning the Domain Index
        The Domain Catalog
          Creating the Domain Catalog
          Selecting the databases to include in the Domain Index
          Selecting the file systems to include in the Domain Index
        Assigning database categories for the Domain Search form
        Estimating the size of the Domain Index
        Excluding attachments from the Domain Index
        Domain Search security
      Creating and updating the Domain Index
        Tuning Domain Indexer performance
        Changing the location of Domain Index files
        Deleting databases from the Domain Index
        Backing up the Domain Index and Catalog
      Customizing Domain Search forms
      Setting up Notes users for Domain Search
      Setting up Web users for Domain Search
      Using content maps with Domain Search
    Calendars and scheduling
      Setting up scheduling
      Setting up the Resource Reservations database
      Creating Site Profile and Resource documents
      Editing and deleting Resource documents
      Setting user access rights to edit and delete reservations
      Creating Holiday documents
      Collecting detailed information from user calendars
      Improving interoperability for users of calendars in e-mail applications other than Notes
      Importing and exporting calendars from iCalendar
      Designating the Out of Office service type
  Domino and DB2
    Understanding Domino and DB2
    Domino and DB2 supported platforms and configurations
      Supported platforms and hardware and software requirements
      Supported configurations in Domino and DB2
        Example of a local Domino and DB2 configuration
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses separate servers
        Example of a remote Domino and DB2 configuration that uses partitions
    Domino and DB2 user accounts that are needed for Domino and DB2
    Installation and setup procedures
      Installing Domino and DB2 on Microsoft Windows platforms
        Setting up the Domino server environment for use with Domino and DB2
        Creating the DB2 installation account
        Installing and Setting up DB2 on Microsoft Windows
        Creating the DB2 administrator and administration server account
        Enabling the Domino server to communicate with the DB2 server
        Using a remote DB2 server with server enablement
        Granting SETSESSIONUSER privilege to the Domino server user
        Manually creating the Domino server user account and the DB2DOM group
        Determining whether you have a SYSCTRL group
        Designating the DB2DOM group a system control group and adding the Domino server user to the system control group
        Creating a server ID for the DB2 Access server
        Installing the DB2 Access server on the DB2 server
        Enabling the DB2 Access Server
        Testing the DB2 Access server configuration
        Mapping the DB2 ID to a Notes ID in the Domino server's Domino Directory
        Setting and enabling a default DB2 user ID for use with query views
      Installing Domino and DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Installing DB2 on IBM AIX and Linux platforms
        Create the DB2 primary groups
        Creating the DB2 user accounts and adding the users to groups
        IBM AIX and Linux post-installation validation procedure
  Maintaining the Domino and DB2 Environment
    DB2 groups
      Managing DB2 groups and classes
      Locking a DB2 group
      Unlocking a DB2 group
      Renaming a DB2 class
      Associating a DB2 group with a class
      Moving a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 group
      Compacting DB2 groups
      Moving a DB2 container to another disk
    Administering the Domino and DB2 environment
      Validating DB2 user names
      Editing the Domino server user's DB2 ID properties
      Changing or deleting the default DB2 user name for use with query views
      Setting a DB2 server ID
      Setting and modifying DB2 values in the Server document
      Changing the Domino server's DB2 account
      Copying a DB2 enabled Notes database to another DB2 enabled Domino server
      NOTES.INI variables set by the DB2 Server Enablement Tool
      Configuration variables modified during DB2 server enablement
      Setting DB2 Log File Size
      Adjusting buffer pool size
      Replicating an NSF to DB2
      Recreating links to DB2 enabled Notes databases
      Manually restoring a DB2 enabled Notes database
      Domino and DB2 XA transaction services
      Using the Domino Web Administrator client with Domino and DB2
      Databases created with Domino
      Compact database options are enabled for Domino and DB2
    Administering the DB2 Access server
      Editing the DB2 Access server Connection document
      Testing the DB2 Access configuration
      Removing a DB2 Access server
    Working with views in Domino and DB2
      Using federated data with query views
      Setting the maximum number of rows in SQL queries
      Building views of large databases
      Views categorized by numeric datatypes
    Improving Domino and DB2 Performance
      Controlling the NSF data in DB2
      Generating a database monitor snapshot
      Modifying the database sort heap and locklist parameter values
      Setting the size of the buffer pool to improve performance
      Using indexing to improve DB2 performance
      Using SQL Assist to create an SQL statement
      Using the alternate page cleaning setting to improve performance
      Using the autoconfigure command to automatically set database configuration parameters
  Administration Tools
    The Domino Administrator
      Installing the Domino Administrator
      Setting up the Domino Administrator
      Starting the Domino Administrator
      Navigating Domino Administrator
      Selecting a server to administer in the Domino Administrator
      Setting Domino Administration preferences
        Setting Basics preferences
        Setting Files preferences
        Setting Monitoring preferences
        Setting Registration preferences
        Setting Statistics preferences
      Tools and preferences for debugging in the Domino Administrator
      Domino Administrator tabs
        People and Groups tab in the Domino Administrator
        Files tab in the Domino Administrator
        Server tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Messaging tabs in the Domino Administrator
        Replication tab in the Domino Administrator
        Configuration tab in the Domino Administrator
        Domino Administrator tools
    Web Administrator
      Setting up the Web Administrator
        Setting up access to the Web Administrator database
        Giving additional administrators access to the Web Administrator
        Administrator roles in the Web Administrator
      Starting the Web Administrator
      Using the Web Administrator
        Setting Files preferences for the Web Administrator
        Registering users and servers with the Web Administrator
        Managing policies with the Web Administrator
        Using the Web Administrator consoles
        Using the Web Administrator with service providers
        Message tracking in the Web Administrator
        Editing the NOTES.INI file and cleanup script in the Web Administrator
        Signing out of the Web Administrator
      Configuring Domino and Portal Server federated administration
        Enabling the Portal server for federated administration
        Removing Domino and Portal server federated administration
      Setting up and using Web Administration Server Bookmarks
        Adding servers to the Web Administration Server bookmarks
        Removing a server from Web Administration Server Bookmarks
    The Server Controller and the Domino Console
      Starting and stopping the Server Controller
      Starting and stopping the Domino Console
    The Administration Process
      Specifying the administration server for the Domino Directory
      Setting up the Administration Process
        Specifying an administration server for databases
        Verifying that the Administration Process is set up correctly
      Administration Process support of secondary Domino Directories
      Processing administration requests across domains
        Creating a Cross-domain Configuration document
      Setting up ACLs for the Administration Process
      Modifying the Action field in the ACL dialog box
      The Administration Requests database
        Administration Process requests that require the administrator's approval
        Request status Icons in the Administration Request database
        Controlling the size of the Administration Requests Database
        Suspending administration request processing
        Controlling user access to the Administration Requests database
      Managing Administration Process requests
        Accepting or rejecting name change requests
        Approving an administration process request
        Forcing an administration process request to run
        Checking for errors in ADMIN4.NSF
        Reprocessing a failed administration process request
      Customizing the Administration Process
        Scheduling Administration Request processing
        Redefining time interval defaults for administration requests
        Changing the number of threads used by the Administration Process
        Defining special purpose threads for specific administration requests
        Creating an $AdminP view
        Enhancing the Administration Process through the Extension Manager
        Using an extended administration server
      Statistics generated during administration request processing
        Adminstration Process Statistics
      Administration request messages
    Setting up Domino Active Directory synchronization
      Enabling the Notes synchronization options
      Specifying Notes settings
      Mapping Active Directory fields and groups with Domino Directory fields and groups
      Mapping Active Directory containers to Notes certifiers and policies
      Synchronizing users and groups
      Registering new users in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
        Registering existing Active Directory users and groups in Notes
        Registering new groups in Active Directory and in Domino Directory simultaneously
      Renaming Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Deleting Active Directory and Notes users and groups
      Disabling Active Directory synchronization prior to uninstalling the Domino Administrator
  Directory Services
    Planning directory services
      Using directory servers in a Domino domain
      Planning LDAP features
        Planning the LDAP service
        Planning LDAP accounts on Notes clients
        The ldapsearch utility
      Planning directory access control
      Planning new entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning the management of entries in the Domino Directory
      Planning directory services for Notes clients
      Planning directory services in a multiple-directory environment
        Planning directory catalogs
        Planning directory assistance
        Comparison of directory catalogs and directory assistance
        Directory search order
          Directory search order for Internet client authentication
          Directory search order for group names in database ACLs
          Directory search order for LDAP searches
          Directory search order for a name in a Notes address field
        Distinguished Name syntax in multiple-directory environments
      Planning internationalized directory services
      Planning directory customization
      Directory services terms
    The Domino Directory
      Setting up the Domino Directory for a domain
      Using a central directory architecture in a Domino domain
        Planning a central directory architecture for a domain
        Managing Domino Directories in a central directory architecture
          Changing the directory type of a Domino Directory
          Controlling how a server finds a remote primary Domino Directory to use
          Preventing the use of a Domino Directory replica as a remote primary
          Showing the Domino Directory replicas that can function as remote primaries
      Controlling access to the Domino Directory
        Setting overall access levels in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using administration roles in the Domino Directory ACL
        Using the Administrators field to control access to individual documents in the Domino Directory
      Corporate hierarchies
        Categorizing a user by corporate hierarchy
      Setting up Notes clients to use a directory server
      Customizing the Directory Profile
      Scheduling replication of the Domino Directory
    The LDAP service
      How the LDAP service works
        The LDAP service and directory tree verification
        How the LDAP service forms a value for the mail attribute
        The LDAP service and secondary directories
      Setting up the LDAP service
      Starting and stopping the LDAP service
      Customizing the LDAP service configuration
        Changing the LDAP service port and port security configuration
        Full-text indexing directories served by the LDAP service
        Configuring anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Anonymous LDAP search access and upgrades from previous releases
          Using the domain Configuration Settings document to customize anonymous LDAP search access to a directory
          Converting the default anonymous access settings to database ACL and extended ACL settings
        Using LDAP to modify a directory served by the LDAP service
          Enabling or disabling LDAP write access to a directory served by the LDAP service
        Configuring how the LDAP service responds to multiple name matches when processing write and compare operations
          Examples of the "Rules to follow..." setting and LDAP add operations
        Customizing search processing to improve LDAP service performance
        Enabling LDAP alternate language searches
        Requiring distinguished logon names for LDAP name-and-password security
        Configuring character encoding for LDAP V2 clients
        Configuring the number of referrals the LDAP service can return
        Configuring alias dereferencing for search requests
      Setting up clients to use the LDAP service
      Using LDAP to search a Domain index
      Monitoring the LDAP service
        Showing the current LDAP service configuration settings
        Showing statistics related to LDAP service port activity
      RFCs supported by the LDAP service
    LDAP schema
      The Domino LDAP schema
        Object class hierarchy for dominoPerson object class
        Object class hierarchy for dominoGroup object class
        dominoUNID operational attribute
        dominoAccessGroups
        displayName operational attribute
      The schema daemon
      Domino LDAP Schema database
        Views in the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to view the schema
      Methods for extending the schema
      Guidelines for extending the schema
      Extending the schema using the Schema database
        Using the Schema database to add an attribute to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add an object class to the schema
        Using the Schema database to add a syntax to the schema
        Approving draft schema elements in the Schema database
        Checking the status of approved schema elements in the Schema database
      Deleting schema elements from the Schema database
      Schema-checking
        Enabling or disabling schema-checking
      Searching the root DSE and schema entry
      LDAP root DSE attributes
    ldapsearch utility
      Table of ldapsearch parameters
      Using search filters with ldapsearch
        Table of operators used in ldapsearch search filters
      Using ldapsearch to return operational attributes
      Examples of using ldapsearch
    Directory assistance
      How directory assistance works
      Directory assistance services
        Directory assistance and client authentication
        Directory assistance and group lookups for database authorization
        Directory assistance and Notes mail addressing
        Directory assistance for the LDAP service
      Directory assistance concepts
        Directory assistance and naming rules
          How naming rules relate to directory search orders
          Naming rules and the LDAP service
        Directory assistance and domain names
        Directory assistance and failover for a directory
          Directory assistance and failover for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Directory assistance and failover for a remote LDAP directory
        Directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance in conjunction with a condensed Directory Catalog
        Directory assistance for the primary Domino Directory
          Using directory assistance to control which remote replicas of a primary Domino Directory servers with Configuration Directories can use
          Using directory assistance to prevent the LDAP service from searching the primary Domino Directory
          Limiting directories to authentication-only lookups
        Number of directory assistance databases
      Setting up directory assistance
        Creating and replicating a directory assistance database
        Setting up servers to use a directory assistance database
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog
          Shortcut for specifying local replicas of a Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog in a Directory Assistance document
        Creating a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring SSL in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Specifying a name and password for Domino servers in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring search filters in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Configuring alias dereferencing in a Directory Assistance document for a remote LDAP directory
          Using Notes distinguished names in a remote LDAP directory
          Special considerations for change detection
      Directory assistance examples
        Example of directory assistance for one secondary Domino Directory
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog
        Example of directory assistance for an Extended Directory Catalog and a remote LDAP directory
      Monitoring directory assistance
    Directory catalogs
      Condensed Directory Catalogs
        Benefits of condensed Directory Catalogs on clients (Mobile Directory Catalogs)
      Directory catalogs on servers compared to directory assistance for individual Domino Directories
      Extended Directory Catalogs
      Overview of directory catalog setup
      Planning directory catalogs
      Directory catalogs and client authentication
        Scenarios for using directory catalogs for client authentication
      Directory catalogs and Notes mail encryption
      Picking the server(s) to run the Dircat task
      Specifying the Domino Directories for the Dircat task to aggregate
      Controlling which information is aggregated into a directory catalog
        Types of documents the Dircat task can aggregate
        Removing duplicate user entries from a directory catalog
        Choosing the types of groups to aggregate in a directory catalog
        Using a selection formula in a directory catalog configuration document
        Choosing which fields to aggregate in a directory catalog
      Full-text indexing directory catalogs
      Planning issues specific to Extended Directory Catalogs
        Extended Directory Catalog size
        Extended Directory Catalogs and directory assistance
        Extended Directory Catalogs and group lookups for database authorization
        Integrating an Extended Directory Catalog into a primary Domino Directory
      Planning issues specific to condensed Directory Catalogs
        Deciding how to sort entries in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting the view sort order
        Sorting in non-U.S. English locales
        Supporting Soundex searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        Using performance settings in a condensed Directory Catalog
        Replicating a condensed Directory Catalog
      Multiple directory catalogs
      Overview of setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
        Setting up a condensed Directory Catalog
      Overview of setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
        Setting up an Extended Directory Catalog
      The Dircat task
        Running the Dircat task
      Opening the configuration document for a directory catalog
      Monitoring directory catalogs
    Extended ACL
      How other database security features restrict extended ACL access settings
      Elements of an extended ACL
      Extended ACL access settings
        Default access compared to form-specific access
        Displaying LDAP attributes and object classes when setting form-specific access
        Precedence rules used to resolve access conflicts at a target
      Extended ACL subject
      Extended ACL target
        Target scope
          Adding a subject twice to a target category with different target scopes
      Extended ACL examples
        Extended ACL: example 1
        Extended ACL: example 2
      Extended ACL guidelines
      Setting up and managing an extended ACL
        Enabling extended access
        Setting a subject's access to an extended ACL target
        Setting a subject's form-specific access to an extended ACL target
        Showing a subject's effective access to an extended ACL target
        Modifying or removing a subject's access settings at an extended ACL target
        Using the history log to monitor changes to an extended ACL
        Disabling extended access
  Mail
    Messaging overview
      Supported routing, format, and access protocols
      The Domino mail server and mail routing
      How mail routes in a Domino system
      Domino mail files
      Mail clients
      Mail security
      Working with other mail systems in your organization
      Mail performance and monitoring
      The Domino Directory and mail routing
      Overview of routing mail using Notes routing
      Overview of routing mail using SMTP
      The Domain Name System (DNS) and SMTP mail routing
      Examples of using multiple MX records
      Converting TNEF file attachments to Notes file attachments
      Upgrading mail files with the mail conversion utility
    Planning a mail routing topology
      Connection topologies for mail routing
      The Domino mail router
        Mailbox event notification
        Starting, stopping, and restarting the mail router
        Recalculating the server's routing table
        Routing mail on demand to a specific server
      Clients accessing the Domino server
      Sample mail routing configurations
        Example of using one server for all Internet messages
        Example of using separate servers for inbound and outbound Internet mail
        Example of using two servers to balance Internet mail load
        Example of using SMTP to route mail within the local Internet domain
        Example of mail routing between a third-party server and Domino in the same Internet domain
        Example of using a smart host
        Example of using all servers to route outbound mail and one to route inbound mail
      Creating a Configuration Settings document
      Routing internal mail
        Setting up Notes routing
        Creating an Adjacent domain document
        Setting up routing to non-adjacent Domino domains
        Setting up routing to external application gateways
        Sending mail outside the local Internet domain
        Transferring outbound Internet mail to an SMTP server over Notes routing
        Creating an SMTP Connection document
      Configuring Domino to send and receive mail over SMTP
        Preparing to send and receive mail to the Internet
        Setting up SMTP routing to external Internet domains
        Setting up SMTP routing within the local Internet domain
        Enabling a server to receive mail sent over SMTP routing
        Setting up how addresses are resolved on inbound and outbound mail
        Setting up a forwarding address
        Setting up a smart host
        Setting up a server to receive mail for multiple Internet domains
        Specifying how Domino looks up the recipients of incoming SMTP messages
        Specifying how Domino looks up SMTP hosts when sending outbound mail
        Enabling the Router to look up the sender's Internet address from the Person document
        How Domino formats the sender's Internet address in outbound messages
        Changing the default format for constructing the sender's Internet address on outbound mail
        How Domino uses Global domain documents during inbound and outbound SMTP routing
        Configuring Domino to send mail to a relay host or firewall
        Enabling SMTP outbound authentication to relay hosts
        Routing mail over transient connections
        Updating the SMTP configuration
    Customizing mail
      Requirements for a working mail system
      Controlling messaging
      Improving mail performance
        Creating multiple MAIL.BOX databases
        Determining how many MAIL.BOX databases to place on a server
        Disabling type-ahead addressing
        Changing the logging level for mail
      Controlling message delivery
        Setting delivery controls
        Using quotas to manage the size of user mail files
          Setting mail file quotas
          Detecting when a mail file exceeds its quota
          Notifying users who exceed their mail file's quota or warning threshold
          Withholding mail from users who exceed their quota
          Setting quota controls for the Router
      Specifying a reverse-path setting for forwarded messages
      Setting server mail rules
      Setting up message recall
        Using the mail policy settings document to define message recall settings
        Using the Server Configuration document to define message recall settings
      Customizing message transfer
        Restricting mail routing based on message size
        Routing mail by priority
        Generating delay notifications for deferred low-priority mail
        Restricting users from sending mail to groups listed in the Domino Directory
        Defining when to send transfer and delivery Delay reports
          Specifying the failure message for transfer and delivery delay notifications
        Setting transfer limits
          Enabling multiple concurrent transfer threads between Domino domains
          Setting the message time-out value
        Setting advanced transfer and delivery controls
          Managing undeliverable mail in MAIL.BOX
          Customizing the text of mail failure messages
      Customizing Notes routing
        Scheduling Notes routing
          Example: Scheduling immediate 24 x 7 routing
        Changing the routing cost for a connection
        Restricting mail routing based on Domino domains, organizations, and organizational units
      Customizing SMTP Routing
        Stopping and starting the Domino SMTP service
        Changing SMTP port settings
          Changing the inbound SMTP port settings
          Changing outbound SMTP port settings
          Securing SMTP sessions using the STARTTLS extension
        Restricting SMTP inbound routing
          Restricting inbound SMTP connections
          How Domino uses reverse DNS lookups to control inbound SMTP sessions
          Preventing unauthorized SMTP hosts from using Domino as a relay
            Open relays
            Setting inbound relay controls
            Specifying enforcement of inbound relay controls
            How inbound anti-relay settings control message transfer to external Internet domains
          Enabling DNS blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling DNS whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private blacklist filters for SMTP connections
          Enabling private whitelist filters for SMTP connections
          Restricting who can send Internet mail to your users
          Restricting users from receiving Internet mail
          Defining the maximum error limit before a connection is terminated
          Resolving directory lookups containing ambiguous names or group names
          Supporting inbound SMTP extensions
        Restricting outbound mail routing
          Restricting users from sending Internet mail
          Supporting outbound SMTP extensions
      Setting up and using message disclaimers
      Mail journaling
        Setting up the Mail Journaling database
        Managing the Mail Journaling database
        Specifying messages to journal
        Retrieving messages from the Mail Journaling database
        Using mail journaling to determine intended message recipients
      Setting inbound and outbound MIME and character set options
        Enabling Domino to process return receipts for SMTP messages
        Setting the primary and secondary character set groups
        Language codes supported in Notes and Domino
        Specifying inbound and outbound MIME conversion options
        Configuring how Domino converts inbound MIME messages to Notes rich-text
        Setting font and message options for international languages
        Setting advanced inbound MIME options
        Setting advanced outbound MIME options
        Examples: How Domino handles Macintosh attachments in inbound messages
        Configuring outbound Internet mail to use RFC 822 address format (phrase parts)
        Mapping MIME types to file extensions
      HTML rendering for mail
    The POP3 service
      Setting up the POP3 service
        Starting and stopping the POP3 service
        Enabling and configuring the POP3 service port
      Setting up POP3 users
        Setting up the Person document for a POP3 user
        Creating a mail file for a POP3 user
        Configuring POP3 client software
    The IMAP service
      How Domino modifies mail files to support IMAP
      Setting up the IMAP service
      Starting and stopping the IMAP task
      Customizing the IMAP service
        Enabling and configuring the IMAP service port
        Setting IMAP session limits
        Setting the IMAP service to automatically enable mail files at login
        Enabling the IMAP service to automatically display all accessible mail folders
        Configuring IMAP Public folders
        Configuring IMAP Other Users' folders
        Configuring IMAP internal thread use
        Specifying the default IMAP service greetings
      Setting up IMAP users
        Setting up the Person document for an IMAP user
        Creating a mail file for an IMAP user
        Preparing a mail file for IMAP access
          Running Compact to update the ODS version of a mail file
          Running Fixup to prepare a mail file for IMAP use
          Running the mail conversion utility to enable a mail file for IMAP
          Convert utility options
          How the conversion utility handles unread marks
          Preserving folder references during upgrade of IMAP mail files
          Using the conversion utility to add IMAP summary attributes to messages
        Re-enabling a corrupted IMAP mail file
        Configuring IMAP client software
    Tools for mail monitoring
      Setting up mail monitoring
      Setting up the Reports database
      Controlling the Mail Tracking Collector
      Configuring the server for message tracking
      Tracking a mail message
      Generating a mail usage report
      Viewing mail usage reports
  Lotus iNotes
    Lotus iNotes lite mode
      Configuration settings supported in lite mode
      Preferences supported in lite mode
      NOTES.INI settings supported in lite mode
      Remove mode options from full mode
    Lotus iNotes ultra-light mode
    Registering Lotus iNotes users
      Enabling the mail usage indicator in Lotus iNotes
    Providing a log-on URL for Lotus iNotes users
    Secure mail for Lotus iNotes
    Using ID vault with Lotus iNotes
    Using realm documents in Lotus iNotes
    Using Policies with Lotus iNotes
      Creating security policy settings for Lotus iNotes users
      Creating mail policy settings for Lotus iNotes users
      Desktop policy settings supported in Lotus iNotes
      Setting up archiving using policies and configuration settings
    Renaming a Lotus iNotes user
    Monitoring Lotus iNotes activity
    Allowing passthru of HTML
    Customizing the look of Lotus iNotes
    Using widgets in Lotus iNotes
    Lotus Quickr integration with Lotus iNotes
    Using external calendars in Lotus iNotes
    Using an HTTP-proxy Servlet to restrict URLs to external servers
    Updating the forms file without server restart
    Using prefetch for documents
    Enabling scroll hints
    Using a Web-style search
    Using Lotus iNotes agents
    Configuring Lotus iNotes for users
      Editing the Configuration Settings document for Lotus iNotes
      Adding a disclaimer to outgoing messages
      Using Browser Cache Management
      Configuring alternate name support in Lotus iNotes
      Reusing child windows
      Using iNotes Redirect to access mail in Lotus iNotes
      Setting up type-ahead
      Making calendar details available to all users
      Making Lotus Notes links work in Lotus iNotes
      Setting a maximum attachment size
      Showing the unread count on folders
      Setting up automatic refresh for the Inbox
      Enabling RSS feeds for Lotus iNotes
      Allowing users to take the Domino directory offline
      Disabling the Active Content Filter
      Setting the level of automatic cache clearing
      Redirecting users to a Web page after logout
      Specifying the number of names to return
      Using GZIP to improve Lotus iNotes performance
      Using NOTES.INI settings in a mixed environment
  Web Servers
    The Domino Web server
      Setting up a Domino server as a Web server
        Starting and stopping the Domino Web server
        Modifying Web server Internet port and protocol settings
        Setting up protocol security for the Web server
        Restricting access by IP address on the Web server
        Hosting Java applets
        Generating references to the Web server
        Managing Java servlets on a Web server
        Setting up WebDAV
          Enabling WebDAV
        The browser.cnf file
      Hosting Web sites
        Converting from Web Server Configurations to Internet Sites view
        Hosting multiple Web sites on a partitioned server
        Configuring HTML, CGI, icon, and Java files for Web Site documents
        Configuring DSAPI, HTTP methods, and WebDAV in Web Site documents
        Domino Web Engine settings for Web Site documents
        Setting up session authentication for Web Site documents
        Specifying GIF or JPEG conversion in Web Site documents
        Specifying the number of lines to display in a view
        Limiting the number of documents displayed during a Web Site search
        Finding links with the Redirect URL command
        Restricting the amount of data users can send to a Domino database
        Specifying the character set to use when retrieving Web pages
        Storing Web user preferences in cookies
        Setting up language preferences
        Table of character sets for Web server pages
        Web Site rules and global Web settings
          Creating a Web Site Rule document
          Configuring a Web Site rule to run PHP
          Creating a Global Web Settings document
        Protecting files on a server from Web client access
        Creating a Web Site authentication realm document
      Custom Web server messages
        Creating the Domino Configuration database
        Mapping custom Web server messages
        Example of custom Web server messages
      Serving files compressed by GNU zip
      Using gzip compression
        Setting up Web server gzip compression on the Web Site document
        Setting file system compression settings on the Web Site document
      Improving Web server performance
        Managing the memory cache on the Web server
        Specifying network time-outs on the Web server
        Running Web agents
        Specifying the number of threads used by the Web server
        Improving file-download performance for Web clients
        Improving performance for upload of file attachments
      HTML generation options
    The Web Navigator
      Setting up a Web Navigator server
        Starting and stopping the Web Navigator program
        Using a proxy server to connect the Web Navigator to the Internet
        Setting up users to use the Web Navigator
      Customizing the Web Navigator
        Allowing multiple users to retrieve pages concurrently
        Controlling access to Web sites
        Controlling access to Internet services
        Setting up the Web Navigator to retrieve pages on sites secured by SSL
        Sending mail from a Web page to the Internet
      The Web Navigator database
      Customizing the Web Navigator database
        Displaying who retrieved a page in the Web Navigator database
        Customizing the default appearance of pages in the Web Navigator database
        Saving and viewing HTML sources in the Web Navigator database
        Renaming and moving the Web Navigator database
        Setting agent preferences for the Web Navigator
        Using the Purge agent to manage the size of the Web Navigator database
        Using the Refresh agent to update pages in the Web Navigator database
        Using the Averaging agent to calculate page ratings in the Web Navigator database
    Setting up Domino to work with other Web servers
      Setting up Domino to work with IBM HTTP Servers
      Setting up Domino to work with Microsoft IIS servers
        To install the WebSphere plug-in on an IIS server
        To configure the WebSphere plug-in
        To configure the Domino server to work with Microsoft IIS
        Setting up security for Microsoft IIS
        Details of Microsoft IIS security options
  Security
    Overview of Domino security
      The Domino security model
      The Domino security team
      Security planning checklists
        Server security
        Application security
        Application design element security
        Notes and Domino ID security
        Workstation data security
      Security policies
      Setting up an Internet certificate authority
    Server access for Notes users, Internet users, and Domino servers
      Setting up Notes user, Domino server, and Internet user access to a Domino server
      Customizing access to a Domino server
        Denying Notes users access to all servers in a domain
        Restricting administrator access
        Comparing public key values
        Setting up anonymous server access for Notes users and Domino servers
        Controlling access to a specific server port
        Controlling creation of databases, replicas, and templates
        Controlling the use of headline monitors
        Controlling access to a passthru server or passthru destination
        Controlling agents and XPages that run on a server
        Controlling server access by browser clients that use Java and JavaScript
        Controlling Web browser access to files
        Restricting access to a server's data directory
        Physically securing the Domino server
      Validation and authentication for Notes and Domino
    The database access control list
      Default ACL entries
      Acceptable entries in the ACL
      Configuring a database ACL
      Access levels in the ACL
        Viewing ACL entries by access level
      Access level privileges in the ACL
      User types in the ACL
      Roles in the ACL
      Managing database ACLs
      Using the Administration Process to update ACLs
      Setting up the Administration Process for database ACLs
      Managing database ACLs with the Web Administrator
      Editing entries in multiple ACLs
      Viewing all database ACLs on a server
      Using the ACL log
      Enforcing a consistent access control list
      Updating Readers and Authors fields
      Setting up database access for Internet users
      Preventing users from accessing forms and views in a Web application
      Maximum Internet name-and-password access
      Requiring an SSL connection to a database
    Domino server and Notes user IDs
      Certificates
        Viewing the certificates on an ID
      Password-protection for Notes and Domino IDs
      The password quality scale
      Verifying user passwords during authentication
      Setting up password verification
      Custom password policies
      Assigning multiple passwords to server and certifier IDs
      Using Notes shared login to suppress password prompts
        Enabling shared login
        Disabling shared login
        Notifying users when shared login is activated or deactivated
      Using Notes client single logon to synchronize Notes and OS passwords
      Notes ID vault
        How an ID vault works
        ID vault security
        Planning an ID vault deployment
          ID vault limitations
          ID vault trust
          ID vault password reset security
          Security for server ID files and the vault ID file
          Authorization for ID downloads
          ID vault servers
          ID vault management roles
          ID vault backup and recovery
        ID vault FAQs
        Creating and configuring an ID vault
          Creating an ID vault
          Specifying the organizations that trust an ID vault
          Assigning password reset authority
            Setting up the sample self-service application to allow ID vault users to reset their Notes passwords
          Assigning users to a vault
          Enabling programs that store IDs in databases to use a vault
          Adding or removing ID vault servers
          Adding or removing vault administrators
          Providing instructions for users who forget their passwords
          Specifying whether to require users to change passwords that have been reset
          Requiring authorization for ID downloads
          Changing the password on the vault ID file
          Creating or editing ID vault policy settings documents manually
        Deleting an ID vault
        Viewing user IDs in a vault
        Managing the user IDs in an ID vault
          Resetting the password on an ID in a vault
          Specifying the number of ID downloads allowed for a user
          Extracting an ID file from a vault
          Deleting an ID from a vault or marking an ID inactive
        Troubleshooting an ID vault configuration
        ID vault NOTES.INI settings
      ID recovery
        Setting up ID recovery
        Preparing IDs for recovery
        Recovering an ID
        Changing administrator information for ID recovery
      Public key security
        Creating a new Notes public key and adding it to the Domino Directory
        Adding a Notes public key to the Domino Directory
      User and server key rollover
      Certificate authority key rollover
        Assigning a new key pair to a certifer
        Rolling over cross-certificates
      Using cross-certificates to access servers and send secure S/MIME messages
      Adding cross-certificates to the Domino Directory or Personal Address Book
        Examples of cross-certification
        Adding a Notes or Internet cross-certificate on demand
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate by phone
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by postal service
        Adding a Notes cross-certificate for IDs by Notes mail
        Creating a cross-certificate from a user's Person document
        Creating a cross-certificate from a Notes certifier
        Displaying cross-certificates
    The execution control list
      ECL security access options
      Administration ECLs
        Default ECL settings
        Creating administration ECLs
        Editing administration ECLs
        Collecting information for a new administration ECL
        Administration ECL key
      Deploying and updating workstation ECLs
    Domino server-based certification authority
      Setting up a server-based Domino certification authority
      Administering a Domino CA
      Migrating a certifier to the CA process
      Adding a certifier to the CA process
      Viewing certifiers running under the CA process
      Creating a certifier for a server-based CA
        Key usage extensions and extended key usage
      Creating the Certificate Requests database
      Setting up SSL on a server-based CA server
      Signing server certificates using the Certificate Requests database
      Modifying a server-based CA
      Viewing certificate requests
      Revoking a certificate
      Backing up and recovering a certifier
      Disabling a certifier
      Using a Domino 5 certificate authority
    SSL security
      Setting up SSL on a Domino server
        Setting up the Server Certificate Admin application
        Creating a server key ring file
        Requesting an SSL server certificate
        Merging a CA certificate as a trusted root
        Default Domino SSL trusted roots
        Signing server certificates
        Merging a server certificate into the key ring file
        SSL port configuration
        Configuring a port for SSL
        Requiring an SSL connection to a server
      Setting up database access for SSL clients
      Managing server certificates and certificate requests
        Viewing SSL server certificates
        Changing the password for the server key ring file
        Marking or unmarking a CA's certificate as a trusted root
        Viewing requests for certificates
        Renewing expired certificates
      Creating a self-certified certificate to test SSL certification
      Creating an Internet cross-certificate for server-to-server SSL
      Modifying SSL cipher restrictions
      Authenticating Web SSL clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      SSL session resumption
    SSL and S/MIME for clients
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL authentication
      Pushing trusted certificates to Lotus Notes clients
        Importing an Internet certifier into the Domino Directory
        Creating an Internet cross-certificate in the Domino Directory from a certifier document
        Pushing certificates to clients through security policy settings
        How users can obtain trusted certificates manually
          Creating an Internet cross-certificate for a CA
      Internet certificates for SSL and S/MIME
        Issuing Internet certificates in a Person document
        Signing an Internet client certificate and adding the certificate to the Domino Directory
        Exporting and importing Internet certificates
        Viewing and deleting Internet certificates
      Setting up Notes clients for S/MIME
        Creating Internet certificates for Notes S/MIME clients
        Adding an Internet certificate and cross-certificate for encrypted S/MIME messages
        Dual Internet certificates for S/MIME encryption and signatures
      Setting up Notes and Internet clients for SSL client authentication
        Setting up a Person document for an Internet user using SSL client authentication
        Publishing third-party CA client certificates in a Person record
      Setting up SSL for Notes or Domino using SMTP
      Using SSL when setting up directory assistance for LDAP directories
      OCSP for X.509 certificate revocation checking
    Encryption
      AES encryption
      Configuring encryption for ID files
      Mail encryption
        Encrypting mail
        Configuring AES for mail and document encryption
        Viewing the signing and encryption status of Notes mail
        Using X.509 certificates for mail and document encryption
        Using S/MIME format when sending encrypted mail to mobile device users
      Electronic signatures
    Name-and-password authentication for Internet/intranet clients
      Setting up basic name-and-password authentication
      Session-based name-and-password authentication for Web clients
        Setting up session-based name-and-password authentication
        Customizing the HTML log-in form
        Overriding session authentication
      Controlling the level of authentication for Internet clients
        Examples of names allowed for Internet client authentication
        Authenticating Internet name-and-password clients in secondary Domino and LDAP directories
      Managing Internet passwords
        Securing Internet passwords
      Anonymous Internet/intranet access
        Setting up Internet/intranet clients for anonymous access
      Validation and authentication for Internet/intranet clients
    Multi-server session-based authentication (single sign-on)
      Creating a Web SSO configuration document
      Enabling single sign-on and basic authentication
      Setting up the Web SSO Configuration document for more than one Domino domain
      Configuring user name mapping in the SSO LTPA token
      Caching Internet password changes for SSO
      Setting up Windows single sign-on for Web clients
        Windows single sign-on for Web clients across multiple Active Directory domains
        Considerations if you deploy a DSAPI filter in a Windows single sign-on environment
        Preparing a Domino server for Windows single sign-on for Web clients
          Setting up separate Web sites for participating and non-participating Web clients
        Setting up the Windows service for Domino
          Deciding which accounts to assign the SPNs to
          Assigning SPNs using the domspnego utility
          Assigning SPNs without using the domspnego utility
            Manually recording DNS names to be used in SPNs
            Assigning SPNs using the setspn utility
          Examples of account choices and SPNs
          Verifying that the Domino server is logged on under the correct account
        Configuring user name mapping in a Windows single sign-on for Web clients environment
          Configuring user name mapping when you manage Domino users through Domino Directory
          Configuring user name mapping when you manage Domino users through Active Directory
        Configuring Web client browsers for Windows single sign-on
        Troubleshooting Windows single sign-on for Web clients
  Clusters
    Cluster benefits and requirements
      What is a Domino cluster?
      Clustering requirements
    How Domino clustering works
      Clustering basics
      How failover works
        When failover occurs
        How Domino finds a replica during failover
      How workload balancing works
      The cluster components
      How replication works in a cluster
      Mail failover in a cluster
      How calendars work in a cluster
      How operating system clusters work
    Planning a cluster
      Determining how many servers to include in a cluster
      Determining the number and placement of replicas in a cluster
      Distributing databases in a cluster
      Determining whether to create a private LAN for your cluster
      Clustering over a wide area network
      Fault recovery in a cluster
      Examples of cluster configurations
        Example of clustering two servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering three servers for mail and applications
        Example of clustering six servers for mail and applications
        Examples of clustering hub servers
        Example of clustering for disaster preparedness
        Example of clustering partitioned servers
        Example of clustering passthru servers
        Example of using a Domino cluster with an operating system cluster
    Setting up a cluster
      Before you create a cluster
      Creating a cluster
        The cluster creation process
      Verifying that the cluster was created correctly
        Using Cluster Analysis to check the cluster configuration
        Running Cluster Analysis
      Managing user access to databases
      Creating replicas in a cluster
      Setting up mail in a cluster
        Creating mail database replicas in a cluster during user registration
      Using standard replication in a cluster
        Scheduled replication in a cluster
        Replicating with all servers in a cluster
      Enabling the display of cluster replication status messages
      Obeying database size quotas during cluster replication
      Using directory assistance in a cluster
      Setting up roaming servers in a cluster
      Setting up cluster access for mobile users
      Using the Server Web Navigator in a cluster
      Setting up a private LAN for a cluster
    Managing and monitoring a cluster
      Monitoring a cluster
        Displaying a list of cluster members and their availability
        Enabling statistic reporting in the Monitoring Results database
        Viewing Cluster Manager events and statistics
        Viewing cluster replication events and statistics
        Using Tell commands to display cluster replication information
        Monitoring all the servers in a cluster at the same time
      Balancing the workload in a cluster
        Limiting the workload of a server
        The server availability index
        Choosing the server availability threshold
          Setting the server availability threshold
        Setting the maximum number of users on a server
        Redistributing replicas
        Using Activity Trends and Server Health Monitoring in a cluster
      Improving server availability in a cluster
      Managing failover in a cluster
      Streaming cluster replication
      Managing replication in a cluster
      Configuring and controlling cluster replication
        Using multiple Cluster Replicators
        Disabling cluster replication for an entire server
        Disabling cluster replication for specific databases
        Pausing cluster replication
        Resuming cluster replication
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to retry failed replications immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to update the Cluster Database Directory information immediately
        Forcing the Cluster Replicator to log immediately
      Creating configuration settings for all servers in a cluster
      Managing database availability in a cluster
        Making a database unavailable for user access
        Making an "out of service" database available again
        Deleting databases from a cluster
      Adding a server to a cluster
        What occurs when you add a server to a cluster
      Removing a server from a cluster
        What occurs when you remove a server from a cluster
      Moving a server from one cluster to another
      Viewing information in the Cluster Database Directory
        Creating a new Cluster Database Directory
    Clustering Domino servers that run Internet protocols
      How the Internet Cluster Manager works
      Generating URLs that refer to the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Planning to use the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Example of a single ICM outside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs outside the cluster
        Example of a single ICM inside the cluster
        Example of multiple ICMs inside the cluster
        Example of one ICM outside the cluster and one ICM inside the cluster
      Configuring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
        Setting up a separate IP address for the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Starting the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Failover and workload balancing
      Security in a cluster
      Managing and monitoring the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
      Compatibility of the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM) with previous releases of Domino
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for HTTP and POP3 failover
      Setting up cluster failover for IMAP
      Using an IP sprayer with Domino for LDAP failover
    Cluster statistics
      Cluster Manager statistics
      Cluster Replicator statistics
      Internet Cluster Manager statistics
  Domino Off-Line Services
    Overview of DOLS administrator tasks
    Creating a DOLS Offline Security Policy document
    Increasing security for DOLS subscriptions
    Increasing the server's output timeout for DOLS downloads
    Configuring the DOLS subscription
    Setting up agents for the DOLS subscription
    Optional tasks for DOLS administrators
      Adding a directory catalog to a DOLS subscription
      Viewing DOLS download information
      Reducing DOLS download time with the client installation CD
      Reducing DOLS download time with selective replication
      Web Control instructions for DOLS users
    DOLS troubleshooting and error messages
  Service Provider
    Planning the xSP server environment
      Example of planning a hosted environment
      Ways to set up a service provider environment
      Securing the service provider environment
      Using Domino features in a hosted server environment
      Planning the IP Address configurations in a hosted environment
      Planning the distribution of hosted organization data
      Deciding which protocols and services to offer in the xSP environment
      Using activity logging for billing at hosted organizations
      Deciding which applications to offer multiple hosted organizations
    Setting up the service provider environment
      Installing the first server or additional servers for hosted environments
      Setting up a hosted organization
      Setting up the Domino certificate authority for hosted organizations
      Using policies in a hosted environment
      What happens when you register a hosted organization?
      Example of registering a hosted organization
      Registering a hosted organization
      Binding the IP addresses of the hosted organization to the xSP server
      Creating loopback addresses in a hosted environment
      Using Internet and Web Site documents in a hosted environment
      Configuring Internet sites with Web Site and Internet Site documents
      Global Web Settings documents and the service provider environment
      Editing a Global Web Settings document
      Configuring activity logging for billing hosted organizations
      Viewing logged activity data in a hosted environment
    Maintaining hosted organizations
      Adding a hosted organization to an additional server to provide new Web applications
      Deleting a hosted organization
      Temporarily disabling services for a hosted organization
      Enabling anonymous access to a hosted organization's database
      Preventing users from viewing ADMIN4.NSF in a hosted environment
      Moving a hosted organization to another server
      Removing a hosted organization from a backup or load-balancing server
      Restoring a hosted environment after a server crash
      How the Domino service provider software responds to a DNS outage
      Using a browser to access a hosted organization's Web site
      Using the Resource Reservations database in a hosted environment
      Viewing hosted organizations
      Managing Users at a hosted organization
      Using the Web Administrator to manage users at a hosted organization
      Addressing messages to users at a hosted organization
  Database Management
    Database design, management, and administration
      Creating a database
      Rolling out a database
      Copying a new database to a server
      Creating a Mail-In Database document for a new database
      Signing a database or template
      About composite applications
      Deleting databases
    Organizing databases on a server
      Creating and deleting directory folders
      Creating, updating, and deleting directory and database links
    Full-text indexes for single databases
      Security and full-text indexes for single databases
      Restricted field names in full-text indexing
      Creating and updating full-text indexes for single databases
        Setting a schedule for Updall in a Program document
      Changing update frequency for a database's full-text index
      Manually updating full-text indexes for single databases
      Deleting full-text indexes for single databases
    Database libraries
      Creating a database library and assigning librarians
      Publishing databases in a library
    Database catalogs
      Setting up a server's database catalog
    The Files tab in the Domino Administrator
      Choosing the types of files you see in the Files tab
      Choosing the folder contents you see in the Files tab
      Customizing the columns in the Files tab
      Managing databases with the Files tab
      Managing folders and links with the Files tab
      Displaying disk space information with the Files tab
    Monitoring replication of a database
      The database replication history
      Displaying and clearing the replication history
      Viewing replication events in the log file
      Replication or save conflicts
        Consolidating replication or save conflicts
    Monitoring database activity
      Viewing database activity statistics generated by the Statlog task
      Managing database activity recording in databases
    Replicating unread marks
    Updating database indexes and views
      Indexer tasks: Update and Updall
      Updall options
        Running the Updall task
      Keyboard shortcuts that update or rebuild views
      Running multiple Update tasks
      Changing the temporary folder used for view rebuilds
      Managing view indexes
    Synchronizing databases with master templates
    Fixing corrupted databases
      Using Fixup
      Fixup options
        Running the Fixup task
    Moving databases
      Moving databases using the Administration Process
      Moving a database without using the Administration Process
    Using load convert to convert non-mail databases
    Redirecting client references to databases
      Creating a database redirect
    Running a database analysis
      Database analysis
    Attachment consolidation
      Marking a database for attachment consolidation
      Specifying server settings for attachment consolidation
      How attachment consolidation works
      The Domino Attachment and Object Service (DAOS)
      Managing the attachment storage repository
      How using attachment consolidation affects a user's mail file quota
      Object copy optimization for DAOS
      Encrypting consolidated attachments
  Monitoring
    Monitoring the Domino system
      Monitoring Configuration database
      Monitoring server shutdown
      Monitoring processes running in the Domino server environment
      Monitoring events on the Domino system
      Event generators
        Starting and stopping the ISpy task
        Disabling an event generator
        Using event generator and event handler wizards
      Event handlers
        Event handler notification methods
          Using an API to create an event notification method
          Forwarding an event to the Tivoli Enterprise Console
          Passing event parameters using the Run Program notification method
          Setting, modifying or deleting the Java server controller user's ID properties
          Creating a Connection document for use with a Java controller command
        Event types used to specify event criteria
        Creating an event handler
        Disabling an event handler
        Creating log filters
        Viewing event handlers and log filters
      Viewing an event report
      Viewing event messages, causes, and solutions
      Customizing the appearance of the Domino server console and Domino Administrator console
        Using the Domino Administrator server console to monitor events
      Statistics and the Domino system
        Statistic Collector task
        Setting Administration Preferences for monitoring and statistics
        Creating a Server Statistic Collection document
        Server statistics and replication status
      Platform statistics
        Viewing platform statistics
        Controlling platform statistics reporting
        Evaluating platform statistics
        Viewing information about platform statistics
        Disabling platform statistics
      Using the Domino Administrator to monitor statistics
        Viewing statistics reports
        Viewing default statistic thresholds
        Viewing descriptions of statistics
        Creating a new statistic
        Exporting statistics to a spreadsheet
      Using mail-in statistics
      Charting statistics
        Creating statistic profiles
        Displaying and manipulating statistic charts
        Modifying statistic profiles
    Server Health Monitor
      Table of Server Health Monitor statistics
      Table of Server Health Monitor ratings
        Setting up the Server Health Monitor
        Starting the Server Health Monitor
      Using the Server Health Monitor
        Selecting server components to include in health reports
        Setting up statistic alarms for the Server Health Monitor
        Modifying threshold values for the Server Health Monitor
      Server Health reports
        Displaying Server Health reports
        Changing the purge interval for historical health reports
        Improving the performance of the Server Health Monitor
      Working with Server Health Monitor statistics
        Monitoring server health in the Domino server monitor
      Viewing server health with the Server Health Monitor
        Excluding a server from the Server Health Monitor report documents
        Charting Server Health Monitor statistics
    Domino Domain Monitoring (DDM)
      Domino domain monitoring
      DDM probes
        Scheduling DDM probes
        Administration probe
          Creating Administration probes
        Application Code probes
          Creating Application Code probes
        Database probes
          Creating Database probes
        Directory Probes
          Creating Directory probes
        Messaging probes
          Creating Messaging probes
        Operating System probes
          Creating Operating System probes
        Replication probes
          Creating Replication probes
        Security probes
          Creating Security probes
        Server probes
          Creating Server probes
        Web probes
          Creating Web probes
      Maintaining DDM Probes
        Enabling and disabling DDM probes
        Editing a DDM Probe document
        Deleting a DDM Probe document
        Reporting DDM operating system probe events to Tivoli Enterprise Console
        Viewing DDM Probe documents
      DDM server collection hierarchy
      Managing the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Creating a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Changing a DDM collection server
        Deleting a DDM server collection hierarchy
        Adding subordinate servers to the DDM server collection hierarchy
        Removing servers from the DDM server collection hierarchy
      Domino Domain Monitor database (DDM.NSF)
      Specifying ACL settings and roles in the DDM database
      Viewing events in the Domino Domain Monitor database
      Event-related documents
        Using the Server and Addin Task Event document
          Setting the event severity and suppression time settings
          Disabling Lotus entries
          Modifying Basic settings for an event
          Creating custom entries
          Modifying custom entries
          Deleting custom entries
          Adding or Editing Stock Entries
          Creating a Server and Addin Task Event document
        Merging modified Stock entries into upgraded stock entries
        Merging modified Stock entries into Modular documents
        Using Modular documents
          Creating a Modular document
          Editing Modular documents
          Disabling a modular document
      Maintaining the Domino Domain Monitor database
        Assigning events in the DDM database to an administrator
        Changing the state of an event in DDM
        Controlling the content and size of the DDM database
        Opening DDM.NSF at Domino Administrator client startup
        Viewing correlated events in DDM
        Reassigning an event in the DDM database to an administrator
        Resolving an event
      Using IBM Lotus instant messaging in the Domino domain monitor database
      Filtering events in DDM
        Filtering DDM events
        Modifying a DDM filter
        Deleting a DDM filter
    The Domino SNMP Agent
      Domino SNMP Agent architecture
      About the Domino MIB
      System requirements for the Domino SNMP Agent
      Special considerations for partitioned servers
      Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Microsoft Windows
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for AIX
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Linux
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for Solaris
        Configuring the Domino SNMP Agent for z/OS
        Completing the configuration of the Domino SNMP Agent
        Manually starting and stopping the Domino SNMP Agent
        Using NET-SNMP with the Domino SNMP Agent
      Using the Domino MIB with your SNMP management station
        Configuring traps for HP OpenView
        Configuring traps for Domino events
        Configuring traps for NetView for AIX
      Troubleshooting the Domino SNMP Agent
    Managing servers
      Changing the server administrator
      Setting and managing passwords for the server console
      Decommissioning a Domain Search server
      Decommissioning a server
      Deleting a server name
      Finding a server name in the domain with the Domino Administrator or the Web Administrator
      Recertifying a server ID
      Uninstalling a Domino partitioned server
      Upgrading a server name to hierarchical
      Reinstalling or moving a Domino server from one computer to another
      Transaction logging
        How transaction logging works
        Planning for transaction logging
        Setting up a Domino server for transaction logging
        Changing transaction logging settings
        Disabling transaction logging for a specific database
        View logging
        Using transaction logging for recovery
        Fault recovery
        Enabling fault recovery
        Specifying a cleanup script for fault recovery
      Setting up a Fault Reports database
      Installing and running NSD as a Microsoft Windows service
      Client and server diagnostics
      Collecting diagnostic information after a server or client crash
        Writing status bar history to a log file
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on clients
        Setting up automatic diagnostic data collection on the server
        Enabling the Fault Analyzer task on the server
      Using the IBM_TECHNICAL_SUPPORT directory
      The Domino server log (LOG.NSF)
        Controlling the size of the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Recording additional information in the log file
        Viewing the log file (LOG.NSF)
        Searching the log file (LOG.NSF)
          Analyzing Domino log files using an older Domino server
        Searching the log file for ID vault events
      The Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Setting up the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Viewing the Domino Web server log (DOMLOG.NSF)
        Logging Domino Web server requests
        Domino Web server logging to text files
          Setting up Domino Web server logging to text files
      Using console log mirroring
      Using the Domino Configuration Tuner to evaluate server settings
      Activity Logging
        The information in the log file
          Activity logging records
          Agent activity logging
          HTTP activity logging
          IMAP activity logging
          LDAP activity logging
          Mail activity logging
          Notes session activity logging
          Notes database activity logging
          Notes passthru activity logging
          POP3 activity logging
          Replication activity logging
          SMTP activity logging
          Example of creating activity logging records
        Configuring activity logging
          Limiting the amount of attribute information logged for LDAP Add and LDAP Modify activity
        Viewing activity logging data
    Overview of server maintenance
      Server maintenance checklist
      Backing up the Domino server
      Backing up servers that participate in attachment consolidation (DAOS)
  Performance
    Activity Trends
      Setting up Activity Trends
        Enabling activity logging and setting up Activity Trends
      Understanding how Activity Trends collects data
      Activity Trends server and statistics profiles
        Creating an Activity Trends server profile
        Trends server profile
        Deleting an Activity Trends server profile
        Modifying an Activity Trends statistics profile
        Viewing Activity Trends charts
      Resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Setting up resource balancing in Activity Trends
        Specifying database and server locations for resource balancing
        Setting charting options for resource balancing
      Primary and secondary goals for resource balancing
        Setting primary and secondary resource-balancing goals
        Specifying which databases can move during resource balancing
      Understanding resource-balancing behavior
        Customizing resource-balancing behavior
      Analyzing resource-balancing distributions
      Creating a proposal for balanced resources
        Comparing current and projected resource balances
      Evaluating server activity for resource balancing
      Understanding current and projected profile charts
      Using resource balancing in Activity Trends to decommission a server
        Editing server properties for resource balancing
        Filtering servers used during resource balancing
        Pinning additional databases during resource balancing
        Displaying additional statistics during resource balancing
        Changing the layout of the Activity Trends view
      Submitting a resource-balancing plan to the Domino Change Manager
      Domino Change Manager
        Setting up Domino Change Manager
        Specifying maximum concurrent tasks for Domino Change Manager
      Using the Tell ChangeMan command at the Domino console
      ACLs for the Domino Change Control database
      Default ACL settings for the Domino Change Control database
      Setting ACLs for mail database moves during resource balancing
      Resource-balancing plans
      Database move sequences
        Choosing how database moves are executed
        Viewing database moves
        Preparing a plan document for resource balancing
        Creating an approval profile for resource balancing
        Viewing the status of resource-balancing plans
      Setting up plan documents for resource balancing
      Working with Domino Change Manager constraints
        Creating constraints in the Domino Change Manager
        Creating constraint sets in the Domino Change Manager
        Working with plan variables
        Editing and creating plan variables
        Creating plan notification messages
    Server.Load
      Server.Load agents
      Server.Load metrics and messaging statistics
        HTTP messaging statistics
        Monitoring Server.Load metrics
      Setting up clients and servers for Server.Load
      Built-in and custom Server.Load scripts
        Tips for running a Server.Load test
        Server.Load test parameters
        Running a custom Server.Load script
        Modifying a built-in Server.Load script
        Saving Server.Load settings
        Testing a Server.Load command
        Changing a Server.Load script variable
        Setting a Server.Load stop condition
      Running the built-in Server.Load workloads
        Cluster Mail Initialization workload
        Cluster Mail workload
        R5IMAP Initialization workload
        R5IMAP workload
        R6IMAP Initialization workload
        R6IMAP workload
        iNotes Initialization workload
        R5iNotes workload
        R6iNotes workload
        NRPC Mail Initialization workload
        R5 Simple Mail Routing workload
        R6 Mail Routing workload
        N8Mail Initialization workload
        N8Mail and N7Mail workloads
        SMTP and POP3 Initialization workload
        SMTP and POP3 workload
        The Sametime workloads
          Sametime 7.0 Initialization workload
          Sametime 7.0 Instant Messaging Workload
          Sametime 7.5 Instant Messaging workload
        Idle workload
        R5 Shared Database workload
        Web Idle workload
        Web Mail Initialization workload
        Web Mail workload
        Workload Data Collection and Workload Data Rollup scripts
          Using the Workload Data Rollup script to roll up collected data
          Generating output of per-command response times in Server.Load
          Running the Workload Data Rollup script
    Setting advanced database properties
      Database properties that optimize database performance
        Setting database properties that optimize database performance
      Soft deletions
      Using database design compression
      Using document body compression
      The database cache
        Monitoring the database cache
        Managing the database cache
        Controlling database size
      Tools for monitoring database size
      Monitoring database size
      Compacting databases
        Ways to compact databases
      Determining the file format of a database
      Compact options
        Running Compact using the Files tab
        Running Compact using the Task - Start tool
        Running Compact using a console command
        Running Compact using a Program document
      Database size quotas
        Setting database size quotas
      Deleting inactive documents
        Running the document archiving tool
        Viewing a document Archiving Log
        Using an agent to delete and archive documents
        Examples of using an agent to delete and archive documents
      Allowing more fields in a database
    Improving Domino server performance
      Tools for measuring server performance
      Improving basic server performance and capacity
        NOTES.INI settings that affect Domino server performance
        Database properties that affect system performance
      Improving partitioned server performance and capacity
      Improving Agent Manager performance
      Updating the design of an enabled agent
      Improving server performance using the configuration collector
      Improving database and Domino Directory performance
      Tips for tuning mail performance
      Improving Windows server performance
      Improving UNIX server performance
      Sources for improving server performance
  Accessibility features for Domino Administrator
    Enabling and using extended accelerator keys
    Keyboard shortcuts
    Keyboard shortcuts for the Domino Administrator user interface
    Keyboard shortcuts for databases
    Keyboard shortcuts for dialog boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for properties boxes
    Keyboard shortcuts for documents
    Keyboard shortcuts to select and move text in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to move the cursor in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts to change text and paragraph properties in a document
    Keyboard shortcuts when working in views
  Troubleshooting
    Troubleshooting tools
      Searching the Lotus Support Services Web site
      Contacting Lotus Support Services
    Troubleshooting the Domino system
      Administration Process -- Troubleshooting
        Administration Process -- Problems and error messages
        How to troubleshoot the Administration Process
      Administrator Client -- Troubleshooting
        Output data incomplete when running Administrator client on a remote console
      Agent Manager and agents -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting Agent Manager and agents
        Agent manager and agents -- Problems and error messages
        Agent Manager isn't working as expected
        An agent isn't running as expected
        An agent doesn't run to completion
        An agent isn't running at the expected times
        The Escrow agent isn't working
        Users can't create agents
      Attachment consolidation (DAOS) -- Troubleshooting
        The DAOS catalog does not exist
        The DAOS catalog cannot be created. DAOS cannot operate normally.
        The DAOS catalog cannot be updated
        The database <database> attempted to access a missing file: <.NLO file>
        The database <database> was unable to open or read the file <.NLO file>
        The database <database> was unable to write to file <NLO file>
        The database <database> appears to have changed at an OS level
        DAOS was unable to rebuild the list of external files while trying to resynchronize
        DAOS was unable to scan the database <database> to gather its DAOS tickets while trying to resynchronize
        The database <database> has caused DAOS to postpone deletions until it can resynchronize
        The DAOS catalog cannot be opened. DAOS cannot operate normally.
        The DAOS catalog cannot be resynchronized. DAOS deletions will be postponed
      Clusters - Troubleshooting
        Some database changes are not replicating quickly to other servers.
        Client requests do not fail over for certain databases even though the replicas are listed in the Cluster Database Directory
        Although I marked a database Out of Service, users can still open it
        The Cluster Database Directory includes two copies of the database documents for all the databases on a particular server
        The value of the Replica.Cluster.Retry.Waiting statistic is greater than zero
        "Cluster Replicator was unable to configure using Cluster Database Directory cldbdir.nsf: File does not exist"
        Private folders do not replicate from one clustered database to another
        "HTTP Server Initialization error. Could not bind port 80. Port may be in use."
        The Server Web Navigator does not fail over
        Clients receive the message "Server Not Responding" instead of failing over
      Database performance -- Troubleshooting
        Users cannot access the database
        Users experience a delay when accessing the database
        Resolving conflicts when names are assigned to more than one access level
        Using Groups and Roles to determine what controls user access
        Using Find Note to analyze a document reported in the log file
      Domino and DB2 configuration -- Troubleshooting
        Tools and methods for troubleshooting the Domino and DB2 configuration
          Running the Extract and Reload NSFDB2 Tool
          Verifying DB2 parameters
          Verifying that the DB2 server is running
        Resolving problems with user accounts and passwords on Domino with DB2
          Password or account problems with OS account used to start DB2 services
          Password or account problem with DB2 account used by Domino to communicate with DB2
          Cannot access DB2 enabled Notes database when working with DAVs
        DB2 Error Messages -- Troubleshooting
          Resolving errors when using SELECT
          Resolving error "An RM error occurred. Unable to initialize DB2 services"
          Resolving error "SQL30020N with Reason Code "0x124C"("0214")"
          Resolving error SQL0964C "The transaction log for the database is full"
          Resolving error "SQL0956C Not enough storage is available in the application heap to process the statement"
          Resolving error "SQL09568C The file system is full. SQLSTATE=57011
          Resolving error 0803N
          Resolving error "failed to extend tablespace"
          Resolving error caused by starting DB2-enabled server twice
          Database cannot be created
          ICL must be an NSF not a DB2-backed database
        Creating a service dependency for Domino and DB2
        Use caution when deleting DB2 objects
        NSFDB2 databases require Domino 6.X or more recent
        Domino does not connect to its DB2 database or has difficulty connecting
      Domino Web Access -- Troubleshooting
      Directories -- Troubleshooting
        Directory assistance -- Troubleshooting
          Internet user authentication using a secondary Domino Directory or Extended Directory Catalog fails
          Internet user authentication using an LDAP directory fails
          Database authorization using groups in a secondary directory fails
          Searches in a secondary Domino Directory configured in directory assistance fail
          "Directory assistance could not access Public Address Book on Server x, error is Server Not Responding"
        Directory catalogs -- Troubleshooting
          Names are missing from the directory catalog
          Users can't use type-ahead addressing to look up names in a condensed Directory Catalog
          Domino isn't searching a directory catalog on a server
          Internet user name-and-password authentication using a condensed Directory Catalog fails
          LDAP searches of a condensed Directory Catalog aren't working
          A condensed Directory Catalog is not full-text indexed or the full-text index is corrupted
          User Setup Profile doesn't push Mobile Directory Catalogs to users
          Router is finding the same name in multiple directories even though the "Exhaustive lookup" setting is disabled
          Users can't do full-text searches of a condensed Directory Catalog
        LDAP service -- Troubleshooting
          Name and password authentication fails for LDAP clients connecting to the LDAP service
          LDAP searches are slow
          Anonymous LDAP users can't search certain fields
          "LDAP Server: Initialization failure: The full text index needs to be rebuilt"
          LDAP searches don't return a cn attribute
          LDAP error "Insufficient Access" returned on an LDAP Add operation
          LDAP clients can't connect to the LDAP service over SSL when the server uses a self-signed Domino server certificate
          LDAP service and remote search operations
        Extended ACL -- Troubleshooting
          The access specified for subject is different than the subject's actual access
          The Target box doesn't show documents
          I can't change a subject's access to a target
          Notes and Web users are getting unexpected results when accessing the directory
          "Extended access controls are enabled in this domain. You must modify the Domino Directory on a version 6 or later Domino server."
          Allowing users to see column values when extended ACLs are used
          Maximum Internet name and password settings with Extended Access
          NAMELookups to Remote Directories with Extended ACLs
      Mail routing -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting mail routing
        Mail routing -- Problems and error messages
        User can't receive any mail, including mail sent by users whose mail files are on the same server
        "File is in use by another process"
        "NAMES.NSF does not contain a required view" appears when sending mail to users on the same mail server
        "No route found to Domain x from Server y"
        "Router: Possibly no DOMAIN set; use SET CONFIG DOMAIN=name to set it; or replace the Name and Address Book design."
        "Server Error: File Does Not Exist"
        "User name is not unique" in a Delivery Failure Report
        "User not listed in the Public Address Book" appears with returned mail
        Users unexpectedly required to include @domainname after each address
        How to troubleshoot mail routing
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect mail
        Checking the sender's and/or recipient's workstation for errors that affect mail
        Checking the server for errors that affect mail
      Meeting and resource scheduling -- Troubleshooting
        Meeting and resource scheduling -- Problems and error messages
        Free time information isn't available
        "Can't Find User in Name and Address Book"
        "Cannot perform this action locally"
        "No resource/room found for time and/or capacity requirements"
        Troubleshooting Schedule Manager errors reported in the log
      Platform statistics -- Troubleshooting
        Platform statistics are not fully initialized
        Setting up platform statistics on Windows systems
        System configuration issue for platform statistics on Windows systems
      Network connections over NRPC -- Troubleshooting
        Troubleshooting TCP/IP problems for NRPC
          Tools for troubleshooting TCP/IP
          TCP/IP error messages -- Server only
          TCP/IP error messages -- Client or server
          How to troubleshoot TCP/IP problems in NRPC
            Checking NRPC connectivity in TCP/IP
            Checking TCP/IP name resolution in NRPC
            Checking a TCP/IP network pathway
          TCP/IP frame types
      Network dialup connections -- Troubleshooting
        Testing network connections using the ping utility
        Tracing a network connection
      Partitioned servers -- Troubleshooting
        "Server exiting: partition number xx is already in use"
        "Server not responding" connecting to a partitioned server
      Passthru connections -- Troubleshooting
      Remote Server Console -- Troubleshooting
        Administrator client on the remote live console -- output data appears incomplete
      Replication -- Troubleshooting
        Tools for troubleshooting replication
        Replication -- Problems and error messages
        Replication isn't occurring between two servers
        Scheduled replication isn't occurring between two servers
        One database isn't replicating between two servers
        Database replica does not contain all the documents it should
        Database replica is not receiving design changes
        Changes to the database title do not replicate
        Database replicas are different sizes
        The database stops replicating and the option Enforce a consistent ACL is selected
        The database replica has not received ACL changes
        The new replica contains the ACL of the source server but you did not copy the ACL
        You see the message "Database is not fully initialized yet"
        Deletions are not replicating
        Unexpected deletions occur in a replica
        Deleted documents reappear
      Roaming Users -- Troubleshooting
        Using NOTES.INI settings to troubleshoot roaming user configurations
      Server-based certification authority -- Troubleshooting
      Server access -- Troubleshooting
        The administrator can't enter commands at the server
        Users can't see a new server in the list of servers
        Server not responding
        "You are not authorized to access the server" or similar problems
        Checking the Domino Directory for errors that affect server access
        Checking the server ID for a problem that affects server access
        Replacing the server ID
        Copying the public key
      Server crashes -- Troubleshooting
        How to troubleshoot server crashes
        Server crashes -- Problems and error messages
        Corrupt database causes a server to crash
        Corrupt view causes a server to crash
        Server crashes while updating a database index
        The Router task causes the server to crash
        NSD log files
      Server Health Monitoring -- Troubleshooting
      Smart Upgrade -- Troubleshooting
        Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports are not being created
        Using the Smart Upgrade Log file for troubleshooting
      Transaction logging -- Troubleshooting
      Web server, Web Navigator, and the Web Administrator -- Troubleshooting
        Web server -- Problems and error messages
        Users are prompted multiple times for their name and password
        Users can't access a Domino Web server via the Internet
        Users can't see a list of files on a Web server or access a database
        Browser receives error message "Single Sign-on not Configured" when accessing an SSO enabled server
        Debugging session-based authentication problems
        "Error 403 - Directory Browsing error -- Access forbidden"
        Web Navigator - Problems and error messages
        Users can't send mail to the Internet from a mailto URL
        "TCP/IP host unknown" and "Remote system not responding"
        "URL Access Denied" message trying to open certain Web pages
        "The Web Navigator Retrieval process is not running"
        Web Administrator -- Problems and error messages
        Unable to log in to the Web Administrator
        New policies do not appear as an option when registering users
      Server.Load -- Troubleshooting
  Reference
    Domino server commands
      Domino and DB2 server commands
      Using a console to send commands to a server
        Capturing server command output in a file
      Entering commands at the console at the server
      Sending Controller and shell commands from a remote console
      Sending commands from the Domino Administrator console
        Adding commands to the Commands menu
        Adding a group of servers to the Send menu
      Sending commands from a Web Administrator console
      Using the Domino Character Console to access the server console
    Domino server tasks
      Running server tasks
    Editing the NOTES.INI file
      Assigning Notes.INI settings through user policies
      NOTES.INI Settings
        AdminPInterval
        AdminPModifyPersonDocumentsAt
        AMgr_DocUpdateAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_DocUpdateEventDelay
        AMgr_NewMailAgentMinInterval
        AMgr_NewMailEventDelay
        AMgr_WeekendDays
        BillingAddinOutput
        BillingAddinRuntime
        BillingAddinWakeup
        BillingClass
        BillingSuppressTime
        Clrepl_Obeys_Quotas
        Cluster_Replicators
        Cluster_TCPIPAddress
        Country_Language
        Default_Index_Lifetime_Days
        Disable_Cluster_Replicator
        KillProcess
        Log_AgentManager
        Log_MailRouting
        Log_Replication
        Log_Sessions
        Log_Tasks
        Log_View_Events
        Mail_Log_To_MiscEvents
        MailClusterFailover
        MailDisablePriority
        MailLowPriorityTime
        MailMaxThreads
        MailTimeout
        Memory_Quota
        Name_Change_Expiration_Days
        NetWareNDSName
        No_Force_Activity_Logging
        NSF_Buffer_Pool_Size
        NWNDSPassword
        NWNDSUserID
        Platform_CSID
        Repl_Error_Tolerance
        Repl_Push_Retries
        Replicators
        ReportUseMail
        Schema_Daemon_Resynctime
        Server_Availability_Threshold
        Server_Cluster_Default_Port
        Server_MaxSessions
        Server_MaxUsers
        ServerPullReplication
        Server_Restricted
        Server_Session_Timeout
        Server_Show_Performance
        Show_Task_Detail
        TCPIP_TCPIPAddress
        Update_No_Fulltext
        Updaters
        Update_Suppression_Limit
        Update_Suppression_Time
    IBM i server commands
      Using CL Commands With Domino for IBM i
      Typical administrative tasks and their equivalent Domino commands
    The Domino Directory template
      Rules for customizing the Domino Directory
      Customizing the Domino Directory template
      Creating a copy of the Domino Directory template
      Customizing a visible view in the Domino Directory
      Using the Domino Directory to extend the LDAP schema
        Using the Domino Directory to create a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating a form to define a new LDAP structural object class
          Creating and inserting a $xxxInheritableSchema subform
          Creating and inserting an $xxxExtensibleSchema subform
        Configuring a new LDAP structural object class to inherit
        Using the Domino Directory to create an LDAP auxiliary object class
        Using the Domino Directory to define an LDAP attribute for a new object class
      Applying template customizations to the Domino Directory database
      Upgrading to a new Domino Directory template
    Administration process requests
      Administration Process Requests -- One Domain
      Cross Domain Administration Requests
      Time-based execution requests
    Server.Load commands
      Server.Load script conventions
      @Else command
      @EndIf command
      @If command
      Add command
      BeginCrit command
      BeginLoop command
      BeginLoop2 command
      Break command
      Cal command
      ChangeTo command
      Close command
      Console command
      DbDelete command
      Delete command
      Drop command
      EndCrit command
      Entries command
      ErrorDelay command
      FindByKey command
      FindByName command
      GetAll command
      Help command
      @If command
      ImailCheckForNewMail command
      ImailCloseMailbox command
      ImailFetchEntry command
      ImailFetchOld command
      ImailGetLastEntries command
      ImailGetNewMail command
      ImailHelp command
      ImailListMailboxes command
      ImailLogin command
      ImailLogout command
      ImailOpenMailbox command
      ImailPostMessage command
      ImailSetSeen command
      Index command
      LDAPLookup command
      Lookup command
      NABRetrievePOP3Mail command
      NABUpdate command
      Navigate command
      NewMail command
      NewReplicateDB command
      NoteAdd command
      Open command
      Pause command
      Populate command
      Quit command
      Read command
      Replicate command
      RetrievePOP3Mail command
      Rewind command
      Rewind2 command
      RSVPInvitation command
      SendMessage command and SendMessage profile command
      SendSMTPMessage command
      SessionsClose command
      SessionsOpen command
      SetContextStatus command
      SetCalProfile command
      Stamp command
      Unread command
      Update command
      WebGet command
    Server.Load scripts
      Using the Sample Server.Load scripts
      Idle Workload script
      R5 IMAP Workload script
      R5 Simple Mail Routing script
      R5 Shared Database script
      SMTP and POP3 Workload script
      Web Idle Workload script
      Web Mail Workload script
  Additional documentation resources
Lotus Notes 8.0
  Lotus Notes
    License information
    Getting started
      New Features
    Elements of Lotus Notes
      Your current Notes setup
      Lotus Notes workspace
      Toolbars
      Working with window tabs
        Working with grouped window tabs
      Viewing advanced menus
      Bookmarks: links to favorite documents, pages, and applications
        Creating bookmarks
        Working with bookmarks
      The Open list
      Elements of a View
        Creating or deleting a view
        Customizing how columns display in a view
        Working with views
        Changing the preview pane location in an application
        Managing views with categories
        Organizing documents into folders
          Creating or deleting a folder
          To add or move a document to a folder
          To remove a document from a folder
          Moving a folder or view
          Renaming a folder or view
      Your home page
        Creating a new home page
        Changing your current home page
        Deleting a home page you created
        Returning to first-time setup from a home page
        Customizing a home page
          Refreshing home page content
          Temporarily changing frame content on a framed home page
          Making permanent changes to a framed home page
          Editing a personal home page
          Displaying tips of the day or new item buttons
          Setting your Personal Journal from a home page
      The sidebar
      Using type-ahead
      Getting Help
      Status bar: current state information
      Using the preview pane
      Using the embedded browser
      Viewing collaboration history
    Working online or offline
      Replication page: staying current with servers
    Printing
      Printing documents
        Printing to an external file
      Printing a view
        Documents Style options
      Creating headers and footers for printing
      To print in the background
    Preferences
      Accounts preferences
      Activities preferences
        Setting Activities server preferences
        Setting Activities preferences
        Setting activity entries to open as tabs or windows
      Feeds preferences
      Basic Notes client configuration preferences
      Calendar and To Do preferences
        Access & Delegation preferences
        Changing regional calendar preferences
      Contacts preferences
      Home Portal account preferences
      Location preferences
      Log preferences
      Mail preferences
        Access & Delegation preferences
        Internet mail preferences
        Preferences for sending and receiving mail
      Preferences for IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
        Accessiblity
        Auto Recognizer
        Color Scheme
        Colors
        File Supervision
        File Type Associations
        Fonts
        Help Agent
        Language Settings
          Asian Layout
          Complex Text Layout
          Languages
          Search in Japanese
          Spell Check
        Macro Security
        Memory
        Lotus Presentations
          View
        Print
        Regional Setting
        Lotus Spreadsheets
          Calculate
          Changes
          Sort Lists
          View
        View
        Warning Messages
        Lotus Documents
          Caption
          Changes
          Default Fonts (Asian)
          Default Fonts (CTL)
          Default Fonts (Western)
          Formatting Aids
          View
      Regional Settings preferences
        Bidirectional
      Replication preferences
        Notes applications
      Sametime preferences
        Setting accessibility preferences
        Automatically changing your availability status
        Setting chat history preferences
        Setting chat window preferences
        Setting instant messaging community preferences
        Setting contact list preferences
        Emoticons
        Setting file transfer preferences
        Setting geographic location preferences
        Setting meeting audio and video tools preferences
        Setting notification alert preferences
        Setting privacy list preferences
        Setting spell check preferences
        Setting availability status message preferences
        Setting telephone conference call (telephony) preferences
        Setting video call preferences
        Setting voice chat preferences
      Notes ports preferences
      Spell Check preferences
      Toolbar preferences
        Modifying the toolbar display
        Displaying or creating toolbars
        Customizing toolbar functionality and buttons
      Windows and Themes preferences
      Web browser preferences
    Mail
      Creating a message
        Addressing mail
        Selecting addresses from your contact list or a directory
        Creating mail with Lotus Word Pro or Microsoft Word
      Reading mail and checking for new mail
        Viewing conversations
        Mail, calendar, and to do icons
        Changing display of your mail
        Marking messages with attention indicators
        Viewing an attached vCard file
        Receiving Internet POP mail
        Receiving Internet IMAP mail
      Setting how Notes checks for and announces new mail
      Sending a message
        Spell checking mail
        Adding signatures to mail
        Preserving text styles in Internet mail
        Specifying delivery options for mail
        Encrypting mail
        Sending Internet mail using Domino or SMTP
      Recalling a message
      Replying to a message
      Forwarding a message or document
      Managing your mail
        Finding a mail message
        Flagging messages for follow-up
          Follow Up miniview
          Removing follow-up flags from messages
        Moving or adding mail to a folder
        Sorting mail in a folder or view
        Changing the letterhead on your messages
        Creating and using stationery for mail
        Managing junk mail
        Blocking mail from senders
        Managing mail with QuickRules
        Filtering new mail using rules
          Stopping mail rule processing
          Using blacklists and whitelists to filter mail
        Deleting mail
        Mail quotas
        Setting up out-of-office notifications
      Archiving mail messages to free up space
        Specifying the computers where archiving runs and where the archive is stored
        Managing archive criteria
          Creating or editing a set of archive criteria
          Selecting documents to archive
        Customizing archive settings and log
          Specifying a schedule for client-based archiving
        Marking documents as expired or unexpired
        Running an archive
        Restoring or deleting archived documents
      Working with newsgroups
    Calendar and to do list
      Changing display of the calendar
        Displaying the calendar as a list
        Changing time slot display
        Changing regional calendar preferences
      Navigating the calendar
      Creating a calendar entry
        Editing a calendar entry
        Setting an alarm
      Setting your free time schedule
      Scheduling a meeting or event announcement
        Sending a message to meeting invitees
        Checking responses to a meeting invitation
        Rescheduling, canceling, or confirming a meeting
        Rescheduling repeating meetings with different start and end times
        Sending updated information for a meeting
        Adding invitees to a meeting
        Removing invitees from a meeting
        Answering a proposed change to a meeting invitation
        Preventing meeting invitation responses from displaying in your Inbox
      Responding to a meeting invitation
        Requesting information about a meeting
        Automatically processing meeting invitations
        Removing meeting invitations from your Inbox
        Adding your own notes to a meeting entry
      Creating a group calendar
        Viewing a group calendar
        Adding or removing members from a group calendar
      Creating a to do item
        Scheduling a group to do assignment
          Managing a group to do assignment
          Removing assignees from a to do assignment
          Answering a proposed change to a to do assignment
          Responding to a to do assignment
        Editing a to do item
        Displaying to do items on the calendar
      Deleting calendar entries and to do items
      Printing the calendar or to do list
      Opening another person's calendar or to do list
      Delegating access to your mail, calendar, to do list, and contact list
      Delegating access to your schedule information
      Importing and exporting calendars
        Importing an iCalendar calendar
        Managing imported calendars
        Exporting calendar entries from Notes
    Contacts
      Managing Contacts files
      Setting up Notes to search an Internet directory for addresses
      Adding contacts
        Creating a new contact entry
          Contact information details
        Adding or updating contact entries from a message, meeting invitation, or To Do item
        Adding a contact entry from a public Domino Directory
        Selecting an address format for contact entries
        Working with contacts
      Adding group entries to your Contacts
        Creating group entries from mail you receive
        Using a group to address a message
        Mailing a group entry to another user
        Working with Groups
      Viewing Contacts
        Viewing recent contacts
      Synchronizing Contacts
      Delegating access to your Contacts
      Opening someone else's Contacts
      Creating a shortcut to someone else?s Contacts
      Importing and exporting contacts as vCards
        Importing vCard files
        Exporting vCard files
      Printing Contacts
        Printing contact entries as labels
        Printing a contact or group entry
        Printing a Contacts view
    Notes applications
      Composite applications
        Opening a Notes composite application
        Creating a blank composite application
        Creating a URL link to a composite application
        Creating a bookmark or application link to a composite application
      Installing or updating features
      Opening a Notes application
      Bookmarking a Notes application
      Learning about a Notes application and how to use it
      Finding unread documents in a Notes application
      Customizing properties of a Notes application
        To change the title of a Notes application
        To display replication settings or history for a Notes application
        To compact a Notes application
        To monitor how often a Notes application is accessed
        To change design properties
        To change what displays when you open a Notes application
        Full-text indexing a Notes application
        Increasing Notes application performance and functionality
      Creating a Notes application
      To copy an entire Notes application
      To delete a Notes application
      Replacing the design of a Notes application
      Refreshing the design of a Notes application
      Creating a Notes application library to put similar applications in one place
        Adding a Notes application to an application library
      Subscribing to Notes applications
      TeamRoom
      Synchronizing with Domino Web Access
    Web logs (blogs)
      Creating blogs
        Securing a blog application
        Securing documents and categories
        Using Wizards to set up blogs
        Editing blog documents
      Adding content to blogs
        Naming content
        Creating Content and Podcast documents
        Viewing blog content
        Managing blog content
      Managing discussions
        Using wizards to manage recent comments
        Creating a Comment document
        Banning unwanted comments or spam
        Viewing blog discussions for an entry
      Managing blog resources
        Importing image files
        Adding image categories
        Importing attachments
        Creating or importing stylesheets
        Creating or importing JavaScript
        Creating Web pages
        Viewing blog resources
      Managing HTML templates
        Creating new HTML templates
      Configuring blogs
        Adding locations
        Setting up links
        Categories and tags
          Adding link categories
          Creating content categories
          Creating content subcategories
          Refreshing document security
          Creating content tags
        Creating user profiles
        Creating security groups
        Creating Web clients
        Creating Configuration documents
        Deleting Configuration documents
        Verifying agent information
        Viewing and creating IP records
      Using the template Web browser client to administer the blog
    Searching for information
      Search tips
      Searching for information in a single application
        Searching within a document for text
        Searching a view for text in document titles
          Searching for documents whose titles start with specified text
        Tips for searching an application
          Creating and managing a full-text index
            Sample search for words and phrases in documents
            Sample search for documents by author and date
          Saving and reusing a search query
        Adding a condition to a search query
          Searching for documents by date
          Searching for documents by author
          Searching for documents by field
          Searching for documents by the form used to create them
          Searching for documents using multiple words or phrases
          Searching for documents using an example form
        Searching a Calendar view
      Searching for information in applications in your domain
        Searching for applications in a domain
        Searching a domain for documents or files
        Saving and forwarding Domain Search results
      Searching for information on the Internet
      Finding contacts or Internet e-mail addresses
    Working with Notes documents
      Copying and pasting a document from one application to another
      Copying documents and pasting them as a table
      To identify and mark documents as unread or read
      Navigating to the next unread document
      Selecting documents in a view
      Deleting and restoring documents
      Opening and closing Notes documents
      Displaying hidden characters and text
      Finding the name of a document's form
      Changing a document's form
      Document properties
      Creating and saving Notes documents
      Recovering unsaved documents
      Editing documents
      Locking documents
      Editing and formatting text
        Changing fonts
        Using Unicode to add special characters to documents
        Spell checking documents
        Creating paragraph and text styles
        Marking text with permanent pen or highlighters
        Copying, cutting, and pasting data
        Creating and formatting lists
        Creating and customizing sections
        Creating tables
        Customizing tables
        Setting line spacing
        Setting margins
        Setting tabs
        Aligning paragraphs
        Indenting and outdenting first lines of a paragraph
        Inserting and deleting page breaks
        Using the ruler to format paragraphs
        Hiding paragraphs
        Undoing mistakes
      Using graphics in documents
        Creating and formatting horizontal rules
        Adding graphics to a document
        Adding a background to a document
      Linking to data
        Working with file attachments
        Attaching files to a document
        Dragging and dropping Documents and applications
        Opening links, buttons, hotspots, and sections
        Creating links to documents, views, folders, or applications
        Creating, formatting, and removing hotspots
        Creating and customizing buttons
        Creating and formatting text pop-ups
    Using Notes offline
      Creating an offline copy (replica)
      Customizing a replica
        Saving space in a replica
        Limiting what is sent from a replica
        Setting special replication limitations
        Limiting information received from other replicas
      Replicating in the background
        Scheduling replication for a location
        Showing and clearing replication information
        Examining Replica IDs
      A guide to using the Replication page
        Using entries on the Replication page
    Locations and accounts
      Connecting to a Notes mail server using a wizard
        Using a LAN, cable, or DSL to access Notes mail and applications
        Using a phone line to access Notes mail and applications
      Creating an Internet mail account using a wizard
        Using a LAN, cable, or DSL to access Internet mail
        Using a phone line to access Internet mail
      Creating and editing accounts from the Notes preference
        Account preference fields and options
        Creating an account using preferences
        Editing an account using preferences
        Deleting an account using preferences
        Specifying the Home Portal Account using Notes preferences
        Changing an account password
        Example -- Setting the Instant Messaging account to use the Home Portal password
      Using WebMail or Domino Web Access to access mail with a browser
      Setting up a modem
        Calling and disconnecting from servers
      Creating or editing a Connection document
        Passthru servers and hunt groups
      Switching to a different location
        To switch to a different User ID for a different location
        Using an outgoing mailbox
        Creating or editing a Location document manually
        Traveling with Notes
      Sharing a computer with other users
    Sharing information with other applications
      Adding data from other applications to a Lotus Notes document
        Copying data into a Lotus Notes document
        Object linking and embedding
          Embedding data in a Lotus Notes document
          Adding a custom control to a Lotus Notes document
          Troubleshooting tips for embedding OLE objects and ActiveX controls
      Creating links to other applications or data
      Importing and exporting
        Importing files into documents that have rich-text fields
        Importing files into views
        Exporting documents
        Exporting data from views
        File types supported for import and export
        Features that Lotus Notes translates
    Securing your data
      Your Notes User ID and how to store it
        Locking the Notes ID
        Switching User IDs
        Recovering your User ID
      Changing passwords
        Using your password with other Notes-based programs
        Synchronizing your Notes and Domino Web/Internet password
        Synchronizing your Windows password with your Notes password
        Changing your ID file encryption strength
      Locking the Notes ID
      Enabling Smartcards for Notes login
      Requesting a new user name
      Accessing servers using certificates
        Renewing Notes certificates before expiration
        Requesting Internet certificates
        Importing and exporting Internet certificates for use between browsers
        Deleting certificates
      How trust is established for a Notes or Internet certificate
        Finding Notes and Internet certificates you trust
        Sending and receiving Notes certificates to establish trust
        To retrieve an Internet cross certificate
      The Access Control List
        Access levels for a database
        Additional privileges in the access control list
        To add a user to the access control list and set the access level
        To rename a user in the access control list
        To remove a user from the access control list
        Creating and managing roles
        To view the history of changes made to an access control list
        Advanced settings in the access control list
      Restricting access to local databases
      Preventing others from reading or viewing specific documents
      Encrypting documents using secret keys
        Accepting and deleting secret encryption keys
        To export a secret encryption key
        To import a secret encryption key
      How Notes uses public and private keys for encrypting and signing mail
        Encrypting and digitally signing e-mail messages
        Creating new public keys
        Publishing your Notes certificate for others to access
        To delete your Notes pending public keys
        Key rollover
      Restricting execution access with the Execution Control List
        ECL security access options
        To view a name's effective access in the ECL
      Signed plug-ins
    Automating tasks using simple agents
      Creating agents
      Naming agents
      Managing agents
      Viewing a list of agents
      Sample agent: Replying to mail
      Sample agent: Forwarding mail
      Sample agent: Sending documents
      Sample agent: Changing document status
      Sample agent: Deleting documents
    Accessibility features for Notes
    Keyboard shortcuts
      Keyboard shortcuts for the Macintosh
    Troubleshooting
    Glossary
  Sametime Contacts
    Getting Started with Lotus Sametime instant messaging
    Logging in to Lotus Sametime instant messaging
    Using your Lotus Notes password to log in to Sametime instant messaging
    Logging in as a different user
    Logging in to instant messaging communities
    Logging out of Lotus Sametime instant messaging
    Instant messaging communities
      Adding instant messaging communities
      Editing instant messaging communities
      Removing an instant messaging community
      Setting instant messaging community preferences
    Geographic location settings
      Setting current geographic location information
      Sharing your geographic location information
      Editing geographic location information
      Displaying or hiding geographic location information
      Setting geographic location preferences
    Availability status
      Changing your availability status
      Editing your current availability status message
      Remaining available to select contacts
      Controlling who sees your name when you are online
      Automatically changing your availability status
      Setting availability status message preferences
    Contacts
      Adding IBM Lotus Sametime contacts
      Using nicknames for contacts
      Moving contacts
      Removing contacts
      Setting alerts for a contact
        Modifying an existing alert on a contact
        Removing an alert set for a contact
        Setting notification alert preferences
      Sending announcements
      Sending a file
      Receiving a file
      Groups
        Adding public groups
        Adding personal groups
        Editing the name of a personal group
        Showing public group members
        Removing groups
      Customizing and maintaining your contact list
        Sorting the contact list
        Displaying full names or short names
        Displaying online contacts or all contacts
        Reducing the number of contacts on your contact list
        Exporting a contact list
        Importing a contact list
        Setting contact list preferences
    Chat
      Text chats
        Customizing the chat window
        Displaying multiple chats in a tabbed window
        Displaying information about your chat partner
        Chatting with someone on your contact list
        Chatting with someone not on your contact list
        Inviting others to chat
        Responding to an invitation to chat
        Formatting chat text
        Changing the color of chat text
        Defining what the Enter key does in a chat
        Displaying time stamps in chat transcripts
        Emoticons
          Inserting emoticons in a chat message
          Creating custom emoticon palettes
          Editing an emoticon palette
          Creating a new emoticon palette
          Importing and exporting emoticons
        Inserting an IBM Lotus Notes link into a chat
        Inserting a Web address into a chat
        Sending an annotated screen capture
        Sending a file
        Receiving a file
        Preventing chat partners from saving, copying, or printing a text chat
        Printing a chat transcript
        Checking spelling in chats
        Leaving a chat
        Setting chat window preferences
        Setting spell check preferences
      Chat history
        Manually saving a chat transcript to a file
        Saving a chat transcript to your mail application
        Opening a saved chat transcript
        E-mailing a saved chat transcript
        Printing a saved chat transcript
        Deleting a saved chat transcript
        Setting chat history preferences
      Voice chats
        Starting a voice chat from the contact list
        Converting a text chat to a voice chat
        Responding to a voice chat invitation
        Participating in a voice chat
        Managing a voice chat
        Setting voice chat preferences
    Meetings
      Starting instant meetings from the contact list
      Starting instant meetings from a chat
      Responding to an invitation to join an instant meeting
      Creating scheduled meetings
        Specifying basic information for scheduled meetings
        Inviting people to scheduled meetings
        Adding slides to present during scheduled meetings
        Setting other options for meetings
        Repeating scheduled meetings
      Attending scheduled meetings
      Setting meeting audio and video tools preferences
      Displaying available tools
      Testing your browser and meeting tools
    Telephone conference calls
      Starting a telephone conference from your contact list
      Starting a telephone conference from a text chat
      Responding to an invitation to join a telephone conference
      Joining a telephone conference started from a text chat
      Managing a telephone conference call
        Viewing the participant list and connection status
        Ending a telephone conference call
      Participating in a telephone conference call
        Selecting your telephone conference call number
        Adding and removing a telephone number for a conference call
        Updating an existing telephone conference call number
        Ending a telephone conference call
      Setting telephone conference call (telephony) preferences
      Troubleshooting
    Video calls
      Starting a video call from your contact list
      Converting a text or voice chat to a video call
      Responding to an invitation to join a video call
      Joining a video call started from a text or voice chat
      Managing a video call
      Viewing the video call participant list and connection status
      Participating in a video call
      Ending a video call
      Setting video call preferences
    Sametime preferences
      Setting accessibility preferences
      Automatically changing your availability status
      Setting chat history preferences
      Setting chat window preferences
      Setting instant messaging community preferences
      Setting contact list preferences
      Emoticons
      Setting file transfer preferences
      Setting geographic location preferences
      Setting meeting audio and video tools preferences
      Setting notification alert preferences
      Setting privacy list preferences
      Setting spell check preferences
      Setting availability status message preferences
      Setting telephone conference call (telephony) preferences
      Setting video call preferences
      Setting voice chat preferences
    Accessibility features for IBM Lotus Sametime instant messaging
  Activities
    Getting started
      Logging in to Activities
      Viewing activities
        My Activities
        Changing views
        Maximizing the activities panel
      Opening an activity
        Displaying entries and members
      Creating an activity
        What is a tag?
          Tagging tips
      What is an activity?
      Adding entries to an activity
        Activity entries
        Adding a message
        Adding a file to an activity
          Dragging a file to an activity
        Adding a To Do entry to an activity
        Posting a Web page to an activity
          Dragging a Web page link to an activity
        Adding a Lotus Notes document to an activity
          Dragging a Notes document to an activity
        Adding a link to a related activity
        Adding a chat transcript to an activity
      Membership
        Adding members to an activity
          Adding a Sametime contact to an activity
          Membership roles
        Removing a member from an activity
        Making an activity public
      Opening the Web version of Activities
    Working with entries
      Previewing an entry
      Opening an entry
      Editing tags
      Editing an entry
        Marking an entry private
        Saving a local copy of a file
      Moving an entry
      Deleting an entry
    Working with an activity
      Previewing an activity
      Tuning out an activity
      Prioritizing an activity
      Editing an activity
      Marking an activity complete
      Deleting an activity
        Restoring an activity or entry
    Searching activities
      Searching Activities from the sidebar
      Finding activities related to a Notes document
      Finding activities related to a person
    Accessibility features for Activities
    Activities preferences
      Setting Activities server preferences
      Setting Activities preferences
      Setting activity entries to open as tabs or windows
  Feeds
    Feed readers
    Feed reader preferences
    Adding feeds to the reader
  IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
    Common Help Topics
      General Information
      IBM Lotus Productivity Tools and Microsoft Office
        About Converting Microsoft Office Documents
      IBM Lotus Productivity Tools and Lotus SmartSuite
        About Converting Lotus SmartSuite Document
      Properties Sidebar
      Preferences for IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
        Accessiblity
        Auto Recognizer
        Color Scheme
        Colors
        File Supervision
        File Type Associations
        Fonts
        Help Agent
        Language Settings
          Asian Layout
          Complex Text Layout
          Languages
          Search in Japanese
          Spell Check
        Macro Security
        Memory
        Lotus Presentations
          View
        Print
        Regional Setting
        Lotus Spreadsheets
          Calculate
          Changes
          Sort Lists
          View
        View
        Warning Messages
        Lotus Documents
          Caption
          Changes
          Default Fonts (Asian)
          Default Fonts (CTL)
          Default Fonts (Western)
          Formatting Aids
          View
      Printing
        Print Settings
      Common File Formatting
        Applying Line Styles
        Changing the Color of Text
        Creating Round Corners
        Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics
        Defining Line Ends
        Defining Line Styles
        Drawing Graphics With the Draw Functions
        Drawing Lines in Text
        Inserting Objects from the Gallery
        Inserting Protected Spaces, Hyphens and Conditional Separators
        Inserting Special Characters
        Inserting and Editing Tab Stops
        Merging and Splitting Cells
        Protecting Content in the Productivity Tools
        Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page
        Selecting Measurement Units
        Selecting the Document Language
        Turning off Numbering and Bullets for Individual Paragraphs
      Configuring the Productivity Tools
        Configuring Status Bar
        Changing Icon Views
        Customizing Toolbars
        Enabling Specific Toolbars
      Copy and Paste
        Copying Drawing Objects into Other Documents
        Copying Graphics between Documents
        Copying Graphics from the Gallery
      Form Navigator
        General
        Events in Forms
        Events in Controls
        Data
        Model
          Model Designer
          Add or Edit Instances
          Add or Edit Bindings
          Add or Edit Submissions
          Add or Edit Datanode
          Namespaces
      Charts in IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
        Editing Chart Axes
        Axes
        Editing Chart Legends
        Editing Chart Titles
        Inserting Charts
        Adding Texture to Chart Bars
      Inserting External Data
        Inserting Data from Spreadsheets
        Inserting Data from Word Processing Documents
        Inserting, Editing Bitmaps
        Adding Graphics to the Gallery
      Searching and Replacing
        Searching Tables and Form Documents
        List of Regular Expressions
      Accessibility Features for IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
        Keyboard Navigation for IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
    IBM Lotus Documents
      Creating Documents
      Entering Text
        Creating Tables
          Splitting Cells
          Adding or Deleting a Row or Column
          Repeating a Table Header on a New Page
          Editing a Table with Header Set
        Calculating in Lotus Documents
        About Fields
          Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions
          Converting a Field into Text
      Editing Text
        Checking Spelling
          Checking Spelling Manually
          Automatic Spell Checking
          Removing Words from a User-Defined Dictionary
      Formatting Lotus Documents
        Numbered Lists
          Numbering and Numbering Styles
          Adding Numbering
           Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions
          Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type
          Outline Numbering
          Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists
          Combining Numbered Lists
          Adding Line Numbers
          Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List
          Turning off Bullets or Numbering
          Adding Bullets
          Importing Lists from Other Text Programs
        Styles
          Creating New Styles from Selections
          Updating Styles
          Quickly Applying Paragraph Styles
          Creating and Applying Page Styles
          Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode
        Changing the Case of Text
        Making Text Superscript or Subscript
        Ruler
      Structuring a Page
        Using Frames
        Defining Borders
          Defining Borders for Page Styles
          Setting a Customized Border Style
        Sections in Lotus Documents
        Hiding Text
        Wrapping Text around Objects
      Structuring a Word Processing Document
        Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks
        Working with Headers and Footers
          Defining Different Headers and Footers
          Formatting Headers or Footers
            Inserting Page Numbers in Footers
            Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer
        Creating an Index
          User-Defined Indexes
          Indexes that Span Lotus Documents
        Creating a Table of Contents
        Creating Cross-References
        Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes
          Spacing between Footnotes
      Working with Graphics
        Inserting Graphics
        Inserting and Editing Bitmaps
        Lines
          Drawing Lines in Text
          Defining Line styles
          Applying Line styles
          Defining Lines Ends
        Charts
        Animating Text
        Adding Captions
        Adding Background
          Paragraph Background
          Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics
      Command Reference
        Status Bar
        Print Preview Bar
        Using Wildcards in Text Searches
          List of Regular Expressions
      Keyboard Navigation for IBM Lotus Documents
    IBM Lotus Presentations
      Creating Presentations
        Creating a Custom Screen Show
        Changing Page Order
        Animating Page Transitions
        Zooming during a Screen Show
        Rehearsing a Screen Show
      Creating Pages
        Master Pages and Expand Pages
        Creating Animated Pages
        Adding Headers or Footers to Pages
      Working with Graphical Objects
        Animating Objects in Pages
          Creating Animated GIF Images
        Moving Objects
        Including Spreadsheets in Pages
        Working with Layers
          Inserting Layers
          Selecting Underlying Objects
          Moving Objects to a Different Layer
        Including Spreadsheets in Pages
        Creating a Flowchart
        Creating Graphical Objects from Text Characters
        Creating Vector Graphics from Bitmaps
        Creating Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects from 2-D Objects
        Creating Curves
          Editing Curves
        Creating Lines
          Defining Line Styles
          Applying Line Styles
          Defining Lines Ends
      Command Reference
        Status Bar
      Keyboard Navigation for IBM Lotus Presentations
    IBM Lotus Spreadsheets
      Entering Data
        Entering Formulas in the Formula Bar
        Entering References
          Cell Addresses
          Absolute and Relative References
          Referencing URLs
          Addressing by Name
          Recognizing Names as Addresses
          Using Drag and Drop to Include Cell Addresses in Formulas
        Instant Filling Cells
        Entering and Formatting Text
          Editing and Formatting Text
          Writing Multiline Text
          Rotating Text
          Text Superscript/Subscript
          Changing the Color of Text
          Inserting Protected Spaces, Hyphens, and Conditional Separators
          Inserting and Editing Notes
      Formatting Data
        Number Formats
          Highlighting Negative Numbers
          Currency Format
          Decimal Format
          Formatting Numbers as Text
          Using Rounded-off Numbers
        Merging and Splitting Cells
        Protecting and Unprotecting cells
      Copying, Pasting, and Moving data
        Copying to Multi Sheets
        Rotating Tables (Transposing)
      Selecting Data to Work on
        Selecting Multi Cells
      Setting Up a Spreadsheet
        Freezing Rows or Columns as Headers
        Renaming Sheets
        Changing Row Height or Column Width
      Navigating a Spreadsheet
      Calculating
        With Dates and Times
          Time Differences
        Applying Filters
          Instant Filters
          Standard Filters
          Special Filters
        Formulas
        Working with Datapilot Tables
          Creating
          Editing
          Selecting Datapilot Output Ranges
        Consolidating Data
        Applying Solve Equations
        Using What If
      Command Reference
        Status Bar
        Print Preview Bar
        Error Codes in Lotus Spreadsheets
      Keyboard Navigation for IBM Lotus Spreadsheets
    Charts in IBM Lotus Productivity Tools
      IBM Lotus Productivity Tools Chart Features
      Command Reference
        Status Bar
      Keyboard Navigation for Charts
    Macros and Programming
      Programming with IBM Lotus Productivity Tools Basic
      Lotus Productivity Tools Basic Glossary
      Basics
      Syntax
      Lotus Productivity Tools Basic IDE
      IDE Overview
      The Basic Editor
      Watch Window
      Macro Toolbar
      Macro
      Command Reference
        Using Procedures and Functions
        Libraries, Modules and Dialogs
        Run-Time Functions, Statements, and Operators
          Screen I/O Functions
          Date and Time Functions
          Error-Handling Functions
          Logical Operators
          Mathematical Operators
          Numeric Functions
          Controlling Program Execution
          Variables
          Comparison Operators
          Strings
          Other Commands
        Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements, and Operators
          Abs Function [Runtime]
          AND Operator [Runtime]
          Array Function [Runtime]
          Asc Function [Runtime]
          Atn Function [Runtime]
          Beep Statement [Runtime]
          Blue Function [Runtime]
          CBool Function [Runtime]
          CByte Function [Runtime]
          CDateFromIso Function [Runtime]
          CDateToIso Function [Runtime]
          CDate Function [Runtime]
          CDbl Function [Runtime]
          CInt Function [Runtime]
          CLng Function [Runtime]
          CSng Function[Runtime]
          CStr Function [Runtime]
          Call Statement [Runtime]
          Choose Function [Runtime]
          Chr Function [Runtime]
          Comparison Operators [Runtime]
          Const Statement [Runtime]
          Cos Function [Runtime]
          CreateUnoDialog Function [Runtime]
          CreateUnoListener Function [Runtime]
          CreateUnoService Function [Runtime]
          CreateUnoStruct Function [Runtime]
          DateSerial Function [Runtime]
          DateValue Function [Runtime]
          Date Statement [Runtime]
          Day Function [Runtime]
          DefBool Statement [Runtime]
          DefDate Statement [Runtime]
          DefDbl Statement [Runtime]
          DefInt Statement [Runtime]
          DefLng Statement [Runtime]
          DefObj Statement [Runtime]
          DefVar Statement [Runtime]
          DimArray Function [Runtime]
          Dim Statement [Runtime]
          Do...Loop Statement [Runtime]
          End Statement [Runtime]
          EqualUnoObjects Function [Runtime]
          Eqv-Operator [Runtime]
          Erl Function [Runtime]
          Err Function [Runtime]
          Error Function [Runtime]
          Error-Handling Functions
          Exit Statement [Runtime]
          Exp-Function [Runtime]
          FindObject Function [Runtime]
          FindPropertyObject Function [Runtime]
          Fix Function [Runtime]
          For...Next Statement [Runtime]
          Format Function [Runtime]
          Function Statement [Runtime]
          Further Statements
          Generating Random Numbers
          GetProcessServiceManager Function [Runtime]
          GetSolarVersion Function [Runtime]
          GetSystemTicks Function [Runtime]
          GlobalScope [Runtime]
          GoSub...Return Statement [Runtime]
          GoTo Statement [Runtime]
          Green Function [Runtime]
          HasUnoInterfaces Function [Runtime]
          Hex Function [Runtime]
          Hour Function [Runtime]
          IIf Statement [Runtime]
          If...Then...Else Statement [Runtime]
          Imp-Operator [Runtime]
          InStr Function [Runtime]
          InputBox Function [Runtime]
          Int Function [Runtime]
          IsArray Function [Runtime]
          IsDate Function [Runtime]
          IsEmpty Function [Runtime]
          IsMissing Function [Runtime]
          IsNull Function [Runtime]
          IsNumeric Function [Runtime]
          IsObject Function [Runtime]
          IsUnoStruct Function [Runtime]
          LBound Function [Runtime]
          LCase Function [Runtime]
          LSet Statement [Runtime]
          LTrim Function [Runtime]
          Left Function [Runtime]
          Len Function [Runtime]
          Let Statement [Runtime]
          Log Function [Runtime]
          Mid Function, Mid Statement [Runtime]
          Minute Function [Runtime]
          Mod-Operator [Runtime]
          Month Function [Runtime]
          MsgBox Function [Runtime]
          MsgBox Statement [Runtime]
          Not-Operator [Runtime]
          Now Function [Runtime]
          Numeric Functions
          Oct Function [Runtime]
          On Error GoTo ... Resume Statement [Runtime]
          On...GoSub Statement; On...GoTo Statement [Runtime]
          Option Base Statement [Runtime]
          Option Explicit Statement [Runtime]
          Optional (in Function Statement) [Runtime]
          Or-Operator [Runtime]
          Print Statement [Runtime]
          Public Statement [Runtime]
          QBColor Function [Runtime]
          RGB Function [Runtime]
          RSet Statement [Runtime]
          RTrim Function [Runtime]
          Randomize Statement [Runtime]
          ReDim Statement [Runtime]
          Red Function [Runtime]
          Rem Statement [Runtime]
          Right Function [Runtime]
          Rnd Function [Runtime]
          Second Function [Runtime]
          Select...Case Statement [Runtime]
          Set Statement[Runtime]
          Sgn Function [Runtime]
          Sin Function [Runtime]
          Space Function [Runtime]
          Sqr Function [Runtime]
          Square Root Calculation
          Static Statement [Runtime]
          Stop Statement [Runtime]
          StrComp Function [Runtime]
          Str Function [Runtime]
          String Function [Runtime]
          Sub Statement [Runtime]
          Switch Function [Runtime]
          Tan Function [Runtime]
          TimeSerial Function [Runtime]
          TimeValue Function [Runtime]
          Time Statement [Runtime]
          Timer Function [Runtime]
          Trigonometric Functions
          Trim Function [Runtime]
          TwipsPerPixelX Function [Runtime]
          TwipsPerPixelY Function [Runtime]
          TypeName Function; VarType Function[Runtime]
          UBound Function [Runtime]
          UCase Function [Runtime]
          Val Function [Runtime]
          Wait Statement [Runtime]
          WeekDay Function [Runtime]
          While...Wend Statement[Runtime]
          With Statement [Runtime]
          Xor Operator [Runtime]
          Year Function [Runtime]
          '-' Operator [Runtime]
          '*' Operator [Runtime]
          '+' Operator [Runtime]
          '/' Operator [Runtime]
          '^' Operator [Runtime]
      Guides
        Changing the Properties of Controls in the Dialog Editor
        Creating Controls in the Dialog Editor
        Programming Examples for Controls in the Dialog Editor
        Opening a Dialog With Program Code
        Creating a Basic Dialog
        Organizing Libraries and Modules
        Using Variables
        Debugging a Basic Program
        Event-Driven Macros
          Using Objects
    Troubleshooting
  Portal Applications Catalog
    Displaying portal applications in the catalog
    Displaying the descriptions of portal applications
    Sorting the portal applications catalog
    Finding portal applications within a view
    Opening a portal application
    Making portal applications available offline
      Synchronizing portal applications
      Setting a synchronization schedule
      Turning off synchronization
    Managing membership in a portal application
    Creating a portal application
    Deleting a portal application
    Uninstalling portal applications
    Accessibility features for the portal applications catalog
  Portal Template Library
    Creating a new template
    Importing a template
    Unlocking a template
    Managing template categories
    Deleting a template
    Accessibility features for the Portal Template Library
  Composite Application Editor
    Using the Composite Application Editor
      Creating a new composite application
      Editing applications
        Adding a page to an application
        Editing access to an application
        Editing application properties
        Saving changes to a Portal template
      Working with application pages
        Adding a page
        Reordering pages
        Editing page properties
      Working with application components
        Adding components to an application
        Editing component properties
      Using the wiring interface
        Creating a new wire between components
        Opening a new page
        Deleting a wire
      Working with the component palette
        Adding components to an application
        Importing and exporting component palettes
        Adding WebSphere Portal components to the palette
        Adding IBM Lotus Notes components to the palette
        Adding Eclipse views from an Update site to the palette
        Managing the components on the component palette
        Filtering the components
      Accessibility features for the Composite Application Editor
  Google Desktop for Notes
    Setting up Desktop Search
    Using Desktop Search
    Desktop search results
  Lotus Notes
    License information
    Getting started
      New Features
    Elements of Lotus Notes
      Your current Notes setup
      Lotus Notes workspace
      Toolbars
      Working with window tabs
        Working with grouped window tabs
      Viewing advanced menus
      Bookmarks: links to favorite documents, pages, and applications
        Creating bookmarks
        Working with bookmarks
      The Open list